]Directory Duquesne University ADDRESS—University, 600 1 orbes Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pa 15219 Telephone Call specific Centrex (Direct Dial) number (see following), for other offices, call 434-6000 Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania ADM ISSION—DireLtor of Admissions, Administration Building, First Floor Telephone (412)434-6220/6221/6222 ADVISORS College of Liberal Arts and SLiences, College Hall, Room 2 15 Telephone (412) 434-6394 UNDERGRADUATE School of Business and Administration, Rockwell Hall, Room 403 Telephone (412) 434-6277/6278 CATALOG School of Education, Canevin Hall, Room 2 14 Telephone (4 1 2) 434-6 1 18/61 19 1978-1979 School Of M USIL, Room 315 Telephone (412)434-6083 School of Nursing, College Hall, Room 629 Telephone (412) 434 6548 Of SLlenLe, Room 421 School of Pharmacy, Mellon Hall Published annually, in July, by Duquesne Contents Telephone (412)434-6385 University, 600 Forbes Avenue, Pitts- ROTC—University Hall burgh, Pennsylvania 1 52 19 Telephone (412) 434-6614 Calendar MINISTRY—Administration Building, First Floor CAMPUS Duquesne University admits students of Telephone (414) 434-6020 I General Information 3 any sex, race, color, na-tional and ethnic CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEM ENT—Ad ministration Building, Third Floor Telephone (412) 434-6644/6645/6646 origin to all rights, privileges, programs, II Programs and Courses 9 CASHIER—Payment of Tuition and Fees, Administration Building, Ground Floor and activities generally accorded or made Liberal Arts and Sciences I I Telephone (412)434-6585/6586/6587/6588 available to students at the school It does Business and Administration 67 CHAPLAIN —Ad ministration Building, First Floor not discriminate on the basis of sex race, Education 86 Telephone (412) 434-6020/6021 color, national or ethnic origin in ad- Music 99 DEAN Of STUDENTS—Duquesne Un-on, Third Floor ministration of its educational policies, Nursing 129 Telephone (412)434-6657/6658 admissions poliLies, scholarship and loan Pharmacy 139 FINANCIAL AID—Loan, Scholarship, Student Employment Applications programs, and athletic and other Univer- R O.T C 162 Administration Building, Ground Floor Telephone (412) 434-6607/6608/6609 sity-administered programs III Student Services, Programs FOREIGN STUDENT ADVISOR—Duquesne Union, Third Floor and Organizations 167 Telephone (412) 434-6669 The provisions of this catalog are to be considered directive in character The HEALTH SERVICE—Duquesne Towers, Second Floor IV Admission, Tuition and Fees, Telephone (412)434-7822/7823 University reserves the right to make any Financial Aid 177 IDENTI FICA1 ION CARDS—Oftite Services, Roc kwell Hall, Lower Level changes that seem necessary or desirable, Telephone (412) 434-6191 including fees, tuition and room and V Registration, Scholastic INFORMATION CENTER—For University Events, Duquesne Union, Third Floor board Policies Telephone (412) 434 6632/6633 201 LEARNING SKILLS PROGRAM—Administration Building, Third Floor VI Directories Telepliont (412) 434-6661/6662 213 PSYCHOLOGICAL COUNSELING —Center for Testing and Research Index Telephone (412) 434 6561/6562/6563 248 PUBLIC SAFETY—Unjversit^ Hall, First Floor Telephone (412) 434-6001/6002/6003 REGISTRAR-1 or TranSLripts and Records, Rockwell Hall, Concourse Telephom, (4 1 2) 434-62 14 (Transcripts) 434-62 15 (Records) RESIDENCE LIFE—For Housing, Duquesne Towers, Second Floor Telephone (412) 434 6655/6656 (Billing Contract) 434/7802/7803/7804 (Room Assignments) STUDENT HEALTH INS U RANCE— Administration Building, SeLond Floor Telephone (414) 434 6058 TE'S'f ING BU R EAU —Ad ministration Building, Third Floor Tel,phone (412) 434-6204/6208 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1977-1978 and 1978-1979 7, A,

1977-1978

FALL SEMESTER- 1977

July 29 Friday Preregistration with Pay-by-Mad Option Closes August 25-27 1 hursday through Saturday Final Registration F'. August 27 Saturday Latest Date to Cancel 1977 Fall Semester Registration Without Penalty August 29 Monday Fall Semester Begins September 5 Monday Holiday Labor Ddv September 6 Tuesday Latest Date to RLgister and for , 7, Change of Schedule (No remission of charges for reduced CLISS schedule after this date) September 6 Tuesday Latest Date for DeLember 1977 Graduates n to Apply for Graduation September 10 Saturday Latest Date for SO% Tuition Remission for Total Withdrawal troin the University September 17 Saturday Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission 1201- for Total Withdrawal from the University Date September 24 Saturday Latest tor 20% Tuition Remission Am for I otal Withdrawal trOITI the University October 19 Wednesday Latest Date to Report Mid-term Grades 4 0(,tober 19 Wednesday Undergraduate I Grade Conversion Date for 1977 Spring Semester and Summer Session Courses (I grades not removed on or before this date ^,onvert to F's) October 24 Monday Latest Date for Deceinber 1977 Graduates to Submit Thesis Outline October 24 Monday Due Date for Instructors to Submit Undergraduate I Grade Removal Grades 0(,tober 26 Wednesday Latcst Date for Undergraduates Other Than First Semester Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade November I Tuesday Holiday All Saint^ Day November 7-18 Monday through Friday Pre-registration for 1978 Spring Semester November 23-27 Wednesday through Sunday Holidays Thanksgiving November 28 Monday Classes Resume December 5 Monday Latest Date for December 1977 Graduates to Submit Thesis and Schedule Cornprchensives 1 1977 1978

December 8 1 hursddy Holiday Immaculate Conception March 13-22 Monday December 9 Friday Pre-registration with Pay-by-Mail through Option for 1978 Spring Semester Closes Wednesdav Pre-registration for 1978 Fall Semester (Registration suspended after this March 23-28 Thursday date until Tuesday, January 10, 1978) through December 13 fuesday Latest Date for First Semes ter Freshmen Tuesday Easter Vacation to Withdraw with W Grade Wedne^day Classes Resume Dec,ember 14-20 Wednesday March 29 Fridav Latest Date for May 1978 Graduates through March 3 1 to Submit Thesis and Schedule Tuesday Final Examinations Coin prehensives December 20 Tuesday Semester Ends April 17 Mondav Latest Date for May 1978 Graduates to December 20 Tuesday Graduation for December, 1977 Pay ACUOUntS Graduates April 26 NVednesddv Latest Date for First Semester Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade April 27-29 Thursday SPRING SEMESTER- 19 7 8 through Saturday, May 1-3 Monday December 9 Friday Pre-registration with Pdy-by-Mail through Option Closes Wednesday Final E\dininations January 10, 11 Tuesday and May 3 Wednesday Spring Semester Ends Wednesday Final Registration May 5 Friday Honors Day Exercises January 11 Wednesday Latest Date to Cancel 1978 Spring May 5 Friday Commencement Baccalaureate Mass Semester Registration without Penalty May 6 Saturday Commencement January 1 2 Thursday Spring Semester Begins January 21 Saturday Latest Date to Register and for Change of S,,hedule (No remission of charges for reduced Llass schedules 1978-1979 after this date) January 21 Saturday Latest Date for May, 1978 Graduates FALL SEMESTER-1978 to Appl^ for Graduation January 25 Wednesday Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission July 21 F rida y Pre-registration with Pay-by-Mail for Total Withdrawal from the University Option Closes January 30 Monday Latest Date for May 1978 Graduates August 24-26 Thursddv to Submit Thesis Outline through' February I Wednesday Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission Saturdav Final Registration for Total Withdrawal from the University August 26 Saturday Latest Date to Cancel 1978 Fall February 8 Wednesday Latest Date for 207o Tuition Remission Semester Registration Without Penalty for Total Withdrawal from the University August 28 Monday Fall Semester Begins March 3 Friday Latest Date to Report Mid-term Grades September 4 Monday Holiday Labor Day March 3 Friday Undergraduate I Grade Conversion Date September 5 Tuesday Latest Date to Register and for for 1977 Fall Semester Courses grades (I Change of Schedule (No remission of not removed on or before this date convert charges for reduced class schedule after to F's) this date) March 8 Wednesday Due Date for Instructors to Submit 1977 Fall September 5 Tuesday Latest Date for December 1978 Graduates Semester Undergraduate I Grade Removal Grades to Apply for Graduation Marc,h 10 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates other than September 9 Saturday Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission First Semester Freshmen to Withdraw for Total Withdrdwal from the University with W Grade September 16 Saturday Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for Total Withdrawal from the University

IV V

1978 1979

September 23 Saturday Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for January 11 Thursday Spring Semester Begins Total Withdrawal from the University January 17 Wednesday Latest Date for May 1979 Graduates to October 19 Thursday Undergraduate I Grade Conversion Date for Apply for Graduation 1978 Spring Semester and Summer Session January 17 Wednesday Latest Date to Register and for Change Courses (I grades not removed on or before of Schedule (No remission of charges this date convert to F's) for reduced class schedule after this date) Oc,tober 20 Friday Latest Date to Report Mid-term Grades January 24 Wednesday Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission for October 23 Monday Latest Date for December 1978 Graduates to Total Withdrawal from the University Submit Thesis Outline January 31 Wednesday Latest Date for May 1979 Graduates to October 24 Tu esda y Due Date for Instructors to Submit Under- Submit Thesis Outline graduate I Grade Removal Grades January 3 1 Wednesday Latest Date for 40110 Tuition Remission October 27 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates Other for Total WithdrdWdl from the University Than Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade February 7 Wednesday Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission October 31 Tuesday Break Day (No classes) for Total Withdrawal from the University November I Wednesday Holiday All Saints Day March 5 Monday Undergraduate I Grade Conversion Date for November 13-18 Monday 1978 Fall Semester (I grades not removed through on or before this date convert to F's) Saturday, and March 8 Thursday Due Date for Instructors to Submit I Grade November 27-30 Monday Removal Grades for 1978 Fall Semester through MarLh 9 Friday Latest Date to Report Mid-terin Grades Thursday Pre-registration for 1979 Spring March 13, 14 Tuesday, Semester Wednesday Break Days (No classcs) November 19-26 Sunday March 16 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates other through Than First Semester Freshmen to With- Sunday Holidays Thanksgiving draw with W Grade November 27 Monday Classes Resume April 6-11 Friday December 4 Monday Latest Date for December 1978 Graduates through to Submit Thesis and Schedule Wednesday, and Comprehensives April 17-20 Tuesday December 7 Thursday Break Day (No classes) through December 8 Friday Holiday Immaculate Conception Friday Pre-reglStrdtlOn for 1979 Fall Semester December 15 Friday Latest Date for First Semester Freshmen April I I Wednesday Latest Date for May 1979 Graduates to to Withdraw with W Grade Submit Thesis and Schedule Comprehensives December 16-22 Saturday April 12-16 Thursday Through through Friday Final E\arrimations Monday Easter Vacation December 22 Friday Fall Semester Ends April 17 Tuesday Classes Resume Dec ember 22 Friday Graduation for December 1978 Graduates April 17 Tuesday Latest Date for May 1979 Graduates to Pay Accounts April 26-30 Thursday SPRING SEMESTER-1979 thrOUgh Monday, and May 1, 2 Tuesday, December 7 Thursday Pre-registration with Pay-by-Mail Wednesday Final Examinations Option Closes May 2 Wednesday Spring Semester Ends January 9, 10 Tuesday, May 4 Friday Honors Day Exercises Wednesday Final Registration May 4 Friday Commencement Baccalaureate Mass January 10 Wednesday Latest Date to Cancel 1979 Spring May 5 Saturday Commencement Semester Registration Without Penalty

vi vii Part 1: General Information

riv

UNARM All Degrees and Programs Offered in the University General Information

SCHOOL BACHELOR'S DEGREE MASTER'S DEGREE DOCTORATE

B,.IogN Phulo,oph^ Chemist,^ Ph,,,,s , ­ c, Po 1, tic a I Coilege of English Science Lmc,d Art, Fr,nch Ps^chology HISTORY ,nd Sc,enc,, G,rm in Soclolog^ Duquesne University opened its doors as Pittsburgh Catholic, College of the Hi,torN Spanish Journilism Speech Holy Ghost in 187 8 with an enrollment of 40 students and d faculty of seven M ithemanc, Thwlo2^ By 1911 a university charter had been obtained and it was then decided to adopt the name Duquesne University Dictated by enrollment growth and African "tudies Phulosoldh^ Bioshernistr^ Ph^sic it modern educational demands, planned physical expansion of the University Bot—N Chcmistr% began in 1950 The campus size has more than tripled from its early 12 5 acre Gradu ite Chemn't" Ph^sjcal Anal)tical Chcrm^ti­ N area to its present 38 4 acres With room to grow, Duquesne undertook a School of Classics ChLMistry F ngl,,h I IhLril Frgll,h Political Science Philosophy program of new construction, rehabilitation, and renovation which has trans- Arts and German Religion and nsycholog, formed it into an educational facility ranking with the finest in the East s,cien H,,tor) ­ PersonalaN Pharmaceutical 8000 Mathematics Sociologv Ch—,tr) Today it is an urban university with an enrollment of more than CruanuL Theolog) students in its eight schools From the original school, which is now the Chenrustr^ ZoologN present College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, have evolved the Graduate and the School of Law (1911), Business and Administration Accounting School (1911) k,"'ndmmen' in Admin,,,,a,,o, (1913), Pharmacy (1925), Music (1926), Education (1929), and Nursing Accounting L ^A t ­ Business Administration 'c'oo'..,a—, ofand rLOnoMILs Man ' (1937) The University offers degree programs in 87 areas-34 at the bac- Business Information Administration Fin ince Mar ctin:mg Ea S^slcms calaureate level, 45 at the master's, and eight at the doctorate Economics Duquesne has increased in size and stature over the years, and it is proud of its growth and latest physical facilities It is aware, however, of the neces- African Studies School Adrmu and Elementury Education Supersision (Elem I sity of keeping these material assets in the proper perspective, for they are General Education School Admin and never more important than the spiritual, academic, and cultural education of F ,], Childhood Education Gu)danCL and Super^ision (See) Flementirs Education the students who become part of the Duquesne family School of Counseling (Elementary) School Ps^chologN Secondiy Education Vducat,on Gundince and SeconclarN Education Special Education Counseling (Secondary) Second— Ed (MAT) PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES (Mentalk Retarded) Librar) SCIL11ce Special Education Duquesne University is d Catholic, institution, but it is open to students of all K-cling and Post Mastcr s for L ingu ige Arts Certificition religions and creeds It is a community composed of people having common aims and is committed to the ideal of graduating men and women whose Applied Music minds seek intelle(,tual freedom and the pursuit of truth The University seeks M,,^',4us 'he"1clueat,on composition School of to develop students who have the ability to judge independently, to live with he,neator, q v M us,c Music Fducutuon EED—f CM" runs,"e, '' ^ a t n TheorN honest doubt, to interrelate facts and disciplines, to balance memory, reason, Foik Arts and imagination In essence, the Duquesne student is to be a person whose 1 mind is strong and healthy, a person fully aware of humanity and sensitively 77,7o." 77 - W F Nursing Nursnn responsive to humanity's strengths and weaknesses I L—T-1 The educational objectives of the University are to develop a sound phi- PharmaCLUt1CdI Chemistry Mcchcdl Technology losophy of life through an understanding of spiritual, physical, intellectual, h7u, 77 Pharmaccutics Phirmac) Pharmacognos^ moral, social, and aesthetic aims and values It strives to develop scholarship Radiological Hea^llthJ Pharmacolog^ ToxicologN and continued professional growth, a well-balanced personality, and an atti- tude of constdrit evaluation of oneself as an individual and as d member of the community

4 5

Duquesne offers a wide variety of programs, courses, and curricula from College Hall, a six-story classroom and office facility building, is the seat which individuals may select freely in accordance with their desires and of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, the Graduate School, and 12 of capabilities In emphasizing the relationship of education to the social, their departments and faculties, and the School of Nursing Special instruc- cultural, and economic aspects of life, it seeks to produce graduates who, tional facilities include journalism, speech psychology, numerical analysis, upon entering their chosen careers, will be effectively prepared to discharge multi-media, and practice skills laboratories their obligations to God, to their community, and to themselves as intel- Music School, built in 1966, has 73 pianos including 56 Steinways, 5 lectual and moral beings organs, and over 300 orchestral and band instruments available for student use The school offers training and degrees in conservatory and public school THE SETTING music Duquesne's hilltop campus is a short five-minute walk from the business, Duquesne Towers, the University's 17-story, double-tower residence shopping, and entertainment districts of downtown Pittsburgh This new, houses 1200 men and women A regulation swimming pool, located on the dynamic "Renaissance City" is still one of the largest steel-producing cities of second floor, is open to all Duquesne students The building also has an the world—but today it is so much more Pittsburgh is a center for the fine L-shaped dining room for 2,500 resident students, laundromats, and snack- arts, as well as the home of major-ledgue baseball, football, hockey, and bars Each room has a telephone, and all rooms are air-conditioned tennis teams Duquesne Union is the center of campus activities It includes offices for Students from Duquesne and the eight other colleges and universities in student organizations and interest groups, as well as the offices of the Dean of the area attend performances of the world renowned Pittsburgh Symphony Students and Director of Athletics Facilities include three dining areas, a Orchestra, the Pittsburgh Opera, and the Pittsburgh Ballet Company in ballroom and student lounge, and the Bookstore The Recreation Center on elegant Heinz Hall In the summer the American Wind Symphony offers the first floor features eight bowling lanes, pocket billiards, table tennis, a concerts on Pittsburgh's riversides Other seasonal events enjoyed by everyone music listening room, and an arts and crafts room are the International Folk Festival and the Three Rivers Arts Festival The Gymnasium is open for general use of all Duquesne students It is theatregoer has d choice of entertainment which includes legitimate, com- primarily a practice gym, which is used for both baseball and basketball mercial and summer theatre practice, as well as intramural basketball and volleyball All varsity basketball Pittsburgh also has year-round sporting events The Pittsburgh Pirates and games are held at the Civic Arena (Women's Gymnasium, see University Hall) the Steelers provide major-league baseball and football excitement in the new Richard King Mellon Hall of Science houses the Departments of Biological Three Rivers Stadium Duquesne's nationally known basketball team, the Sciences, Chemistry, and Physics of both the Graduate and Undergraduate "Dukes," plays in the Civic Arena—famous for its immense moveable dome Divisions of the University, as well as the School of Pharmacy Designed by In the area of participatory sports, golf, riding, fishing, and skiing are all one of the world's greatest architects, Mies van der Rohe, the building won available within a half-hour of the city the "Labordtory of the Year" award for 1969 Instructional facilities include two large lecture halls each with a seating capacity of 248 persons ACADEMIC YEAR AND SUMMER SESSIONS Rockwell Hall is the home of the School of Business and Administration The regular year is divided into a Fall and a Spring Semester of 15 weeks and the School of Law, as well as Office Services, Systems Center, and each In addition selected courses are offered in summer sessions that vary in Registrar The Business Simulation Laboratory of the School of Business and length from three to eight weeks Administration contains 12 conference rooms which are equipped with tele- PHYSICAL FACILITIES vision cameras and microphones that make possible observation and recording of the activity in the individual conference rooms The Law School's ex- Administration Building, "Old Main," houses the Executive Offices of the tensive library is open 24 hours a day University, the Office of Admissions, Testing Bureau, Business Offices, St Ann Hall, is a women's residence with a capacity of 324 students It is Cashier's Office, Career Planning and Placement Center, Chaplain's Office, air-conditioned, lids its own laundry, as well as a number of lounges, tele- Counseling and Learning Center, and Financial Aid Adjoining this building is vision rooms, and a recreation room the University Chapel where Mass is offered daily - St Martin Hall, d 14-story residence, provides modern housing for 560 Assumption Hall, a four-story structure, is a women's residence men Laundry facilities and a reading lounge are found on each floor A Canevin Hall, the oldest lecture hall on campus, was built in 19 22, it was central recreation area is on the second floor completely renovated and air-conditioned in 1968, and houses the School of Trinity Hall serves as the residence for the Holy Ghost Fathers Education, Curriculum Library, Institute of African Affairs, and Institute of Hall is currently headquarters for the Army ROTC Department, Man University the campus Radio Station, WDUQ, and the University's Public Safety Depart- School of Education ment It also houses the Women's Recreation and Athletics Office, gyrn- Accreditation nasium, and slimnastics room National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education University Library houses a collection of 367,000 bound volumes, Pennsylvania Department of Education subscribes to more than 3,500 periodicals, and contains an increasingly large collection of materials in microprint and other nonbook forms Special Membership American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education resources include an extensive African Collection of more than 8,300 Council on Exceptional Children volumes, 190 periodical titles, and numerous tapes, records, and microfilm National Association of Elementary School Principals Also notable is the Rabbi Herman Hailperin Collection of 3,000 books and National Association of Secondary School Principals manuscripts reflecting the history of Christian and Jewish intellectual reld- National Education Association tions, with specific reference to the Bible, during the Middle Ages Pennsylvania Association for Teacher Education ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATION Pennsylvania Association of Colleges for Teacher Education Pennsylvania Association for Retarded Citizens University Accreditation School of Music Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools Accreditation State Board of Education of the Pennsylvania Depaitment of Education National Association of Schools of Music Membership National Association of Music Therapists American Association Of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Officers Membership American Association of Urban Universities Association of American Choruses American Council on Education Friends of the Music Library Association of American Colleges National Catholic Music Educators Association Association of College Admissions Counselors Association of Governing Boards of Universities and Colleges School of Nursing Catholic Educational Association of Pennsylvania Ac( reditation National Association for Independent Colleges and Universities National League for Nursing National Association of Student Personnel Administrators Pennsylvania State Board of Nurse Examiners National Catholic Educational Association Membership National Commission on Accrediting American Association of Colleges of Nursing Pittsburgh Council on Higher Education National League for Nursing (Council of Baccalaureate and Higher Degree College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Programs) Ac(reditation School of Pharmacy American Conference of Academic Deans Accreditation American Society of Schools of Journalism American Council on Phamaceutical Education School of Business and Administration Pennsylvania State Board of Pharmacy Accreditation Membership American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy

Membership Assoc.iation for University Business and Economic Research Middle Atlantic Association of Colleges of Business Administration 8 Part 11: EVENING STUDY The School of Business and Administration and the College of Liberal Arts Programs and Courses and Sciences offer evening classes for full-time and part-time students each semester and during the Summer Session These are for persons whose employment does not permit them to attend as regular day students Through careful planning and consultation with academic advisors the bachelor's degree program may be completed by evening study in some major areas offered by these two schools Other undergraduate schools also schedule occasional evening courses but it is not possible to complete their degree requirements through evening attendance alone Prospective evening undergraduate students should consult with the office of the Dean of the school in which they are interested for information about the opportunity for evening study on a continuing basis

SUMMER SESSIONS Many undergraduate and graduate courses are offered each summer in most areas They are open to qualified Duquesne students and to those from other colleges and universities The sessions, of varying length, begin in May and run through mid-August Short term offerings of one and two week duration, usually at the graduate level, are scheduled before and after the regular session I I

College of Liberal Arts and Sciences

HISTORY In 1878 the Fathers of the Congregation of the Holy Ghost and the Immaculate Heart of Mary established a College of Arts and Letters which was incorporated in 1882 as Pittsburgh Catholic College of the Holy Ghost with authority to grant degrees in the arts and sciences In 19 1 1 the College and University Council of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania extended the charter to university status and approved the amendment in favor of the corporate title, Duquesne University

77— PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES Duquesne University believes that education is concerned with the human J 3 person as a whole—mind, body and sout It believes that each individual has the obligation to self society, and God to develop potential to the fullest In this commitment the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences sets its objectives and forms its curricula The objectives of the College are I To provide a solid foundation for lifelong learning 2 To develop an awareness of the methodologies and epistemologies of the major areas of knowledge so that evaluations and judgments may be valid 3 To assist in both the growth of self-knowledge and the development of a philosophy of life 4 To assist the individual to understand his relation to God, to society, and to nature 5 To perfect that skill in the use of standard English necessary to clear, coherent expression of one's thoughts, hopes, and ideals 6 To cultivate d background for the learned professions and for scholarly pursuits

CURRICULAR REQUIREMENTS

English Composition Proficiency at the 102 level Modern or Classical Language Proficiency at the 202 or 2 12 level Natural Swences (Biology, Chemistry, Eaith Sciences, Physics, Mathematics) Nine Creaits One two-semester sequential course must be completed Social Sciences (Political Science, Psychology, Sociology) Nine credits At least two disciplines must be represented

12 COLLEGE Or LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES COLLEGE OFLIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCLS 13

History, Literature Nine credits Both disciplines must be PRE-MEDICAL represented Students who intend to prepare for a career in medicine, dentistry, veterinary Philosophy, Theology Nine credits Both disciplines must be medicine, or related fields may major in the subject area of their choice and represented should select a major as soon as possible They must meet degree Communications (Journalism, requirements of the major department, as well as admissions requirements of Linguistics, Speech) Three credits the professional school of their choice A faculty committee on Pre-Medical Completion of Major Program As determined by department (Minimum Education assists the medically-oriented student of 24 credits) BACHELOR-MASTER'S Completion of Minor Program As determined by department offering the A student who has completed all requirements and a total of 90 credits with a minor (Minimum of 12 credits above 3 5 average may apply for the bachelor/master's program After successful the introductory courses) completion of the master's program, the student will receive the bachelor's Students who major or minor in a basic area automatically satisfy the area degree requirements for that discipline Courses taken in an interdisciplinary minor do not satisfy area requirements BACHELOR'S/PROFESSIONAL SCHOOL A student's major and minor programs may not be chosen from the same A student who has completed 90 credits with a 3 50 overall average and department (Modern Language majors may minor in another language ) satisfied all undergraduate curricular requirements may apply for the bachelor's degree after the successful completion of the first year of ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS professional work in an accredited medical or law school Completion of 120 credits • rninimum cumulative over-all quality point d-verdge of 2 0 SECOND BACHELOR'S DEGREE • minimum cumulative quality point average in the major of 2 0 A student who has received a bachelor's degree from another school may Removal of I and F grades in required courses become eligible for a second bachelor's degree by earning an additional 30 Completion of sequential courses in proper sequence semester hours in residence in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and by Completion of the residence requirement The last 30 credits must be taken meeting all departmental and College requirements if not already satisfied at the University The additional 30 credits must be completed at the University and may not Submission of application for the degree No student is considered a degree be taken through cross-regist ration candidate until he files an application for the degree on a form provided by THREE-YEAR BACHELOR'S the Registrar For information contact the Office of Admissions or the Dean of the College PROGRAMS CLEP AND ADVANCED PLACEMENT PRE-ENGINEERING See page 183 The pre-engineering course is d two-year program designed to prepare a student for entrance into a school of engineering Program consists of Calculus 1 15, 116, 2 15, 12 credits, General Analytic Physics 211, 2 12, 8 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS credits, Ordinary Differential Equations 216, 4 credits, General Chemistry ACADEMIC LOAD 121, 122, 9 credits, English Composition 101, 102, 6 credits, balance of Students may normally carry five courses in one semester A schedule of credits in electives more than five courses or 17 credits must be approved by the Dean In the summer sessions, students normally carry one credit a week, i e , six credits in PRE-LAW the six-week session A 12-credit schedule in a regular semester is considered Students who intend to prepare for a career in law may select any subject full-time study area for the undergraduate major They will be expected to meet degree requirements in the major department, as well as admission requirements of EFFECTIVE CATALOG the law school of their choice Degree requirements are those stipulated in the catalog of the year in which a student matriculates The student is responsible for knowing the requirements for the degree Requirements may be changed without notice or obligation 14 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 15

CREDIT-BY-EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR Credit-by-exammation IS available to students who by previous experience or The department offers two minor programs exposure have acquired mastery of the knowledge in a particular course I Professional Minor which consists of I I I 112 and a minimum of 12 Arrangements are made through the department chairman Students must be credits selected from the department's major courses, numbered 200 or currently registered when they apply for and take examinations for credit above Individual course prerequisites must be met The examination grade must be approved by the appropriate department 2 Academic Minor which consists of 107, 108 or 111, 112 and a chairman and dean minimum of 12 credits selected from the department's courses numbered 200-395 Courses which are open to either non-majors or to majors may be selected Individual course prerequisites must be met If a student takes 107, 108—Principles of Biology and 111, 112—General COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Biology, the credits for the 107, 108 will not apply to the total number required for the degree DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 107, 108 PRINCIPLES OF 318 PHYSIOLOGY OF Chairman HOWARD G EHRLICH, Ph D BIOLOGY 3 cr each REPRODUCTION 4 cr Study of the living world of which man is an rhe course includes the anatomy, histology, integral part It includes considerations of physiology, biochemistry and endocrinology of Biology is the scientific exploration of lite in its many forms and details To organization, activity, growth, reproduction, vertebrate reproduction I lie main emphasis is study biology is to pursue an intellectual challenge which provides insight inheritance, environmental influences and other on the physiology of puberty, estrous and into one's self and enables one to acquire knowledge vital to responsible interrelationships This course is desi.-ned to menstrual cycle, conception, pregnancv and citizens in societies beset by many serious problems having biological provide the non-scientist with the biological parturition The physiological basis of fertility implications information and principles necessary to assume and infertility also are inducted Prerequisites The undergraduate program is both basic and flexible, aiding students to an enlightened role in our increasingly complex 111, 112, and 232 or 244 Lecture drul prepare for professional careers in teaching, medicine, dentistry, veterinary society Does not carry credit toward a Biology laboratory Major, 107 is prerequisite to 108 Lecture medicine, and advanced study in graduate school In addition, graduates are 324 REGULATORY PHYSIOLOGY 4 cr qualified as[ldbordtory technicians, and are able to pursue positions in pure It 1, 112 GENERAL BIOLOGY 4 cr each A treatment of physiological and environmental and applied research in hospitals, universities, private industry, and civil Introduction to the scientitic study of lite at regulations with emphasis on neuroenclocrine service Diverse opportunities are available in pharmaceutical laboratories, the molecular, cellular and organismal level It integration and adaptation Prerequisites 111, medical research laboratories, atomic energy research laboratories, chemical involves consideration of relevant structure, I t2, and 312 or 444 Lecture and laboratory laboratories, food technology and processing, fisheries, oceanography, con- function, development, reproduction, In- 4 cr heritance, evolution and ecology This course 330 INVERTEBRATE BIOLOGY servation, health services, space biology, agricultural technology, food and The morphologv, systematics, life histories and drug administration, environmental services, and others provides the basic information and concept necessary to understand living systems, their ecology of invertebrate animals, with emphasis on diversity of forms Prerequisites 111, 112 activity and interrelationships I I I is prerequi- REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR or equivalent Lecture ind laboratory site to 112 Lecture and laboratory A minimum of 3 1 semester hours is needed Majors are required to take General Biology 111, 112 and to select other courses so that a balance is 201 THE BIOLOGY OF MICROBES 4 cr 336 ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY 4 cr achieved with experience in the biology of inheritance, structure, and Exdmination of microbes as to what they are, the principles of parasitism, and general function at the molecular, cellular, and organismal levels The specific how they g-row, how they May be controlled, biology of aninial parasites from protozoans what their relationships to other living things through anthropods Prerequisites 111, 112 program selected is individually formulated for the student through consul- are, why and how some of them cause disease and 330 Lecture and laboratory tation with an advisor This course does not carry credit toward a Students should consider extract epart mental electives in chemistry and biology major Lecture and laboratory 342 NATURAL HISTORY OF mathematics Courses 107, 108, 201, 209, 210, and 220 will not be counted INFECTIOUS DISEASES 3 cr toward a major in Biology 312 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 4 cr The natural history of infectious diseases is Extradepartmental Requirements Calculus 115, General Chemistry 121, An introduction to the fundamental mecha- considered in this case from the aspect of 122, Organic Chemistry 205, 206 or 221, 222, General (or Analytical) nisms of body function in animals Prerequi- host-parasite relationships The process of in- Physics 201, 202 or 211, 212 sites I 11, 112 Lecture and laboratory fection, the outcome of the relationship and r,

16 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES CHEMISTRY 17

epidermologic patterns of diseases will be 226 GENETICS 4 cr 412 ECOLOGY LABORATORY t er Special attention is given to the cellular site of action and organelles involved for both studied I hese Loncepts are explored by under- A stud\, of the mechanisms of inheritance and Laboratory, including possible field work, illus- eucaryotic and procaryotic systems Instru- standing the biology of the parasite and the their resulting effects on individuals and popu- trates selected subject matter of 411 Ecology mechanisms of resistance and immunity of the lations, inChldin^z their implications in the life Prerequisites 111, 112 and 4 11 May be taken ments and techniedl approaches for studving host Diseases associated with bacteria, viruses, of man Principles and details, methods and concurrently with 411 Laboratory molecular biology are stressed in lecture and some of these are applied in laboratory Pre- ftuh,'l PrOt07oans and belmintlis are covered applications are illustrated with specific exam- 432 MICROBIOLOGY 4 cr Prerequisites 111, 112 Lecture ples drawn from a wide range of species, from requisites 432 or 444 Not open to students The classification, structure, function ' and microorganisms to man Prerequisites 107, with previous similar course Lecture and 348 EVOLUTION 3 cr metabolism of microorganisms Prerequisites 108, or I 11, 112 Lecture and laboratory laboratory The history, development, concepts, and evi- Biology 111, 112 and Organic Chemistry Not dences of evolution with emphasis on modern 232 VERTEBRATE open to students with previous similar course 444 CELL PHYSIOLOGY 4 cr studies in evolutionary biology, including an MACROSTRUCTURE 4 cr Lecture and laboratory A study of cells with regard to means of introduction to population genetics Prerequi- A comparative study of the gross structure of obtaining energ-v including respiration, fermen- 438 CELL AND MOLECULAR the sites 111, 11 2 and 226 or 438 Lecture vertebrates and the relationship of that struc- tation, and protosynthesis, work done by BIOLOGY 4 cr ture to function and evolution Prerequisites cell including biosyntliesis, active transport, and 395 SPECIAL TOPICS 1-3 Lr Structure, function, and biosynthesis of biologi- movement, cell growth and differentiation, 111, 11 2 Lecture and laboratory cell cal mdL.101u0leCUIeS are discussed Emphasis is freatment of topics of current or special relationships of cell structure to these replication and function, RNA repli- interest in biologv Lecture, laboratory or 238 VERTEBRATE on DNA processes Prerequisites 111, 112 and Organic LorribludtlOIIS MICROSTRUCTURE 4 cr cation and interactions, protein structure and Chemistry Not open to students with previous synthesis, macromolecule regulation including A study of tissue and organ structure and the similar course Lecture and laboratory 398,399 UNDERGRADUATE relationship of that structure to function Pre- operon theory, viruses as macromolecules RESEARCH 2 cr each requisites 111, 11 2 and 232 or permission of Opportunitv for selected students to work on the instructor Lecture and laboratory DESCRIPTIONS OF THE FOLLOWING COURSES ARE PROVIDED IN research problems under the direction of a THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES CATALOG faculty member 398 is not prerequisite to 399 244 ANIMAL DEVELOPMENT 4 cr N4d\IMUM of four credits Registration bv A comparative studv of the morphological and 503 CELLANDFINE 520 EXPERIMENTAL aspects permission of instructor physiological of animal development STRUCTURAL BIOLOGY 3 er EMBRYOLOGY 3 cr emphasizing current experimental approaches S05 MOLECULAR GENETICS 3 Lr 523 INVERTEBRATE Prereq uisites 111, 112 Lecture and 209,210 ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY 3 cr PHYSIOLOGY 4 cr each laboratory 507 LABORATORY TECHNIQUES 3 cr Studies designed to provide students with a 525 COMPARATIVE 511 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE bdCkground in the area^ of human bodv struc- 250 PLANT DEVELOPMENT 4 cr MICROBIOLOGY 3 cr PHYSIOLOGY 3 cr lure and the mechanisms underlying normal Examines the unique features of represeiatative 528 N11CROBLALL PHYSIOLOGY 3 cr tvpes of plants, as revealed by interrelationships body functions Laboratory includes eXdmina- S 12 MAMMALIAN PHYSIOLOGY 3 cr tion of the micro and gross anatomy of the of form, function and morphogenesis Pre- 5 31 BIOLOGY OF FUNGI 3 cr body, physiological experiments, and exposure requisites I 11, 1 12 Lecture and laboratory 513 GENERAL cr 3 cr to certain basic clinicalIv important measure- ENDOCRINOLOGY 3 580 URBAN ECOLOGY ments drid techniques Prerequisites some 306 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 4 cr Varied studies of the growth requirements and previous exposure to introductory biology and regulatory mechanisms of important plant chemistry is desirable, 209 is prerequisite to types, with emphasis upon environmental con- 21 0 This course does not carry credit toward a DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY trol Prerequisites Biology Major Lecture and laboratory 111, 112 and 250 Lecture and laboratory Chairman ANDREW J GLAID, 111, Ph D 220 SEX AND SEXUALITY 3 cr Consideration of sex and reproduction as uni- 411 ECOLOGY 3 cr The Chemistry program is designed to provide the student with a funda- verSJI biological functions with special emphasis A critical examination of the principles and mental background in chemistry and an understanding of the relationship of on physiological and psychological basis of procedures underlving ecological thought, chemistry to the other sciences and disciplines Elective courses and the human se\ualit^ The course also aims to stressing the ecosystem concept and its implica- opportunity to do undergraduate research allow the chemistry major to examine sexual functioning, sexual behavior tions for human activity Prerequisites 111, develop interests in a specialized area of chemistry, su^,h as analytical, and sex therapy Does not carry credit toward d 112 Not open to students will) previous similar BiologN Major Lecture course Lecture inorganic, organic, physical chemistry, and biochemistry r-

18 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL AR IS AND SCIENCES CHEMISTRY 19

Because of the fundamental nature of chemistry as a science, numerous 111 112 PRINCIPLESOF Lecture, three hours, Recitation, one hour, Laboratory, six hour^ opportunities for advanced study, as well as immediate employment, are open CHEMISTRY 4 cr each The course is divided into three segments, to the chemistry major A large percentage of students elect to continue their 321, 322 PHYSICAL physical, organic, and biochemistry In the study in graduate programs in chemistry and related fields Chemists and 3 cr each section devoted to physical chemistry the laws CHEMISTRY biochemists provide a core of personnel in pure and applied research, A study of the structure and properties of the of chemical behavior are developed with parti- various states of matter, thermodynamics, technical sales, technical libraries, and management positions in the chemical cular reference to the simple molecules of thermochernistry, kinetics and an introduction and related industries, the space industry, the health professions, education inanimate nature 1he organic, section deals to chemical physics Prerequisites Physics 202 and the environmental sciences The major in biochemistry centers around primarily with the structural features of organic or 212, Chemistry 122, Mathematics 116 the core of basic chemistry courses while also providing advanced courses in compounds, the chemistry of functional groups Lecture, four hours biochemistry and electives in biology and the practical applications of organic com- pounds in the synthesis of polymers, Of Cdrbo- 323, 324 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY hydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY MAJORS LABORATORY I cr each enzymes, vitamins, etc Biochemistry is treated Laboratory portion of Chemistry 321, 322, Thirty-two semester hours are required All students must take 121, 122, in terms of the digestion and metabolism of four hours 221, 222, 321, 323, and 421, Mathematics 115, 116, Physics 201, 202 or nutrients, the function of enzymes in the 211, 212, Biology I 11, 1 12, proficiency in German, Russian or French at the metabolic process and the abnormal metabolic 401 INTRODUCTORY 202 or 212 level is required conditions that prevail in disease Lecture, three BIOCHEMISTRY 4 cr An introduction to biochemistry at the cellular If a student takes I 11, 11 2, and 12 1, 122, the credits for the I 11, 11 2 will hours, Recitation, one hour, Laboratory, two level The structure and chemistry of cellular not apply to the total required for the degree Courses 101, 102, 205, 206 hours components (proteins, nucleic acids, etc ), of will not be counted toward a major , cellular reagents (enzymes, coenzymes, respira- Chemistry Major All students must take 322, 324, 422 and Mathematics 121, 122 GENERAL CHEMISTRY tory pigments, etc ) and metabolic reactions of 215 The fundamental principles and concepts of chemistry are presented from the standpoint of carbohydrates, lipids and amino acids are dis- Biochemistry Major All students must take 401, 524 In addition, two atomic and molecular structure with illustrative cussed Prerequisite 206 or 222 Lecture, three biology electives should be selected from Biology 444, 432, 438 Students examples from descriptive chemistry The basic hours, Laboratory, tour hours planning to enter a graduate chemistry department should take 322, 324 concepts of thermodynamics, chemical kinetics 421 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 4 cr To meet the American Chemical Society's requirements for Professional and equilibrium are introduced The laboratory Theoretical and practical training in modern Certification, the Chemistry Major must elect two additionil courses from the portion of the first semester illustrates physical methods in chemical analysis with emphasis on following 401, 523, 524, 537, 538, 545, 546, 57 1, 572, and chemical properties in a quantitative Mathematics 21 6 or instrumental methods Prerequisite 322 Lee- 308, manner, and the laboratory portion of the Biology 438, Pharmacy Sciences 525, 539, one of these must be a ture, three hours, Laboratory, eight hours laboratory course This laboratory requirement can also be fulfilled with 490 second semester illustrates the principles of 422 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4 cr The Biochemistry Major must take 322, 324, and 422 for certification ionic equilibria including qualitative inorganic analysis A survey of the basic principles required for REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINORS understanding inorganic chemistry nucluding 121 Lecture, three hours, Recitation, one atomic and molecular structure, crystal strue- A minor in Chemistry consists of 12 credit hours beyond 121, 122 A minor hour Iihc)r.itc)rv_ six hours 4 cr ture, non-aqueous solvents and coordination in Biochemistry consists of 12 credits, beyond 121, 122 Normally 205, 206 122 Lecture, three hours, Recitation, one compounds Prerequisite 32 2 Lecture, three or 221, 222, along with 40 1, will constitute the Biouliemistry minor hours, Laboratory, four hours hour I Laboratory Isix h ours 5 cr

deals With 490 UNDERGRADUATE 10 1, 102 CHEMISTRY AND semester the biochemistry of living 205, 206, 221, 222 RESEARCH Maximum 2 cr SOCIETY 3 cr each systems Chemical principles are used to explain ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4 cr each Selected students work on a research problem The impact of chemistry and society reaches the normal life processes of photosynthesis, Ihe theoretical background is developed from as under the direction of a staff member every phase of life The course attempts to respiration, etc as well abnormal conditions the standpoint of the electronic structure of provide a link between chemistry and the such as drug action, poisons, etc on metabolic molec,ules and the accompanying energy con- 524 MOLECULAR BASIS OF changes in our technological society In the first processes Students with d good high school siderations The preparation and the chemical BIOCHEMISTRY 3 cr semester, the basic concepts of chemistry are background do not require the first semester as and physical (including spectral) properties of A discussion of the chernistry of amino acids I developed for the non-%cience student and a prerequisite, others should see the instructor representative organic, compounds are discussed and proteins from the viewpoint of structure, applied to current topics such as air drid water before registering for the second semester in detail Prerequisites 121, 122 1 or 205, 206, physical chemistry and analysis An introduc- pollution, energy, pesticides, etc The second Lecture, three hours Lec.ture, three hours, Recitation, one hour, tion to enzyme chemistry is also included in the Laboratory, four hours, and for 22 1 222 course Prerequisite 401 20 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES CLASSICS 21

DEPARTMENT OF CLASSICS The following will be taught as Latin or Greek courses or, for those students who are qualified, as combination Latin and Greek courses Chauman MARTIN D SNYDER, Ph D Each course will cover an individual author or group of authors or a genre Each course may be repeated as long as a different author or work is read For the student who seeks something more than the mass-produced, plastic culture of contemporary life, the Department of Classics offers courses, both 401, 402 PRE-FIFTH 421,422 INDEPENDENT READINGS in the original languages and in translation, designed for the enrichment of CENTURY 3 cr each AND RESEARCH Var (,r the individual as d human person These courses cover a vast period of The Iliad, the Odyssey, the Homeric Hilmns Western cultural history extending from Homer to the Renaissance The and other epic literature, Hesiod, Pindar, Greek course material is, moreover, not studied in isolation but in conjunction with lyric poetry Lind the prc-Socrauc^ CLASSICS COURSES IN ENGLISH (NO the best of contemporary thought and creative expression 403, 404 FIFTH CENTURY 3 cr each GREEK OR LATIN REQUIRED) REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR Herodotus, Thucydides, Aeschylu^, Sophocles, Euripides and Aristoplianes 121 GENERAL ETYMOLOGY 3 Lr A candidate for the Bachelor of Arts degree will be expected to take at least A study of Greek and Latin words to facilitate 24 credits in Latin and Greek with a minimum of 18 credits in one language 405, 406 FOURTH CENTURY 3 cr each the comprehension of modern English as it is

and a minimum of six credits in the other, 211, 212—Survey of Sanskirt Greek OrdtOrS, Plato, Aristotle, Xenophon, written by our acknowledged modern masters Literature may be substituted for the minimum of six credits Credits applied Menander and I heophrastus I./ r i I to the major must be at the 200 level or above Latin Prose Composition will 407,408 ALEXANDRIAN TERMS 3 cr be required for the major at the discretion of the chairman Six credits of PERIOD 3 cr each Introduction to Greek and Latin elements of ancient history (325, 326, 337, 338) are required in addition for any major Apollonius Rhodius, Thcocritus, Callimachus ^cientific terminology Ancient art and ancient philosophy courses are recommended and the lesser Alexandrian authors 123 CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR 409,410 ROMAN REPUBLIC 3 cr each A presentation of the major myths of Greece Remains of early Latin, Plautus, Terence, Poly- and Rome with special attention to contem- The department offers a minor in Latin (d minimum of 1 2 credits above the bins, Cicero, LuLretiu^, Catullus, Caesar, and porary interpretations of myth and the in- 100 level), a minor in Greek (d minimum of 12 credits above the 100 level), Sallust fluence of myth on art and literature and a minor in Classical Civilization with concentrations in Greek Civilization, Roman Civilization, Ancient History, and Ancient Art and Literature (12 411, 412 AUGUSTAN AGE 3 cr each 320 SEMINAR 1-3 cr credits above the 100 level) with the approval of the department and advisors Livy, Vergil, Horace, Ovid, Propertius, Tibullus, Topics variable Manilius, Dionysius of Halicarnassus, Res 325 GREEK HISTORY 3 cr Gestae An examination of the development of Greek 101, 102 BASIC LATIN 4 cr each 203,204 INTRODUCTIONTO 413,414 EARLY IMPERIAL history and culture from earliest times up to Study of the fundamentals of Latin grammar GREEK READINGS 3 cr each LITERATURE 3 cr each the death of Alexander of MaLedon and svntax combined with occasional exercises Survey of major Greek authors SeneCd, Lucan, Petronius, Martial, Plutarch, the in translation from Roman authors 205, 206 BIBLICAL AND Silver epic, Josephus, Demetrius on Style 326 HELLENISTIC HISTORY 3 cr 103, 104 BASIC GREEK 4 er each PATRISTIC LATIN 3 cr each A survey of Mediterranean history from the 415, 416 LATER IMPERIAL Study of the fundamentals of Greek grammar Selections from Biblical and Christian Latin death of Alexander until the accession of LITERATURE 3 cr eadi and syntax combined with frequent exercises literature Octavian and tile establishment of the Roman Tdcitus, Juvenal, Pliny the Younger, Seutonius, on translation from Greek authors principate 207, 208 BIBLICAL AND Apulems, Lucian, Dio Cassius, Marcus Aurelius 105, 106 BASIC SANSKRIT 3 cr each PATRISTIC GREEK 3 cr each 328 THE CLASSICAL TRADITION 417, 418 POST CLASSICAL A study of the fundamentals of Sanskrit grant- Selections from Biblical and Christian Greek IN AMERICA 3 cr LITERATURE 3 cr each mar and syntax combined with exercises in literature A study of the influences of Graeco-Roman Selections from post classical, medieval, renals- translation Some previous foreign language civilization on American cultural life, with 211, 212 SURVEY OF SANSKRIT sance and neo-Latin authors experience is desirable special emphasis on its influence on American LITERATURE 3 cr each 419 STUDIES IN GENRE 3 cr literature 201,202 INTRODUCTION TO Selected readings frorn major Sanskrit texts Selected genre of Greek and/or Latin literature LATIN READINGS 3 cr each including the Alahabl7arata, Hitopade^a, Katha- 330 ANCIENT THEATRE 3 Lr Survey of major Latin authors saritsagara, Manavadharma^astra, and Rigpeda 420 SENIOR SEMINAR 3 cr An examination of the origins and development 23 22 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES ENGLISH

of ancient tragedy and comedy Readings from 338 ANCIENT INDIAN DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH the works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, HISTORY 3 cr Aristophanes, Menander, Seneca, Plautus, and An investigation of ancient Indian history, art Chairman JAMES P BEYMER, M A, J D Teren(,e and literature up to the time of the Delhi Sultanate 331 ANCIENT EPIC 3 cr The chief purpose of the English program is to develop the student's powers A study of ancient epic literature with partiLu- 340 GREEK RELIGION 3 cr to think critically about his life To this end the Department's curriculum lar attention to the tediniques of oral and An examination of the Lontinuity of Greek unites intensive and critical reading in a broad range of our literary heritage literary composition Readings from the works religious experience from ancient times to the with close attention to the presentation of ideas in writing Attention is also of Homer, Apollonius of Rhodes, Vergil, and present and of the interconnection of ancient given to oral expression of ideas by means of dialogue between professor and Luc.dn Greek religious ritual, moral e\perien(.e and student Not only is the degree in English an excellent preparation for law religious thought 332 ANCIENT NOVEL school and for graduate work in English, education, and library science, but it AND ROMANCE 3 cr 341 ROMAN RELIGION 3 cr also provides the liberal preparation which is sought by the business world A survey of Greek and Roman prose fiction A study of Roman religious beliefs and prac- generally for such areas as personnel, advertising, and management with special emphasis on the nature and de- tices .,,jth attention to the development of hero velopment of narrative technique Readings cults, oriental mystery religions and philosophi- Prerequisites from Homer (Odyssey), Herodotus, the Greek cal sects as alternatives to traditional religion English Composition 101 (or its equivalent) is a prerequisite for admission to Romances, Lucian, Petronius, and Apulems 342 CLASSICAL ARCHAEOLOGY 3 cr English Composition 102, English Composition 102 (or its equivalent) is a 337 ROMAN IMPERIAL A study of the archaeological discovery of prerequisite for admission to all other courses offered by the department HISTORY 3 cr 01dSSIUdl civilization from the Greek Bronze A,,e The English Department further advises that two 200 level courses should A study of the consolidation and dissolution of through the Roman Empire An introduction to be taken before the student attempts any 300 or 400 level course (except for the Roman Imperial structure up to the death the techniques of archaeological investigation 307 and 308) Of Justinian in 565 A D REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR The major is an individually-designed program of 24 hours of English Department courses above the 100 level Each English major, with the close DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS advice and approval of a member of the English faculty, designs a program to fit his background, interests, and career objectives Chairman SOM PRAKASH, PhD REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR The minor consists of d minimum of 12 credit hours beyond the freshman level of which at least six must be taken at the 300 and 400 level Twenty-four semester hours are required for d major These credits must There are four separate emphases that the student may follow include 12 1, 122, 123 or 2 12, 222 (121, 122 or 221, 222 are prerequisites to all advanced courses) and 321, 322 I English Literature 201, 202 and six hours in upper division English Extradepartmental Requirements Students planning to do graduate work Literature, courses 407 to 464 in economics are advised to take calculus 2 American Literature 205, 206 and six hours in upper division American Literature, courses 47 1 to 479 3 Writing 203 and nine hours in Writing Workshops, courses 380 to 383 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR 4 Literary Genre 207, 208, or 209 with nine hours of upper division Eighteen semester hours (321 and above) are required for a minor The work in the corresponding genre (fiction, poetry, or drama) from the required introductory level courses are 121, 122 or 22 1, 222 In certain cases, 300 and 400 offerings in English and American Literature it would be advisable to take 123 as an elective It is strongly suggested that 5 English Honors Students who, by invitation of the Department Honors students having selected Economics as a minor, consult with the Economics Committee, complete English 212, 213, and two 300 Honors Seminars, Department chairman for advisement purposes may count that program as an English Minor

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ARE PROVIDED IN THE SCHOOL OF BUSI- NESS AND ADMINISTRATION SECTION OF THIS CATALOG ON PAGES 82-84

24 COLLEGE 01 LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES ENGLISH 25

HONORS PROGRAM 308 APPLIED LINGUISTICS 3 cr Sidney, Spenser, Shakespeare, Marlowe and Practical uses of structural linguistics in the Students who give evidence of outstanding ability in English through their minor figures teaching of compo%ition and literature performance in English Composition 101 or by virtue of superior national 414 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY test scores will be invited to participate in the English Honors progrdrn at the 370,371,372,373,374,375, ENGLISH LITERATURE 3 cr discretion of the departmental Honors Committee AND 376 SPECIAL STUDIES A survey of drama, prose and verse to 1660 These students may apply Honors course credits to either an English major IN ENGLISH 3 cr each 415 MILTON 3 cr or minor, or may use these credits as electives Further details concerning the Two or three courses in this sequence are offered every semester by the English Depart- A survey of Milton and his times A close Honors program are available through the department office and will be ment to meet the current interests of both the scrutiny of the minor poems, and Paradise Lost distributed to all nominees at the time of their recommendation for students and the faculty Examples of courses and Samson Agoinstes admission to the program regularly offered are Science Fution, Litera- 419 RENAISSANCE SPECIAL ture, Myth, and the Modern World, The English TOPICS 3 cr 101, 102 ENGLISH 208 POETRY 3 cr Bible as Literature, Comparative Literature, Studies in Renaissance thought and aesthetic in COMPOSITION 3 cr each Appreciation of British and American poetry, The Film as Literature the works of one or more of its great writers Prdc,ti,,e in effective writing Review of princi- critical analv^is of traditional and experimental Spenser, Sidney, Donne, Jonson, etc or ples of grammar and rhetoric, introduction to poetic form, consideration of philosophical and 380, 381, 382, and 383 through the ideas and attitudes conveyed in one literary types and forms 101 is prerequisite to social concerns of poetry WRITING WORKSHOPS 3 cr each 102 One or more courses in this sequence are of the dominant .-enres of the Ren,USSMICe the 209 DRAMA 3 cr offered CdGh semester in a workshop format lyric, the epic, the drama, etc 103 ENGLISH COMPOSITION An historical survey of major dramatic. forms designed to develop students' creative and/or HONORS 3 cr throu.-h a selection of representative works by technical writing skills Examples of courses SHAKESPEARE STUDIES An lionors counterpart to 102 Composition major playwrights from the classical tradition re.^ularlv offered are Poetry Workshop, Drama 433 Shakespeare 1 3 cr and introduction to literary types and forms of Greece and Rome to the Theatre of the Workshop, Fiction Workshop, Writing for Busi- Comedies and romances Participation by invitation only Absurd ness and Industry Admission by instructor's permission only 434 SHAKESPEARE 11 3 cr 201 202 ENGLISH LITERATURE 210,211 READINGS IN WORLD Tragedies and histories SURVEY 3 Lr each LITERATURE 1, 11 3 Lr each The remainder of the English courses are Representative masterpieces of English litera- A survey of major literary works of the Westcrii divided into areas of emphasis During a four- 439 SHAKESPEARE SPECIAL ture in their literary and histori(al contexts world from Homer to Cervantes (210) Lind from semester period, each course from edC.11 area TOPICS 3 cr Moliere to Camus (21 1) with emphasis on will be offered at least once 203 ADVANCED WRII ING 3 cr Studies in Shakespeare relating his works to continental traditions The LOurse explores The course is de:^igned to build upon writing those of his contemporaries or concentrating on both the thematic preoLcupation of Western skills learned in Freshman Composition and MEDIEVAL STUDIES the problems of Shakespeare biographical, Specific writers and the development and evolution of aCSthetIC, and critical works and ap- centers chiefly on development of stvie and 409 CHAUCER 3 cr literary forms pr0dChes to be selected by the instructor accuracy Enrollment by instruLtor's permission A study of The Canterbury Tales and minor only 212,213 ENGLISH poems LITERATURE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY STUDIES HONORS 3 Lr each 205 AMERICAN LITERATURE SURVEY 410 MEDIEVAL SPECIAL Honors counterparts to 201, 202 Major British 441 ENGLISH CLASSICISM 3 cf I—BEGINNING TO CIVIL WAR 3 cr TOPICS 3 cr writers from Chaucer to Eliot Participation by Developments of neo-classicial literature from Representative seleLtions from major AmeriCdn Studies in the ideas and attitudes of the invitation only the Restoration to the death of Pope Primary authors treated in both their literary and their medieval period approached through one of its attention given to Dryden, Swift and Pope historical contexts dominant aenres such as the romance, the 300 HONORS SEMINAR 3 cr drama, the lyric, etc or through some of its 442 LATE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY 206 AMERICAN LITERATURE SURVEY Special areas treated in these seminars will vary major writers other than ChdULer or through ENGLISH LITERATURE 3 cr 11—AFTER CIVIL WAR 3 cr and will be designated in the schedule of international readings in Old and Middle Johnson and his circle, the development of the Representative selections from major American c.our^es eadi semester Enrollment in the English, Old Icelandic, 'vledieVdl I-rench and novel, the aesthetic movement authors treated in both their liteyary and their Honors Seminar is bv invit,ition of the Honors German (all read in English translation) historical contexts Committee of the Department of Enghsh 449 EIGHTEENTH CENTURY SPECIALTOPICS 3 cr 207 THE NOVEL 3 cr 307 THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 3 cr RENAISSANCE STUDIES Studies in Eighteenth Century thought and An introduction to various types of ArnerjCdn An introduction to linguistic analysis with 413 SIXTEENTH CENTURY aesthetic in the works of one or more of its and British novels and the methods of dis- primary emphasis on the history of the stru(- ENGLISH LITERATURE 3 cr great writers Dryden, Swift, Pope, Johnson, cusNing fiction ture of English from old to modern English Survey including non-Shake^pearean drama, Blake, etc, , or through the ideas and attitudes

26 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES F INE A RTS 27

to those who wish to extend their visual perimeter and to understand the role conveyed in one of the dominant genres of the 469 TWENTIETH CENTURY SPECIAL Eighteenth Century the drarna, the novel, the TOPICS 3 cr of the visual arts in Western culture Qualified students are advised to take essay, etc Studies in 1wentieth Century thought and collateral courses in classics, history, philosophy, and psychology, and aesthetic in the works of one or more of its additional upper divison art history courses offered at member colleges of tile NINETEENTH CENTURY STUDIES major writers Years, Joyce, Eliot, CtL , or Pittsburgh Council on Higher Education In addition to personal enrichment thrCLI211 the ideas and attitudes conveved in one 451 ENGLISH ROMANTIC and heightened awareness of man's will to create visual forms, the study of of the clorninant genres of the 1wentleth LITERATURE 3 cr art history can lead to careers in teaching, publishing, museology, historic Century poetry, the novel the drama, etc A study of the aesthetic, moral, political, and preservation, and urban redevelopment literary aspects of English romanticism ap- AMERICAN STUDIES proaclied through the writings of Wordsworth, REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR Coleridge, Bvron, Shelley, Keats 471 EARLY AMERICAN The minor consists of 12 credits of 300- and 400-level courses The LITERATURE 3 cr prerequisites are six credits of introductory and survey courses at the 452 VICTORIAN LITERATURE 3 cr 100- and A study of the literature of America's Colonial A stud v of the poetry of I ennyson, Browning, 200-level or their adjudged equivalent Areas of concentration include and Feclerali^t periods, emphasi7mg the politi- Arnold and the prose of Arnold, Carlyle and Ancient, American, and Modern art Cal and belletristic writings of an ernergin.g Ruskin Attention also given to the poetry of nation Morris, Rossetti and Fitzgerald 101 INTRODUCTION TO THE 203 FRENCH ART 3 cr 472 AMERICAN ROMANTICISM 3 cr VISUAL ARTS 3 cr A survey which discusses ideas, schools, and 459 NINETEENTH CENTURY A study of the Romantic movement in Arneried A study of the techniques and styles of styles in the history of French Art from the SPECIAL TOPICS 3 cr with emphasis on Emerson, Thoreau, and Poe architecture, sculpture, painting, and the Roman occupation to the present Areas of Studies in Nineteenth Century thought and graphic arts in western society, with an em- emphasis are Carolingian, Romanesque, Gothic, desthetic in the works of one or more of its 473 AMERICAN REALISM 3 cr phasis upon increasing the student's cornpre- Renaissance, Rococo, and Modern art (Offered great writers Wordsworth, Tennyson, Brown- The rise of realistic fiction Subsequent to the hension of our visually oriented culture in alternate years) In.-, Dickens, Hardy, etc , or through the ideas Civil War through the end of the century, Recommended prerequisite for all tipper and attitudes conveyed in one of the dominant emphasis on TNkam, James and Howells division art history courses 204 ART IN THE SPANISH genres of the Nineteenth Century poetry, the 474 MODERN AMERICAN ENVIRONMENT 3 cr novel, the drama, etc 102 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE 3 cr An examination of a selected group of art MODERN ART 3 cr A study of American prose and poetry front thG objects created in Spain from ^rclnstoric to TWENTIETH CENTURY STUDIES An attempt to render accessible to the speLta- end of World War I to the present, including modern times The aim of this course is to tor the realities formulated by the artists of the Frost, I-it/gerald, Hemm^zway, Faulkner, clefine the dramatIL intensitv of the imagery, 461 EARLY IWENTIETH CENTURY last two decades Formal analysis of the art 3 Lr Bellow, etc forms, and content of these art objects LITERATURE object and examination of the motivational Selective stuciv of authors representing the 477 AMERICAN LITERATURE forces which shaped its creation lead to an 205 MAJAS, MADONNAS, indjor literary types and trends from about SPEC [A L STUDIES 3 cr overall view of the structural framework of AND MYTHS 3 cr 1890 to 1930 Hardv, iNloore Butler, Conrad, A course designed to reflect particular current twentieth century painting and sculpture An exploration of the image of woman as it has Yeats, Hopkins, Jovec and Eliot interests of faculty and students alike I opics (Offered in alternate years) been portrayed throughout the ages by the I 462 CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE 3 cr (.an be drawn from wide range of areas such as artist, both niale and fernale Emphasis is on the 201 HISTORY OF ARF ANCIENT Major literary types and trends since about historical background, aesthetics, theme and analysis of themes relating to fernale imagery as TO GOTHIC 3 (r 1930 Woolf, Waugh, Greene, Auden, Spender, inotif, from specific studies of major authors or well as formal consideration of the work of art A chronologically oriented, detailed presentd- I hornas, Golding and others from tracm.- the development of dominant tion of the history of Western art This survev 301 GREEK ART 3 cr literary genres deals with Near Eastern, Greek, Roman, Early A study of the architecture, sculpture, vase 499 DIRECTED STUDIES 3 cr Christian and Medieval art Can be elected to painting, and minor arts of the Greek world fulfill the history/literature requirement from Minoan to Hellenistic times The student is introduced to the extensive vocabulary of 202 HISTORY OF ART RENAISSANCE FINE ARTS Greek art whic It has been I continuing forma- TO MODERN 3 cr tive force in western art (Offered III alternate A Coordinator MRS PATRICIA S INGRAM continuation of 201 Surveys Renaissance, years) Baroque and Modern art in Western Europe Survey and period courses in the history of western art are offered by the Art Can be elected to fulfill the lustory/fiterature 302 ROMAN ART 3 cr Division of the Classics Department to introduce the concepts of art history requirement An introduction to Roman innovations in

28 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES HISTORY 29 architecture, sculpture, and painting Fhe back- 332 ART OF THE 20th REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR ground of Roman art in Etruscan, Greek, and CENTURY 3 cr At least 24 credits in addition to I I I , 112 or 1 Egyptian civilizations is investigated, and the A ( hronological study of 20th century painting 13, 1 14 Of these 24 credits, at impact of Roman art in formulating Christian and sculpture which "looks beyond visual least six credits must be taken in American and six credits in European Art, Renaissance Art and Neo-Classicism is perception and tries to find the essence and history, at least six credits from the sophomore survey courses, 2 11, 2 12, analyzed (Offered in alternate years) meaning of reality " From cubism to con- 221, 222, 231, 232 (twelve credits from this level are recommended), and ceptual art, from Picasso to Pollock and Pop, three credits of an undergraduate historiography course, 481, 483, or 484 312 LATE MEDIEVAL ART 3 cr this course offers a thorough exploration of the Transfer students may apply for equivalency Western European Art from the I I th to the visual arts of the 20th Century The stated requirements aim to provide the student with a structured 14th century Focus IS upon the development of stone vaulting systems, monumental archi- 341 AMERICAN PAINTING AND program of learning within which considerable flexibdity is encouraged I 11, tectural sculpture, stained glass, fresco and SCULPTURE 3 er 112 acquaints the student with the basic themes of world history, 1] 3, 114 panel painting, and illuminated manuscripts in An examination of tile forms created by Arneri- deals with the history of the West A variety of second-year survey courses England, France, Italy, and Germany (Offered can painters and sculptors from the earIv l7th supply essential knowledge of the major periods of European and American in alternate years) through the late 20th century A special class history Upper and advanced-level courses provide intensive studies of intent involves arriving at a clear understanding historical methodology of the major cultural areas of the world and of 321 15th CENTURY RENAISSANCE of Americans' concept of reality during these 3 er significant themes in history ART years, particularly in the 20th century An investigation of the Renaissance spirit of the A maximurn of 12 transfer credits in history Can be applied to the major 15th century Concentration is upon compari- 342 AMERICAN requirements sons of Northern and Southern attitudes to ARCHITECTURE 3 cr man, nature, and social structure, and to Construction, style, building types and con- REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR materials, techniques, pictorial representation, cepts of city plariningg in American architecture Students who wish to minor in history should consult with the department's and iconography (Offered in alternate years) from the l7th century to the present Field undergraduate advisor The student is required to take 12 hours beyond I 11, trips to important monuments in the Pittsburgh 331 ART OF THE 19th 112 or 113, 114 including either 221, 222 or 231, 232, the remaining six area, including Filling Water, are scheduled CENTURY 3 cr credits should be scheduled with the advice of the department advisor A survey of the visual arts in the 19th century 431 SELECTED READINGS The visual arts not only reflect the dramatic VARIABLE TOPICS 3 er changes in the artists' use of form, color, line, In-depth research, using the resources of Pitts- INTRODUCTORY SURVEYS 212 EUROPE IN THE FEUDAL texture and light, but also emphasize the burgh area libraries and of source material AGE 3 Lr 111, 112 APPROACHES TO The world of the Middle Ages—a survey of changing political, religious, and Social Values in relevant to the history of Western art Weekly WORLD HISTORY 3 cr each society seminars are conducted, trips to local and medieval men's political, social, and cultural A Survey Of world history covering important activities out-of-town museums are arranged, and in- aspects of human evolution The first semester dividual research is programmed Prerequisite deals with prehistory and the major civiliza- 221 EUROPE FROM RENAISSANCE Permission of instructor tions The second semester concentrates on TO REVOLUTION 3 Lr major trends si.-nificant to the development of The history of Europe from the fourteenth DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY the contemporary world through the eighteenth centuries—the era of transition and change from the medieval to the 113,114 WESTERN modern world Chairman SAMUEL J ASTORINO, PhD CIVILIZATION 3 cr each An introductory survey of the origins and 222 EUROPE INDUSTRIALISM AND The Department of History offers a program devoted to the study of characteristics of European Civilization, emphd- THE MASSES 3 cr mankind in diverse cultural settings through time A large number of courses sizing the personalities and events and institLl- A historical analysis of Europe in the last two are taught by d faculty reflecting a variety of philosophical and methodolo- tions that hdve made the West the dominant centuries, with particular attention to the re- gical outlooks Apart from the fact that the program fully meets the needs of 0obal power today lationship between technological and social students intending to pursue graduate work in historical studies, the history change and its impact on politics and culture 211 THE ANCIENT major will be well prepared for careers in law, business, or government WORLD 3 Lr 231 DEVELOPMENT OF THE service Most importantly, the discipline of history provides an excellent A survey of the ariLlent cultures and their UNITED STATES TO 1877 3 cr synthesis of the liberal-arts education since it effectively joins together the contribution to Civilization with emplIdSIS on The historical development of American institu- humanities and the social sciences the Greeks and the Romans tions, ideals, and society from earliest times to 1877 rad

30 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARrS AND SCIENCES HISTORY 31

232 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOCIdl, and political factors influencing Euro- 326 HELLENISTIC HISTORY 3 Lr 351 DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF UNITED STATES SINCE 1877 3 cr pean expansion to 1880 A survey of Mediterranean history from the UNITED STATES 1 3 cr The historical development of American institu- death of Alexander until the accession of From the Revolution to 1890 with the em- 265 ENGLAND BEFORE 1715 3 cr tions, ideals, and society since 1877 Octavian and the establishment of the Roman phasis upon the establishment of the nation and The foundations of England, emphasizing the principate its diplomatic methods and goals TOPICAL AND AREA SURVEYS origins of the common law, the rise Of pdrha- ment, the development of English society, and 337 ROMAN IMPERIAL HISTORY 3 er 352 DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF 253 THE MIDDLE EAST FROM England's contribution to western thought A study of the consolidation and dissolution of UNITED STATES 11 3 cr MUHAMMED TO NAPULEAN 3 cr the Roman imperial structure Lip to the death The second half of the course will be Diplo- A historical survey of the Near cast from the 266 MODERN BRITAIN 3 cr of Justinian in 565 B C matic History of the United States 1890 to rise of Islam to the decline of the Ottoman A study of the first industrial nation, with present Emphasis IS special attention to the achievement of consti- 338 ANCIENT INDIAN upon involvement of the state, with particular attention to political, United States in both World Wars and its role as tutional monarchy, the social and economic HISTORY 3 cr social, and cultural trends of an imperial power 1 problems industrialization, the nature of An investigation of ancient Indian history, art 254 THE HISTORY OF THE British imperialism, and the problems faced in and literature tip to the time of the Muslim 357 HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN MODERN MIDDLE EAST 3 cr the 20th century invasion PRESIDENCY 3 cr A study of the modern Near East with conccn- Primarily an investigation and evaluation— tration upon the conflict between imperialism 267 CANADA 3 cr 382 PSYCHOHISTORY 3 er in I personal, political, contemporary, and histori- An introduction to Canadian history, with E %,I nes the in ter-relationsh ips between and nationdism, traditionalism and wesurn Cdl—Of each president with some attention to particular attention to the years from 1763 to psychology—especially psychOdnalysis—and ]its- influences, in thearea the growth of the office the present, and to Canadian-American rela- tory Psychology leadership of g-roup behavior, 255, 256 HISTORY OF tions and contemporary Canada of war, etc 358 CIVIL WAR AND ASIA 3 Lr each RECONSTRUCTION 3 cr 269, 270 CHINA 3 cr each 386 HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY 3 cr A survey of Asian civilization from ancient An intensive study of the American experience A survey of social, economic, political, and A survey of the physical world which is the times to the present day, western colonialism, before and after the War for the Union cultural changes before and after the establish- basis for a human civilization, past present, and the rise of the nationalist movement, and the ment of the People's Republic of China future What are the possibilities and IIM1tdtIOnS 360 CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY OF establishment of modern states of different places for human development9 THE UNITED STATES 3 cr 274 CHURCH HISTORY 1 3 cr How successful or U11SULCeSSfUl were hunian An analysis of the Supreme Court and conStItL1- 257,258, RUSSIAN HISTORY 3 er each A religious and historical exploration of the Development of society and state in Russia settlements9 Emphasis also on geography as an tional development, stressing the major contro- growth of Cliristianitv from the first century tip intellectual d iscipli ne a nd cultural versies in the field from their origins to the twentieth century to the Reformation, discussion of those issues phenomenon 259,260 EAST-CENTRAL within the Church and the external forces 361, 362 HISTORY OF THE UNITED which brought about major conflict and de- EUROPE 3 cr each AMERICAN POLITICAL AND STATES' POLITICAL PARTIES 3 cr each Ilie medieval and modern history of the small velopment A detailed examination and analysis of the DIPLOMATIC HISTORY origins, leadership, and operation of the major 11,11LIOns Situated between Russia and Germany 275 CHURCH HISTORY 11 3 cr political parties in the U S on file east and west, and the Baltic and Selected topics in Catholic and Protestant 348 MODERN AMERICAN MILITARY Mediterranean Seas on the north and the south development from 1500 to the present day, HISTORY 3 cr A systematic study of modern U S wars from INTELLECTUAL AND CULTURAL 261 LATIN AMERICA COLONIAL special emphasis on the crises, revolutions, and 19 14 to the present The course focuses on the HISTORY PERIOD 3 cr reforms that were central to this development political, social and economic conditions lead- From the Age of Discovery through the revolu- 363 CULTURAL HISTORY OF 307, 308 HISTORY OF ing to each major conflict, evaluates in general tions of the early 19th century MEDIEVAL EUROPE 3 cr SCIENCE 3 cr each terms the conduct of military operations, and The development of the body of literature, 262 LATIN AMERICA NATIONAL A survey exploring the si.-nificance of scientific assesses the impact of the conflict upon the secular and religious, from the decline of the PERIOD 3 cr developments within the historical and social Armed Forces and the Nation Special emphasis Roman Empire to the Renaissance From the revolutions to the present, with context of Western culture is placed upon the role of the U S in world emphasis on Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and affairs, modernization of the Armed Forces, 325 GREEK HISTORY 3 er 365 THE ORIGINS OF THE Mexico military-buginess relationships, raising and MODERN MIND 3 cr An examination of the development of Greek maintaining d military establishment, and (ivi- Intellectual changes between 1300 and 1800 263 THE COLONIAL PERIOD— history and culture from earliest times up to han-military relationships that set the stage for the modern temper WESTERN HEMISPHERE 3 cr the death of Alexander of Macedon A comparative e\ainindtlOn of the economic,

32 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES JOURNALISM 33

366 THE MODERN MIND 3 cr light of the political, econornic, sOcIdl, intelleL- 394 UNITED STATES' LABOR its impact on SOCIdl and political issues as The major ideological tendencies of modern tual, and psychological tensions which pro- HISTORY 3 cr background for current economic problems European thought and their connection to duc.ed them Concentrates chiefly on the relations between 399 THE SEARCH FOR IDENTITY— society and politics, and to the major philo- worker and employer from the early craftsmen UNITED STATES SINCE 1945 3 cr sophic and scientific currents of the nineteenth to the industrial union member A discussion of selected contemporary issues, and twentieth centuries SOCIAL HISTORY 395 URBAN HISTORY foreign and domestic, which illustrate the iden- 367 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE 370 CURRENT HISTORY 3 cr UNITED STATES 3 cr tity crisis in the U S ON SOCIETY 3 cr What are the major forces dffecting our lives The rise of urban Arnerica, from the colonial The economic, social and cultural consequences today9 Where do they come from9 Where will period to World War I HISTORIOGRAPHY of the rise of modern science they lead to9 Resources will be current media Such as newspapers, TV, etc 396 HISTORY OF AMERICAN 481 THE MODERN HISTORIAN 3 er 368-369 THE AMERICAN MIND IMMIGRATION SINCE 1880 3 cr The development of modern historical thinking- 1, 11 3 cr each 385 WOMEN IN HISTORY 3 cr Focuses on the nature and problems of the and scholarship as It is related to the major The origins, development, and contemporary The too often neglected history of one-hdlf Of more recent immigrant, his cultural contribu- intellectual and social currents of modern modes of American thought, including major the human race, with special eInplIdSIS on the tions, the effects of selectivity and changing times "climates of opinion," diverse movements, and life experience of women in past ages native attitudes 483 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN selected scientific, political, religious, SOLldl, 387 FRONTIER, ENVIRONMENT, EUROPEAN HISTORY 3 cr and artistic topics 397 REFORM IN MODERN AND UTOPIA 3 cr AMERICA 3 cr Emphasizes the conflict among historians over A historical view of man's attempts to create EUROPEAN POLITICAL AND I A study of political, economic, and SOC1,11 interpretations of significant events in new societies, concentrating upon ecological DIPLOMATIC HISTORY reform movements in the United States since European history issues, world frontier experiences, and utopian the late nineteenth century 373,374 DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF or futurist ventures 484 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN THE FAR EAST 3 cr each 398 ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN HISTORY 3 cr 389 SOCIAL HISTORY OF Western imperialism in Asia, rise of Asian UNITED STATES SINCE 186S 3 cr Emphasizes the conflict among historians over MODERN EUROPE 3 cr nationalism, analvsis of interridtional problems Investigates the economic development of the interpretations of significant events in Anieri- An examination of major demographi(,, eco- in current tension areas United States after the Civil War, emphasizing can history nomic, and social trends in modern European 377 EUROPEAN EMPIRE IN THE history NINETEENTH CENTURY 3 cr' 391 SOCIAL HISTORY OF Examines the growth of the great colonial, RUSSIA 3 cr DEPARTMENT OF JOURNALISM empires in the nineteenth century and their I lie study of the development, role, and inter- decline before the forces of nationalism relations of the social classes in Russia and the Chairman NANCY C JONES, PhD 378 EUROPEAN DIPLOMATIC HISTORY, Soviet Union, and in East Central and South- 1870-1960 3 cr eastern Europe The Department of Journalism tries to integrate the liberal education of a A study of European international politics since student by emphasizing how a professional education for a career in the mass 1870, with emphasis upon the major develop- 392 THE EAST EUROPEAN ETHNIC media relies on the liberal arts tradition The journalism curriculum ments, their origins and historic significance, (IMMIGRANT) EXPERIENCE 3 cr concentrates upon the development of communicative for creative and and the evolving styles of diplomacy The examination of the social and economic skills conditions and cultural milieu that the various responsible positions in such areas of mass communication as advertising, 379 REVOLUTIONS IN THE waves of East European immigrants left behind broadcasting, newspapers, public relations, magazines and specialized MODERN WORLD 3 cr in Europe and found in America, arid the study pubhcdtions An analysis of the major political and social of their inter-ethnic relationships arid adjust- revolutions in Europe since 1789, the nature Of ment to American society REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR the revolutionary phenomenon, and the inevi- Twenty-seven semester hours are required for a major Required courses are table counter-revolu tio nary trend 393 ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES TO 1865 3 cr 167, 267, 268, 367, 369, 376 and 466 or 468 or 470 or 476 380 EUROPEAN FASCISM 3 cr Investigates the economic factors in the de- An intensive study of the major fascist move- velopment of the U S and their impact on REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR ments and regimes of the twentieth century in social and political issues Eighteen semester hours credit are required for a minor Credits must include 167, 267, 268, and nine other journalism credits approved by the head of the 34 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES JOURNALISM 35

Department of Journalism Minors do not qualify for the Department's 409 411 ADVANCED WRITING FOR requisites 167, 267, 268, 367, 369, 376, Professional Internship program MAGAZINES 3 cr (Offered both semesters) A lecture-laboratory course in writing for the 468 PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP 167 INTRODUCTION TO MASS gandd, and barriers to effective cornmuruLdtion general and specialized magazine Two hours BROADCASTING 3 cr COMMUNICATIONS 3 cr Open to Juniors and Seniors lecture, two hours laboratory Open to Juniors ^upevvlsed observation-experience program of An introduction to the role, principles, and A and Seniors study and assignment to an assigned commer- responsibilities of newspapers, broadcasting, 372 COMMUNICATIONS LAW 3 cr A study of the legal rights, responsibilities and cial/educational broadcasting station in the magazines, advertising and public relations 413 ADVANCED WRITING FOR ethics of the mass media Open to Juniors and Pittsburgh area Prerequisites 167, 267, 268, Course open to non-majors (Offered both RADIO AND TELEVISION 3 cr Seniors 369, 370, 376, 413 (Offered both semesters) semesters) A lecture-ldboratory course in writing for Radio 375 EDITING 3 (r and Television Two hours lecture, two hours 470 PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP 267 BASIC REPORTING AND laboratory A leC tU re-lab oratory course in editing and Prerequisite 367 3 cr WRITING 1 3 cr NEWSPAPERS presenting the written word for the mass media A supervised observdtion-experience program of Fundamentals of news reporting and writing 420 INTERNATIONAL Prerequisite 267 or approval of Department study and assignmerrit to a member newspaper Applied practice in laboratory sections COMMUNICATIONS 3 er of the Pennsylvania Newspaper Publishers As- 376 HISTORY OF THE MASS A study of world news systerns and an analysis 268 BASIC REPORTING AND sociation in Allegheny County Prerequisites MEDIA 3 of their roles as instruments of world under- WRITING 11 3 cr 405 cr standing Open to Juniors and Seniors 167, 267, 268, 367, 369, 375, 376, Advanced writing of the more complex types of Concentrated lecture-discussion course in an (Offered both semesters) historical context of major social influences news stories Applied practice in laboratory 430 PUBLIC RELATIONS affec ting American Journalism from the 476 PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP sLctions Two hours lecture Prerequisite 267 PRINCIPLES AND WRITING 3 cr PUBLIC RELATIONS 3 LrL colonial press period to contemporary society Study of the principles and concepts of public 367 RADIO TELEVISION PRINCIPLES Open to Juniors and Seniors A supervised obSerV,ition-experience program of relations, needs, significance and influence AND WRITING 3 cr study and assignments to an assigned public 378 Analysis of various publics constituting the A lecture-laboratory course in the study and PHOTOGRAPHY FOR relations agency, association, industrial, or whole public Case studies Applications of application of writing principles and practices JOURNALISTS 3 Lr non-profit educational group in the Pittsburgh A principles in student research projects Open to for radio and television Two hours lecture, two le,-ture-ldboratory course in the preparation ,Area Prerequisites 167, 267, 268, 367, 369, Juniors and Seniors hours laboratory Open to non-majors Pre- and use of photography for publication Funda- 375, 376, 380, 430 (Offered both semesters) mentals of camera work developing, printing, requisites 267, 268, or approval of 441 SECONDARY SCHOOL print evaluation and editorial uses of photo- INDUSTRIAL ADVERTISING 3 cr Department COMMUNICATIONS 3 cr 485 graphy emphasized Prerequisite 267 or Deals with the principles and pra( ticos of indus- dp- punuion of publications and broadcasting in 369 ADVERTISING PRINCIPLES provdl of Department the secondary school Role and responsibilities trial marketing communications Emphasis will AND WRITING 3 cr be placed on trade-paper ads, direct-mail ad- 380 SPECIALIZED PUBLICATIONS 3 cr of school-press advisors Teaching of Journalism A lecture-laboratory course in the study and vertising, descriptive product folders, sales let- A on the high school level Course is directed at application of writing principles and practices study of association, business, industrial, students scekmgg d Pennsylvania teacher's ^erti- ters and presentations Examination will be for advertising Two hours lecture, two hours professional and religious communications with ticatc in communication with emphasis in high made of related crafts such as commercial art, laboratory Open to non-majors Prerequisites emphasis on the internal and external publica- school journalism Open to Juniors and Seniors typography, printing, plate-making and media tions in industry Prerequisites 167, 267, 268, 267, 268, or approval of Department selection Prerequisites 167, 267, 268, 367, 375 Prerequisites 167, 267 370 DEVELOPING THE BROADCAST 369, 376 405 ADVANCED WRITING FOR 466 PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP PROGRAM. 3 cr 3 cr 490 INDIVIDUAL PROJECTS IN JOURNALISM 3 cr ADVERTISING Creation, development and presentation of the MASS COMMUNICATIONS 1-3 Lr A lecture-labordtory course in gathering and A supervised observation-experiencc program of radio and television program including docu- Individual research projects in the mass media interpretive writing of news of urban affairs Study and assignment to an assigned advertising mentarics, panels, dramatic and non-dramatic Open to junior and senior majors only Pre- AndlysIS of major political, economic, and agency or industrial advertising department in pro.grams Theory and practice of direction requisite Permission of instructor and depart- social developments that have local news in- conjunction with the American Association of Two hours lecture, two hours laboratory Pre- Industrial Advertisers, Pittsburgh Chapter Pre- merit ch tirman requisite 367 or approval of Department terest and significance Two hours lecture, two hours laboratory Prerequisites 267, 268 371 MASS COMMUNICATIONS AND 409 ADVANCED WRITING FOR PUBLIC OPINION 3 cr ADVERTISING 3 cr A study of the nature of public opinion and the A lecture-laboratory course in copy-writing and mass communications process, effects of propd- design for advertising Two hours lecture, two hours laboratory Prerequisite 369 36 MATHEMATICS 37 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES I

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS gramming, probability and statistics, game 221 HISTORY OF theory and computers Not counted toward a MATHEMATICS 3 cr major or minor This is a survey of the historical development of Chairman ROBERT G McDERMOT, PhD mathematics Prerequisite One year of College 105 COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND Mathematics, preferably including one semester The Department of Mathematics offers a sequence of modern courses which TRIGONOMETRY 4 cr of calculus Not counted toward a major will (a) aid the student in developing his ability to think scientifically and A modern course in college algebra and analytic form independent judgments, (b) provide the student with a breadth and trigonometry for those students who do not 222 BASIC COMPUTER depth of knowledge concerning not only manipulative skills but also possess the prerequisites for 115 Not counted SCIENCE 3 cr An introduction to programming electronic fundamental and essential theory, (c) enable the student to use his knowledge toward d major or minor digital computers, operating systems and com- in the formulation and solution of problems, and (d) give the student the 107,108 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN pilers Machine language and an assembly necessary basis or foundation for the pursuit of graduate study or productive MATHEMATICS 1, 11 3 cr each language are presented and used to solve several effort at the bachelor level This course is designed for elementary educa- problems Prerequisite One year of high school tion students in the School of EduLation Not algebra Not counted toward a major REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR to be counted toward d major, minor, or the FUNDAMENTALS OF Bachelor of Arts Degree A minimum of 32 semester hours is required These matliCnIdtICS/scienLe area requirement 225 STATISTICS 3 cr must include 115, 116, 215, 216, 303, 415, 416, the remainder must be 109 COLLEGE ALGEBRA 3 Lr A basic course in probability theory and de- selected from courses numbered above 300 Exceptionally able seniors are A traditional course in college algebra for scriptive and inferential stdtistiLs for non- encouraged to seek departmental approval to include 500 level mathematics students who are not prepared for 111 Not majors Prerequisite High school algebra Not courses listed in the graduate catalog counted toward a major or rrimor Crechtwi counted toward a major not be allowed for both this course and 105 Bachelor of Science Degree A minimum of 32 semester hours is required 301, 302 INTRODUCTION TO I I I CALCULUS FOR NON-SCIENCE PROBABILITY AND These must include 115, 116, 215, 216, 303, 415, 416, the remainder must 3 cr STUDENTS STATISTICS 1, 11 3 cr each be selected from courses numbered above 300 Exceptionally able seniors are Differentiation and integration of algebraic, A mathematical treatment of probability encouraged to seek departmental approval to include 500 level mathematics logarithmic, and exponential functions, maxima theory and mathematical statistics including courses listed in the graduate catalog and minima, area, exponential growth Not probability distributions, random variables and counted toward a major Credit will not be their transform ations, expectation, point and Twenty hours of science c ourses is an extra-d e part mental requirement, allowed for both this course and 1 15 interval estimation, and sampling distributions this must include Physics 211, 212 The remaining courses maybe selected from 115, 116,215 CALCULUS Prerequisite 116 or equivalent Biology 111, 112 and 226 and above, Chemistry 121 or higher, and Physics 1,11, 111 4 cr each above 212 303 PRINCIPLES OF MODERN A unified course in analytic geometry and ALGEBRA 3 cr calculus Considers theory of limits, functions, REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR A study of basic properties of groups, rings, differentiation, integration, series, geometry of modules, and fields Prerequisites 115, 116 A minor must include 115 and 14 additional credits selected from courses space, functions of several variables, and multi- numbered above 1 1 5 but not including 117, 116 must be included ple integration Students will be introduced to 306,307 LINEARALGEBRA For science majors, 215, 2 16, 3 15, 321 are recommended Fortran programming Prerequisites for 115 1, 11 3 cr each For economics and social science majors, 222 or 308, 225 or 301, 306 are Two years of algebra, one year of plane A study of linear transformations and matries recommended geometry, and one-half year of trigonometry Prerequisites 115, 116 117 FORTRAN PROGRAMMING I cr 308 NUMERICAL ANALYSIS 3 cr 101 ELEMENTARY 103, 104 FINITE MATH- A study of Fortran and Fortran programming A computer oriented course in numerical MATHEMATICS 3 cr EMATICS 1, 11 3 cr each Credit will not be allowed for both this course analysis introducing elementary techniques for A remedial course in the fundamentals of A course meeting the needs of non-science and 115 numerical solution of problems A knowledge algebra, inJuding the solution of equations and students in the College for an introduction to of Fortran or equivalent language is assumed inequalities Not to be counted toward a major, some of the applications of mathematics in the 216 ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL Prerequisite 215 minor or the mathemdtics/science area re- world today It provides an introduction to EQUATIONS 3 cr quirement matrices and linear systems, linear pro- The course includes solutions, existence of 311 INTRODUCTION TO NUMBER solutions, and applications of differential equa- THEORY 3 cr tions Prerequisite 215 A discussion of divisibility, congruences, quad-

38 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES MODERN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 39 ratic residues, chophantme equations and logical spaces, compactness, connnectedness, REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR arithmetiedl functions Prerequisite Proficiency convergence and separation axioms Pre- The department offers major programs in French, German, and Spanish, and at 105 level requisite 215 Not offered in regular sequence, nonmajor courses in Russian and Italian but available on request 315 ADVANCED DIFFERENTIAL The major program in Modern Languages and Literatures consists of a EQUATIONS 3 cr 405 INIRODUCTION TO COMPLEX minimurn of 24 semester hours above the 200 level Required courses are Principally theoretical, this course considers the VARIABLES 3 cr methods of solutions as well as existence and Fopics include the plane of complex numbers, French 301, 302, 465, 466 Majors will discuss their courses with the uniqueness of solutions, applications, and functions of a complex variable and integration Director of the Section partial differential equations Prerequisite 216 in the complex plane Prerequisite 216 Not 301, 302, 463, 464 Majors will discuss their courses with the offered in regular sequence, but available on German 321 MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS request Director of the Section FOR PHYSICS 3 cr 314 or 316) 401, 402, 420, 4S 1, 452 Additional A survey of the mathematical concepts used in Spanish 301, 302, 3 12 (or 415, 416 ADVANCED CALCULUS 504, 505, 453, 454, 461, 462 undergraduate physics, especially quantum courses open to qualified undergraduates are 1, if 3 cr each Credit will not be mechanics Topics covered include vector A rigorous study of the calculus and its Courses taken out of progression will not carry credit analysis, matrix theory, complex function foundation Prerequisite 216 given for both 201, 202 and 211, 212, which are intermediate level courses theory Fourier series and calculus of variations 302 is prerequisite to all 400 courses 400 courses are conducted in the 431 INTRODUCTION TO Prerequisite 216 respective language BIOSTATISTICS 3 cr On the elementary and intermediate levels, special sections are provided to 401 FUNDAMENTALS OF Intended primarily for upper level pharmacy foster work of greater range and depth by students whose interests and GEOMETRY 3 cr and biology students, acquaints the student Flie course considers topics in Euclidean and with some of the common statistical techniques abilities make them eligible Nc)n-Euchdean geometry, also synthetic, projec- applied to research and data analysis in the life Junior Year Abroad Majors are strongly encouraged to participate tive, and affine geometries, and some topology sciences Not counted tOWdrd a major Further information may be obtained at the Department Office Prerequisite 215 Not offered in regular sequence, but availabe on request 491 to 499 SELECTED TOPICS REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR IN MATHEMATICS 1-3 cr each This The minor prograrn consists of a minimum of 12 semester hours above the 403 INTRODUCTION TO POINT IS an honors course Topics selected in SET TOPOLOGY 3 cr consultation with staff 200 level A survey of elementary topics including topo-

351 INTRODUCTION TO THE 20t, 202 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 3 cr each STUDY OF LANGUAGE 3 cr each DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES An intensified review and continuation of 101, 491 EUROPEAN LITERATURE IN t02 Prerequisite 102 or equivalent AND LITERATURES TRANSLATION 3 cr each Translation taken from German, Fren(h, 211,212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Chairman 3 cr each FRANCES CCLECCHIA, Ph D Spanish, Russian or a combination of those FOR READING Prerequisite t02 or 112 languages Two "tracks" of language teaching on the elementary and intermediate level are offered in French, German, and Spanish, both of which satisfy college 239, 240 READINGS IN MODERN FRENCH AUTHORS 3 cr each degree requirements One of these emphasizes reading and the other reading, FRENCH Selections from modern works of literature writing, speaking, and the aural comprehension In the conversation and jot, 102 ELEMENTARY Does not carry credit toward a major composition courses, the student's fluency in the active use of the language is FRENCH 3 cr each strengthened Subsequent courses stress primarily literary studies in which the Fundamentals of oral and written French 301, 302 FRENCH CONVERSATION student is systematically introduced to a survey of the literature and is given a Three hours lecture and one hour laboratory AND COMPOSITION 3 cr each These two courses, or their equivalents, are working acquaintance with the culture of the groups whose language he is eac.h week prerequisites for all of the following courses studying He is also presented a choice of courses dealing with specific works, it 1, 112 ELEMENTARY FRENCH authors, and auxiliary subjects FOR READING 3 cr each 312, 314, 316 LITERATURE Career opportunities for a student having a knowledge of foreign Idnguages The course will stress basic grammar and WORKSHOP 3 cr each are in the fields of teaching, state employment, foreign sLrvice, and industry structure for reading comprehension 41 40 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES PHILOSOPHY

420 EL QUIJOTE 3 cr 465, 466 SEMINAR IN FRENCH 111, 112 ELEMENTARY ITALIAN the following courses Prerequisite 102 or LITERATURE AND COMPOSITION Var cr FOR READING 3 cr each equivalent 440 DIRECTED READINGS Var cr Variable topics The course will stress basic grammar and Reading of literary texts under close faculty 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH structure for reading comprehension supervision, for majors only, and only with GERMAN FOR READING 3 cr each permission of the Department 101, 102 ELEMENTARY 201,202 INTERMEDIArE Prerequisite 102 or 112 451,452 GENER-AL SURVEY OF GERMAN 3 cr each ITALIAN 3 cr each 239 READINGS IN MODERN An intensified review and continuation of 101, SPANISH CULTURE AND Fundamentals of oral and written German SPANISH AUTHORS 3 cr Three hours lecture and laboratory each week 102 Prerequisite 102 or equivalent HISTORY 3 cr each 240 READINGS IN MODERN 111, 112 ELEMENTARY GERMAN 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE ITALIAN SPANISH-AMERICAN AUTHORS 3 cr 453 SURVEY OF LATIN AMERICAN 3 cr FOR READING 3 cr each FOR READING 3 cr each CULTURE AND HISTORY SPANISH CONVERSATION The course will stress basic grammar and Prerequisite Italian 102 or 112 301, 302 AND COMPOSITION 3 cr each 454 TRENDS IN LATIN AMERICAN structure for reading comprehension 3 cr RUSSIAN 302 or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all LITERATURE 201, 202 INTERMEDIATE 101, 102 ELEMENTARY courses above 400 461, 462 SENIOR UNDERGRADUATE GERMAN 3 er each RUSSIAN 3 cr each SEMINAR 3 cr each An intensified review and continuation of 101, 313,314,315,316 LITERATURE Fundamentals of oral and written Russian 3 er. each Twentieth Century Spanish literature and 102 Prerequisite 102 or equivalent WORKSHOP Three hours lecture, one hour laboratory each Study of specific, literary works or authors Twentieth Century Sp ani sh-A merican week 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN literature 401, 402, SURVEY OF FOR READING 3 er each 201, 202 INTERMEDIATE Prerequisite 102 or 112 SPANISH LITERATURE 3 cy each RUSSIAN 3 ( r each 239,240 READINGS IN MODERN Intensified review and continuation of 101, 102 Prerequisite 102 or equivalent GERMAN AUTHORS 3 cr each Selections from modern works of literature 239, 240 READINGS IN MODERN DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Prerequisite 202 or equivalent RUSSIAN AUTHORS 3 cr each Chairman ANDRE SCHUWER, Ph D 249, 250 READINGS IN Selections from modern works of literature This course is given by arrangement only SCIENTIFIC GERMAN 3 cr each The program offered by the Department of Philosophy is designed to be a Prerequisite 202 or equivalent Designed for students in scientific and technical basic part of the student's liberal education It is intended to introduce curriculums Prerequisite 201 or three years of 301, 302 CONVERSATION BASED ON students to philosophical thinking, past and present, to provide a discipline high school German I RUSSIAN LITERATURE 3 cr each for asking the basic questions of life and to help students begin relating their other academic subjects to one another and to human experience The 301, 302 CONVERSATION BASED ON 313, 314, 315, 316 WORKSHOP 3 cr each department is made up of professors who have different philosophical 19th CENTURY LITERATURE 3 cr each SPANISH interests, and it also respects the right of the student to decide for himself or This course is prerequisite to all courses above herself on all issues It believes that intellectual dialogue about basic human 400 and is required of all majors in German 101, 102 ELEMENTARY Prerequisite 202 or equivalent SPANISH 3 cr each concerns will help the student be better prepared to meet the needs of Fundamentals of oral and written Spanish mankind today and in the future In order to make this kind of dialogue 463, 464 SEMINAR IN GERMAN Three hours lecture, one hour laboratory each possible, the courses are concerned both with the past history of ideas and LITERATURE AND week with the present problems of man's individual and social existence COMPOSITION Var cr Variable topics 111, 112 ELEMENTARY SPANISH FOR READING 3 cr each REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR ITALIAN The course will stress basic grammar and The department requires its majors to take nine philosophy courses above the structure for reading comprehension 101, 102 ELEMENTARY 100 level of which at least three have to be at the 300 history of philosophy level and at least two other courses have to be at the 400 thematic level ITALIAN 3 cr each 201,202 INTERMEDIATE Fundamentals of oral and written Italian Three SPANISH 3 cr each lecture hours and one hour laboratory each An intensified continuation of 101 and 102 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR week Course 202 or equivalent is prerequisite for all Requirements for a ininor are 104, 205, any three from among 201 202, 42 PHILOSOPHY 43 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES I

304 MODERN PHILOSOPHY 3 cr 300, 303, 304, 305, 323, 403, 400 level courses may be taken with permis- the moial, tile social, the political and the This course emphasizes the most basic philo- sion of the department chairman economical will be considered sophical problems of the period from Descartes Students who have questions about whether they are prepared well enough 207 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE 3 cr to the end of the 19th century Course work in Philosophy to take an advanced couise are encouraged to consult the A study of the philosophical implications of the consists of an analysis of several important Professor who is scheduled to teach the course that particular term methodology and conceptual framework of texts chosen from such philosophers as For the College philosophy requirement, a 100 level course must be taken modern and contemporary science Contrast Descartes, Leibniz, Hume, Kant, Hegel, Marx, before upper level courses between Newtonian and contemporary physics Kierkegaard and Nietzsche There is an em- regarding such philosophical questions as the phasis on the tension resulting from the clash nature of matter, space-time, technique and INTRODUCTORY COURSES 203 PHILOSOPHY OF between the emerging natural sciences on the technology. one hand and classical metaphysics on the 104 INTRODUCIIONTO RELIGION 3 cr other The emergence of the historical sense PHILOSOPHY 3 cr Ali introduction to the distinctive nature of 208, MEANING OF CONTEMPORARY A These problems are debated and discussed, first-hand study of selected P11110SOP11]Cdl religious symbolism as ail autonomous mode of ATHEISM 3 cr particularly with their ramifications for con- texts from both traditional and esistentidl experience, thought, discourse and activity rhe meaning of Atheism as a contemporary temporary thought perspectives with the aim of introducing Special attention to such questions as tile phenomenon Critical evaluation of sonic students to tile nature of philosophical think- nature and grounds of religious affirmation (as sociological and PSYLl101OglCal theories of the 305 CONJEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY 3cr ing, and to the variety of Philosophical issues, distinct from scientific artistic and philo- origin of religion A study of contemporary philosophy from sophical dffirmation), the relation of the God dxcds, methods, and theories 1900 to the present, introducing tile methods 209 CONCENTRATED READINGS FOR of religion to the God of philosophy, the and history of selected twentieth-century move- 105 ErHics 3 (r rell-IOLIS significance of history, evil, creativity NON-MAJORS 3 Lr merits with detailed attention to existential Ali Introduction to ethical theories of past and au^ ethics Assigned readings include both Similar to, but more elementary than, 325 present tl1l1c Contemporary moral issues will phenomenology traditional and contemporary writers be considered in the light of these theories 21 0 PHILOSOPHY OF 322 SURVEY OF AMERICAN 204 PHILOSOPHY AND FEMININITY 3 cr PHILOSOPHY 3 cr 106 LOGIC 3 cr LIIERATURE 3 cr philosophical study of "the second se\," of the 101"111,11 relationships between A From Puritanism to the Enlightenment, Tians- An analysis A study of selected works of authors such as emphasizing phenomenology as a method Propositions, including valid forms of argu- cenclentiabstri, Pragmatism, with emphasis on SOPhocles, Checkhov Dostojevsky, Rilke, which attempts to be free from prejudice, key figures in American Philosophy, Pierce, merit Also, a description Of solne, important Nietzsche, D H Lawrence, lbsen, Edward includes a discussion of some contemporary informal aspects of ordinary discourse, such as Dewey, James, Royce, SantdYana, Whitehead, Albee, O'Neill, and Samuel Beckett This study ethical and legal issues concerning the equality types of definitions and common fallacies of etc will respect the integrity of the works as artistic inference of women Designed especially for non-majors creations, enable the students through class 323 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY 3 cr discussions, to create a shared experience of the Introduction to Oriental thought through study HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY COURSES of its major structures in their historical setting, BASIC THEMATIC COURSES works and proceed to a philosophical discussion 3 cy of the issues presented by the writer, his 300 ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY anning at understanding its characteristic, vision 201 PHILOSOPHY OF characters or the situation lie creates A study of the beginning of Philosophy in Examination of perspectives prescnted by KNOWLEDGE 3 (r Greece, from the Presocratics to Plotillus wit], traditions such as Confucianism, Taoism, Interrogation of the natuie and experience of 205 EXISIENTIAL I readings pnIlLIpally taken from Plato and Buddlusm, I linduisin and others ruth, especially by Way Of tile c\plorationg of PHENOMENOLOGY 3 cr Aristotle Aristotle, rhomas Aquinds, Hegel, HLlsserl and Introduction to the methods central Lorunut- 325 CONCENTRATED PHILOSOPHICAL Heiclegger Distinction between philosophical MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY 3 cr incrits, and style of inteirogation Which Lharac- 303 3 cr and READINGS nOn-philosophical (scientific or theological) terize esistential phenomenology Lectures and An intensive philosophical study of some This course is all in-depth study of one or knowledge discussion over texts by major thinkers, Such as medieval texts in English translation, selected as several philosophers such as Plato, Aristotle, Being and Time by Heidegger, Phenomenology representative of the broad range of issues, 202 PHILOSOPHY OF BEING 3 cr Aquinas, OCL,1111, Descartes, Kant, Wittgenstein, Such of Perception by Merleau-Ponty, and Selected approaches and theories which characterize tile The approaches of philosophers as Aris- StrdWson, Heidegger, etc , varying in subject writings by Sartre major Christian, Jewish and Islamic philo- toile, Aquinas, Kant, Hegel and Heidegger matter from time to time sophical thinking of the period Some questions God, world and man Being, essence and 206 PHILOSOPHY OF SOCIETY 3 Lr confronted are the existence and nature of existence Time and history Being and the Ail examination of the question ADVANCED THEMATIC COURSES Of social God, the nature of discourse about God, the Po,sibilltv of metaphysics in contemporary existence I his course will explore man as a relation between leligious belief and philo- 401, 402 rHOMISM (BEING, thought social and pohtif al being Relations between 3 cr each sophical reasoning, the nature of mail KNOWLEDGE, MAN) A course dealing with the texts by St Thomas

44 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 45 AND SCIENCES PHYSICS

in ontology, epistemology and the philosophy 409 SYMBOLIC LOGIC 3 cy REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR of man Neothomism (Maritain and Gilson) An introduction to the methods of symbolic together with reference to Transcendental logic A minimum of 32 semester hours is required for a major These credits must Thomism (Ralmer, Lonergan, etc include 211, 212, 301, 329, 330, 361, 372, 402, 429, 430, 473, 474 (483, 4 10 THE PHILOSOPHY OF 484, or 485 may be substituted for 474 with departmental approval) 403 PHILOSOPHY OF GOD 3 cr KARL MARX 3 cr Chemistry 121, 122 or Biology 111, Thematic course tocusing especially on the Historical and dialectical materialism in the E'aradepartmental Requirements and two years of a modern experiential and conceptual relationships writings of Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels, the 112, Mathematics 115, 116, 215, 216, 321, among the themes God, nature, freedom and Soviet Philosophy and contemporary Marxism language morality. If a student takes 207, 208-Physics and the Modern World and either 201, 411 PHILOSOPHY OF 202-General Physics or 211, 212-General Analytical Physics, the credits for 406 AESTHETICS 3 cr HISTORY 3 cr will not apply to the total number required for the degree Theories of beauty and the sublime in the light All analysis of linear and cyclical models of the 207, 208 of contemporary problems of human existence history in tile light of the c^ontemporary crisis Credit will not be given for both 201, 202 and 211, 212 with special attention to Plato, Aristotle, Kant, of human existence with special attention to St FOR THE PHYSICS MINOR Njet7sche, Heidegger, CaMLIS and van der Augustine, Hegel, Marx, Niet7sche and the REQUIREMENTS Lceuw Artistic creativity 11, as all approach to life twentieth-century existentialism The funda- The minor consists of eight hours in the General Analytical Physics (2 and as a possible foundation for philosophical and above level The mental question of tile course is how meaning 212) and 1 2 credits of upper division physics on the 300 thinking can be found in historical experience department will structure the minor program front the course offerings to fit, 407 PHILOSOPHY OF as nearly as possible, the needs and desires of the individual student 412 SENIOR SEMINAR 3 cr LANGUAGE 3cr Devoted to a serious analysis of the major texts MINOR Introduction to tile philosophy of language REQUIREMENTS FOR THE EARTH SCIENCE of one important figure in the history of Among tile topics considered are the character The minor consists of a prerequisite sequence of 101 and 102, which must be philosophy and limits of formalistic approaches to taken as the first courses and 12 credits chosen from 203, 204, 303, 304, language, the centrality of the speaking subject, 413 SPECIAL TOPICS 1-3 cr 305 as available to the curriculum Not all courses are taught each semester relation of language to thought, language and Earth Science 101 is prerequisite to all courses linguistics, language and poetry, theories of 414 PHILOSOPHY OF MAN 3 cr structuralism A reflective articulation of a conception of course includes basic philosophical concepts in human existence, taking account in particular 201,202 GENERAL 408 Physics which pervade all human discipline FOUNDA FION OF ETHICS 3 cr of the relations between man and nature, PHYSICS 4 cr each A study of the philosophical foundations of history, science, technology, society, religion Designed to give the student a basic knowledge Examples are taken from modem physics, relativity, elementary particles, quantum Ethics Foundational theories of Greek and Concrete issues treated will be, for example and understanding of mechanics, properties of S theory, statistics, etc to cover model-making, cholastic philosophy Modern and con- embodiment, intersubjectivity, finitude, theory matter, heat, wave motion, sound, magnetism, temporary ethical theories of fo'unddtlon and prams, transcendence electricity, light, and modem physics through dynamics, ensemble behavior, symmetry No the use of modern day examples and applica- mathematics beyond elementary school level tions At the completion of this course, tile are required student should have attained a working DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS knowledge of physics, its techniqULs and rea- 211, 212 GENERAL ANALYTICAL soning such that the knowledge of physics PHYSICS 4 cr each Chairman WALTER S SKINNER, M S .amed may be dpphed to future work in the This is a general introduction to the basic sciences or other fields of endeavor Pre- physical theories and concepts An attempt is The program in the Department of Physics aims at not only providing today's requsite Mathematics 103, 104 or the equiva- made to develop in the science student the student with a fundamental background in physics and its interrelationships tent Students who have completed Mathe- quantitative approach of the physicist to tile physical universe Some of the topics which with other sciences and disciplines, but also providing a suitable flexibility of matics 116 and pre-engineering students should may be included are vectors Newton's Laws of program which will best fit the graduate for the challenge of today While the take 21 1, 2 12 Leaure, four hours, Laboratory, Motion, the motion of a particle in space, department is hopeful that each student majoring in Physics will continue his two hours momentum, energy, rigid body motion, fluids, professional growth, it is also realized that professional growth is not gravity, wave motion, the first and second laws 207, 208 PHYSICS AND THE confined to a single path The undergraduate program, therefore, provides the of thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism, MODERN WORLD 3 cr each essential background for success in graduate work, but also provides the optics Corequisite for 211 Mathematics t16 A course for nonscientists A lecture course student with fundamental qualifications which will equip him for an available Lecture, three hours, Laboratory, two hours attempting to bridge the tWO-LUlture gap This position in a research institution, government agency, or private corporation

46 47 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARI S AND SCIENCES PHYSICS

301 THERMODYNAMICS Equations IN 3 cr Lagrange's Other topics WhICII may quantum phenomena Sonic of the topics 487 PROBLEMS There is an intermediate level course covering PHYSICS 1-4 cr be included by the instructor are norinal covered are Schrocclinger Equation, oscillators, the fundamental pnnciples of thermodynamics, modes, rigid bodies, two bodies with a central hydrogen atom linear operators Hermitian Special topics and problems in physics and kinetic theory and statistical mechanics The force, and waves oil a string Prerequisites 212, Matrices, observables, conservation theorem, related subjects suitable for independent work following is a partial list of items generally Mathematics 215 spin, angular momentum and perturbation included temperature, thermodynamic sys- theory The course will emphasize application Earth Science tems, work, heat, the first and second laws, 372 ELECTROMAGNErism 4 cr to simple system Prerequisites 212, Mathe- 101 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY 3 cr ideal gases, entropy, Ma\well's equation, the The following topics are usually discussed matiLs 215 (Prerequisite to all Earth Science courses ) kinetic theory of ideal gas, and the basic clectrostatic,s, energy relations in eletrostatic This introduction to the geological processes concept of statistical mechanics Prerequisites fields, dielectrics, currents and their interaction, 483, 484, 485, 486 SPECIAL and materials will concentrate on the makeup 212, Mathematics 215 magnetic properties of matter, AC circuits, TOPICS 1-3 cr each of our planet and the materials involved Study Maxwell's equations, reflection and retraction Designed to allow the Physics major tle\ibihty 306 APPLIED ELECTRONICS will also include physical features and the of electromagnetic waves, dipole and plane in scheduling, this course rnay include the LABORATORY 2 cr processes of the earth, as presently understood, sheet radiation Prerequisites 212, Mathematics following This course seeks to combine a treatment of the 215 which have created those features Geological principles of modern electronic instrumentation 483 NUCLEAR PHYSICS 3 cr relation to environment is also examined 402 OPTICS with practical laboratory c,,perience Topics 3 cr Many of the experimental and theoretical as- I fits course introduces the student to classical which will be included are passive and active pects of the atomic nucleus are discussed Some 102 HISTORICAL GEOLOGY 3 cr principles of geometrical and phy^icdi optics electronic components, electronic measuring of the usual topics are two-nucleon systems, A study of the earth's history which relates and shows how these are applied in the con- instruments, power supplies, amplification, radioactivity, (alpha, beta and gairuna decay), tectonic movements of the crust Mountain strUction of optical instruments Reflection, feedback and control, impedance matching ' radiometric dating, interaction of radiation lulliding processes and life history with their refraction, interference, diffraction, and linear and digital devices Emphasis will be Oil with matter, nuclear structure, nuclear reac- interrelations will be discussed Evolution of polarl7ation phenomena ire treated, as well as proper use of instrumentation rather than on tions, and nuclear fission Prerequisite 202 or local features will be discussed also an introduction to quantum optics Prerequisite advanced principles of design Prerequisite 212 202 or 212, or consent of instructor GEOLOGY Permission of instructor 103 PHYSICAL 484 IN FRODUCTORY SOLID LABORATORY I cr 429,430 ADVANCED LABORATORY 3 cr 329 ADVANCED LABORATORY I I cr STATE PHYSICS An introduction to the identification of rocks III, IV I cr each This course is concerned with electromagnetic Bulk properties of materials are discussed from and minerals by composition and appearance Advanced Laboratory III is a one-year senior phenomena and basics of modern electronics A both the phenomenological and microscopic and the interpretation of topographic maps re%earch project in which the student selects a set of programmed experiments is performed approaches typical topics are the geometric The use of maps to identify the causes of project, develops it, and prepares a report and analy/ed by the students Subjects covered structure of solids, waves and diffractions drainage and some effects of water and erosion Topics are selected from those suggested by thermal properties, the free electron model: are the use of electronic instruments, dynamics will be experienced. Mapping tools will be members of the Physics Department or asso- of electrons in electronic and Magnetic fields, band theory, superconductivity, magnetic introduced as will sonic field 41"pilielit ciated departments, and the work is carried out electric circuits Prerequisite 212 or 202 and properties and magnetic resonance Pre- in close coordination with the selected advisor consent of instructor requisites 212 and consent of instructor 104 HISTORICAL GEOLOGY Work, however, must be the student's own No LABORATORY I cr grade is assigned for the first semester, and the 485 RELATIVISI IC MECHANICS 3 cr An accompaniment for ES 102, providing an 330 ADVANCED LABORA rORY 11 1 cr grade for the course is assigned upon com- This course is all introduction to the Special introduction to sedimentation and the use of A continuation of Advanced Laboratory and list of I pletion of the project and General Theories of Relativity A fossil identification Columnar sections, Aerial includes the following items basic, senii- discussed are absolute topics which may be Geologic maps, and Aerial Photos will be used 473 conductor electronic devices, transistor airiph- ATOMIC PHYSICS 3 cr Space, Emstemian Kinematics, Einsteiman fiers and oscillators, the klystron and micro- This course provides an introduction to special Optics, spacetime and four-vectors, relativistic 203 ASTRONOMY 3 cr relativity and quantum theory with applications wave optics Prerequisite 329 or consent of particle mechanics Prerequisites 212 introduction to the study of astronomy and the instructor drawn mainly from modern theories of the basics of observation Study will include tele- Mathematics 215 atom. Topics usually included are quantum sLOPIL types and the known universe as identi- 361 MECHANICS cr 4 cr theory of heat radiation, the uncertainty prin- 486 SHOP TECHNIQUES I fled from present study Course will, ij possible, An intermediate course in the application of ciple, quantum theory of the hydrogen atom, A basic introduction to machine shop practice; include arrangements with Buhl Planetarium Newtonian Mechanics to simple systems A many-electron atoms, atornic spectroscopy Pre- necessary to e\penmentahsts in all fields Sonic and Allegheny Observatory Star types and Oiort introduction to Vector Calculus precedes requisites 212 and consent of instructor of the areas covered are shop equipment and distances will also be examined the main discussion The topics normally its use, materials, soldering and welding tech- covered are dynamics of a mass point, systems 204 METEOROLOGY 3 cr 474 QUANTUM MECHANICS 3 cr niques, mechanical drawing and sLlieniatics, of particles, Elementary study of meteorology and weather generali7ed Loordinates and A basic introduction to the dynamics of elec,tronics construction techniques and prac- systems in the local area as well as the world tiLaI application 48 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES I POLITICAL SCIENCE 49

patterns A weather station has been installed natural and man-made pollution and their of Political Science may elect the following minors on Mellon Hall, and observation and prediction results, as well as possible Lures An advance I American Government 221, 222, and a minimum of eight credits from will be practiced Local and U S Weather ovei 101, 102 with all effort to have the among 231, 240, 241, 242, 276, 301, 302, and 407 Bureau services will be used and analyzed when student gain a balanced, non-hysterical appre- 2 Comparative Government 208 and d minimum of nine credits from possible ciation of cause, effect, and search for solution among 315, 3 16, 318, 321, 408, 412, and 413 303 OCEANOGRAPHY 3 cr 305 PHYSIOGRAPHY OF THE 3 International Relations 309 and a minimum of nine credits from among Ali introduction to the marine environment UNITED STATES 3 cr 215, 3 12, 320, 402, and 409 including the geology arid ecology Attention is Introduces the Student to the various topo- paid to the importance of dangers to the 4 Political Theory 405, 406, arid a minimum of six credits from among graphic and physiographiL differences in the ecosy^tciyi Characteristic,,, Of Oceanic, waters 306, 407, 410, and 420 contiguous states as well as Alaska arid Hawaii and LirLulation patterns will be discussed rhis course is designed to allow the student to The Selective Minor The Department of Political Science will also devise a Summer courses may be combined with one of become familiar with the terrain, resources, minor from its course offerings to fulfill the particular needs and desires of a several universities offering facilities economics, and individual problems of the student in any major area of concentration. Such a minor must be structured 304 ENVIRONMENTAL EARTH various regions of our country. An approach to in consultation with the student's faculty adviser and the department demonstrate the fact that no generalization SCIENCE 3 cr chairman An examination of the problems of ecology arid inay be made to fit all areas at once, but the impact of modern living on the systems of different problems are associated with each the earth which are necessary for plant and resource arid each region. 101 INTRODUCTION TO 240 AMERICAN POLITICAL animal life The individual effects of both POLITICAL SCIENCE 3 cr PARTIES 3 er (Prerequisite to all courses Ali intensive study of the roles of interest An investigation of the most fundamental groups and political parties in the decision- concepts involved in the study of political making processes of the American system of society government with attention devoted to the DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE internal dynamics of these institutions 208 COMPARATIVE POLITICAL 3 241 THE AMERICAN PRESIDENCY 3 cr Chairman A KENNETH HESSELBERG, Ph D SYSTEMS cr A systematic, niUltIfOCLIsed analysis of selected A study of the role of the President at the Political science is concerned with developing the person Through the study political systems center of the decision-making process in the American political system of the science of politics, the student will develop his analytical and 215 NATIONAL STRATEGY 3 cr intellectual skills Political science garaduates pursue careers in many diverse A study of the elements that constitute the 242 THE AMERICAN CONGRESS 3 cr fields including governmental administration and service, teaching careers at strategic environment and the forces that affect An investigation of the operation of the Con- various levels, law, and business the application of these elements in the forniu- gress of the United States within the American lation arid deternimation of national security system of government REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR strategy. 276 VOTING AND ELECTION Twenty-four semester hours are required for a major in political scienLe in 221, 222 AMERICAN FEDERAL BEHAVIOR 3 cr addition to 101 , these credits must include 208, 309, and 405 or 406 GOVERNMENT 2 cr each Ali examination of the determinants of Political Science 10 1 is prerequisite to all courses An intensive analytical description and evalua- opinions arid political beliefs, pofitical partici- tion of the American Constitutional system pation, and voting behavior, the significance for REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR with emphasis upon the basi( institutions of democratic government of findings in these General Minor in Political Science This minor is designed to provide the government areas I­ or majors only. student with a comprehensive view of the entire discipline and is recom- 231 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW 3 cr 301 STATE AND LOCAL mended for those students who may later contemplate graduate study or An intensive investigation of the role of the GOVERNMENT think that they might eventually like to change from d minor to a major in Supreme Court in the American system of 2cr A study of the position of the state and local Political Science It consists of a minimum of 13 Lredits beyond the freshman government, concentrating upon the study of governments in the Federal Union course, 101, the 13 credits encompass the following required courses 208, selected key court decisions Prerequisites 22 1, 221, 222, 309, and 405 or 406 222 The Concentrated Minor Students wishing to concentrate in a particular area

a 50 COLLEGE 01 LIBI-RAL ARTS AND SCIENCES POLITICAL SCIENCE

302 MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENl 2 cr 32S JUNIORS HONOR SEMINAR 2 cr the extent that, they reveal themselves either 420 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL A Study of the role of local government in the Intensive study of selected topics in Political directly or indirectly in expressions ofpobtical THEORY 3 cr state and federal systems Science Admission by invitation of the Depart- thought A study of central topics in political thought ment from Marx to the present time 306 COMPARATIVE COMMUNIST 412 GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS POLITICAL SYSTEMS 3 cr 402 SOVIEr FOREIGN POLICY 3 cr OFGERMANY 3 cr 430 INTERNSHIP IN PRACTICAL A comparative analysis of the political systems An analytival study of the development of A study of the government systems of Germany POLITICS 3 cr existing in the Soviet Union, Communist China, Soviet foreign relations since 1917, with special in their historical and ideological development A work and observation experience in govern- and Yugoslavia emphasis upon the post-Stalmist era merit and political offices at the city, county, 413 GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS state, and national levels in the Pittsburgh area 309 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 3 cr 403. AMERICAN POLITICAL OF THE USSR 3 cr A study of the major factors involved in SYSTEM 3 cr An intensive analysis of the origin and evolu- 436 SENIOR HONORS international relations including such concepts Case studies in the American Political System— tion of the Soviet political system, with particu- COLLOQUIUM. 3 cr as sovereignty, nationalism, balance of power, all intensive investigation of selected problem lar emphasis upon the developments of the and international law and organization areas in the American System of government post-Stahmst era 312 INTERNATIONAL LAW AND 404 SIMULAI ION IN INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION 3 cr POLITICS 3 er A survey of the historical development and Students spend the semester simulating an present role played by international law in the international conflict situation They act as DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY world community and the formation and opera- foreign policy decision-makers, applying the tion Of SUL11 organizations as the United principles, concepts, and instruments of inter- Giairman REV DAVID L SMITH, C S Sp, Ph D NdtlonS and its specialtied agencies national politics For majors only The undergraduate program of the Department of Psychology is designed (a) 315 POLITICS OF THE 405, 406 WESTERN POLITICAL to introduce and familiarize students with the fundamental content, issues, EMERGING NATIONS 3 cr THOUGHT 3 cr each and interests of various areas of psychology and critically evaluate and A topical study of the politics of the emerging A study of Political ideas as distinct from and reformulate these in the context of psychology as a human science, (b) to nations including nationalism, political integra- yet related to political institutions which con- foster intellectual and personal freedom and critical thinking as essential to t3on, political parties, and the role of the stitute our perennial western pofitical heritage military and elite the humanizing process, ((,) to prepare the professionally oriented student for 407 AMERICAN POLi rICAL advanced study, (d) to provide a foundation for careers involving human 316 POLITICS OF AFRICA 2 cr THOUGHT 3 cr ,,ervices To these ends, the department offers a wide variety of courses A study of the principal theories and issues in An analysis of the issues which have played a covering psychology conceived as a human science, a natural science, and the politics of sub-Saliara and Africa fundamental role in American politics, from within a historical perspective Further study in graduate school prepares colonial church-state problems, to modern 318 NATIONALISM 3 cr "tudents for Lareers in mental hospitals, schools, mental health and social liberalism and conservatism A study of the dynamics of nationalism with welfare agencies, business and industry In our rapidly changing society the emphasis on the role of nationalism in the 408 THEORY OF COMPARATIVE demand for professionally trained psychologists is increasing developing nations GOVERNMENT 3 cr While the department believes that human scientific psychology is the 320 UNITES STATES FOREIGN Ail examination of the basic theories and most viable and encompassing approach to the study of man, it also realizes POLICY 3 cr concepts in contemporary approaches to com- its responsibility to expose its students to other psychological approaches parative political systems A study of American foreign policy since file Hence, every major who plans to enter graduate school in psychology is Second World War, with emphasis on the 409 THEORY OF INTERNATIONAL strongly encouraged to take advantage of the offerings in sister universities central present Issues and the domestic sources RELATIONS 3 cr through the procedure of cross-registration of foreign policy. A study of various theoretical approaches to an REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 321. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS understanding of international relations includ- plus a OF EASTERN EUROPE 3 cr ing political realism, systems analysis, decision- The major program consists of 103-Introduction to Psychology making, and equilibrium analysis An analysis of political developments in the minimum of 24 semester hours These credits must include 220 and 223 communist regimes of Eastern Europe with 410 ORIEN rAL POLI FICAL Majors desiring to pursue graduate study in psychology are strongly advised special emphasis on relations between the THOUGHT 3 cr to take six additional credits through cross-regIStTation at other universities USSR and Eastern Europe in the post-Stalinist This course purports to explore the cultural (Learning Theory, Experimental, Perception, Memory, etc ), and 225 era herilLdgC's of China and India insofar as, and to 52 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES I SOCIOLOGY 53

LANGUAGE Statistics in the Mathematics Department, which may also be considered a 356 RESEARCH PSYCHOLOGY 394 PSYCHOLOGY OF cr part of the mathematics/science requirement Finally, it is recommended that THEORY AND PRACTICE 3 ( r AND EXPRESSION 3 majors enroll in a hospital or community practicurn for credit, and/or do Review of theory and practice of traditional Communication as a live, embodied relation ot person to world and others Emphasis is oil volunteer work in a neighborhood clinic The three credits earned in and human-sLience research Includes student projects Prerequisite 220, 223, permission of phenomenological theorists Permission of de- practicum count toward the 24 required credits, an additional three credits department head for non-majors partnient head for non-majors in practicum may be earned above and beyond the required minimum of 24 Information about such opportunities can be obtained from the department 361 PSYCHOLOGY OF IDENTITY 410. ADVANCED EXISIENTIAL- course advisor AND FULFILLMENT 3 Lr PHENOMENOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 er Detailed investigation of selected works in The psychology department has set up a dual advisement system the rhe ways in which identity is lived individually e\isteiltial-plienomeiiotogical philosophy and course advisor and the faculty advisor Prospective majors should consult the and collectively Designed to, be personally life of the student Open to psychology Prerequisite 223 Permission of Department Course Advisor concerning the special procedure followed for relevant to the department head for non-majors the declaration of the major juniors and seniors only. 3 cr A minimum of 15 credits in psychology must be taken at Duquesne 370 PSYCHOLOGY OF AESTHETIC 432 GESTALT PSYCHOLOGY University for the major EXPERIENCE 3 cr Contributions of Gestalt psychology (especially Theoretical and empirical explorations of the works of Kofka, Kohler, and Goldstein) to REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR aesthetic experience traditional and hunian-science psychology Per- mission of department head for non-majors Requirements for a minor are 103 and 223 and any three of the following 390 HISTORY OF PSYCHOLOGY 11 3 cr 225, 280, 328, 340, 352, 361, 390, plus 400 level courses with permission of Intensive study of selected historical figures, in 450 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN the department head A minimum of nine credits in psychology must be dialogue with contemporary themes Reading CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 cr taken at Duquesne University for the minor of primary sources Prerequisite 280 A human-science examination of the approach, methods, data, and current issues of clinical APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY 391 psychology Permission of department head for 103 INTRODUCTION TO PRACTICUM 3-6 cr 227 HUMAN DEVELOPMEN] 3 cr non-majors PSYCHOLOGY An applied psychology setting provides oppor- 3 Lr Basic principles of human development over the (Prerequisite to all courses) life span (Restricted to Education and Nursing tunity for working Lectly with protessionals 457 INDEPENDENT STUDIES 3 cr Introduction to fundamental concepts and students ) Settings have included psychiatric hospitals and A tutorial course for an exceptional student methods of psychology, examined from both community centers Majors only, permission of who wishes to pursue a particular study with a traditional and phenomenological perspectives 230 PSYCHOLOGY OF COMMUNITY department head. Repeatable once faculty member For majors only, usually those Prerequisite for all other departmental courses EXPERIENCE 3 cr intending graduate study, advanced coursework Experience of community phenomena, e - ' 392 THE INDIVIDUAL AND 3 cr completed Permission of faculty member and 220 SYS rEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY 3 Lr individual versus group priorities, intimacy HIS WORLD vs department head required. For majors only Traditional approaches (be- privacy. E\ainination of individual's relation to societ^ , from a developmental and crosS-CUItUrdl havioristic, physiological, psychoanalytic) to 490 SPECIAL TOPIC 1-4 cr 280 HISTORY OF PSYCHOLOGY sensation, perception, learning, and motivation 1 3 cr perspective A visiting professor presents his/her speciality, Required for majors Overview ot figures and issues in the history of or a regular faculty member presents highly 393. PRINCIPLES OF PSYCHOANALYTIC psychology, trom precursors to present speC]dhzed studies or an c\pernnental course 223 INTRODUCIION TO EXISTENTIAL THOUGHT 3 cr Repeatable Prerequisites vary with the In- PHENOMENOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 cr 328 PSYCHOLOGY OF Examination of the times and contributions of to structor Permission of department head for Introduction d human-science alternative to PERSONALl FY 3 cr Freud and selected other major psychoanalytic non-majors psychology as a natural science Prerequisite for Critical examination of major theories of per- theorists Permission of department head for 356 and 410, required for majors and minors sondlIty non-majors

225 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I 340 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 cr (INFANCY AND CHILDHOOD) 3 cr Foundations of social processes, attitudes, Growth and development of the child, with values and roles, public opinion, propa.-andd emphasis on Personality development and communication, personal participation in DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY society 226 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 11 URCZAK, Pli D 352 Chairman CHESTER A J (ADOLESCENCE AND MATURITY) 3 cr ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 Lr Development from adolescence, through adult E\anunataori of theories and data on disordered Undergraduate instruction in sociology contributes to the liberal education of stages, to coping with death human existence 54 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES I SOCIOLOGY 55

students regardless of major and to the preprofessional training leading to 306 PERSONALIJ Y AND CULTURE 3 cr 326 URBAN SOCIETY AND ECOLOGY 3 er graduate work in sociology and social work, urban affairs, urban planning, A cross-cultural examination of human social systems in terms of their relevance to per- Analysis of the metropolitan complex of and criminology Helping students in practical ways to live effectively and to sonahty development and interaction central city, suburbs, and urban fringe, and its become effective in practical attacks on social problems is another objective irnpac.t on structure within its environs of the department 308 ETHNIC GROUPS 3 cr Sociology studies all of this formally in courses designed to give students a A comprehensive survey of roles performed and 329 RELIGION IN AMERICAN sense of direction, a selective taste of materials and methods, and motivation problems faced by ethnic groups SOCIETY 3 cr An analysis of American religious groups as so that they can devote some of their energies to independent observation 309 WOMEN IN SOCIETY 3 cr social phenomena and experimentation, and develop their own concepts about how society The role of women in culture, and the study of functions women's movements for liberation 334 DELINQUENCY 3 cr A study of the phenomenon, theories and REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 3 t 2 SOCIOLOGY OF SPORTS 3 cr causation of juvenile delinquency. Study of the institutions of sports and their A minimum of 24 semester hours, not including 10 1 are required for a major relation to American culture and other institu- 335 CRIMINOLOGY 3 cr in Sociology, these credits must include 201 and 304, in addition, 210 and tions A study of sociological explanation of 3 14 are strongly recommended crinimahty, correlates, causation and crimo- 313 SOCIOLOGY OF SEXUAL genic conditions REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR BEHAVIOR 3 cr 340 AFRO-AMERICAN MINORITY 3 cr A minimum of 12 semester hours, not including 101, are required for a Discussion of sociological studies of sexual behavior Concentration on the structure and culture of minor, 450, 45 1, 488, and 492 are reserved for majors only the Afro-American group with its attendant Sociology 101 is a prerequisite to all courses except 102 and 203, 102 can 314 SOCIAL WORK METHODS 3 cr problems be substituted for 101 as a prerequisite for 211 and 306 All 300 and 400 Study of case study, study-diagnosis-tlierapy courses are for juniors and seniors only proc,ess, interviewing-counsehng, and program 410 SOCIOLOGY OF AGING 3 cr planning Prerequisite Sociology 203 For Discussion of the socialization, role, qubcultural sociology majors and minors only and problem aspects of aging 101 SURVEY OF SOCIOLOGY 3 cir. work-casework, group work and community A broad survey of the social and cultural 411. AGING AND HEALTH 3 cr organization, public and private welfare pro- 315 SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT— Discussion of medical aspects of aging, diseases aspects of environment :3 cr grims INFANCY TO DEATH of aging and health maintenance Study of the socializing process from the infant t02 SURVEY OF 205 PERSON AND SOCIETY 3 cr State to the dying state ANTHROPOLOGY 3 cr 444 SOCIAL LEGISLATION—SOCIAL An e%ploration of socialization, person's inter- 3 cr An introduction to the field of Anthropology, SECURITY PRESENT DAY action with structure and culture, small groups 316 THE HELPING PROCESS Study of the provisions of social legislation both physical and cultural and collective behavior AN INTRODUCTION 3 cr applicable to client needs in a social work Discussion of the social process of helping 195 MILITARY IN SOCIETY situation 3 cr 208 BLACK GHETTO 3 cr others, ranging from the consideration of the A study of the organizational setting, the social Study of the structure, problems, and changes professional, the population a person serves and 445 COMMUNITY AGENCY RESOURCES processe,, and recent fundamental changes of in the American Black Ghetto the dynamics of the interaction The perspec- I cr the American military. AND REFERRAL 211 COMPARATIVE CULTURES 3 cr tive is personal-social Study of the various agencies which have been established to provide for needs of social work 201. SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES 3 cr A study of selected world cultures focusing on 3F7 AGED AND SOCIAL clients A Study of selected European and American their structures, functions, in d normative SERVICE 3 cr theorists 1,or sociology majors and minors systems A study of problems associated with the elderly 446 PROCESS 11 CASEWORK 3 cr only 212 PROCESS I SOCIAL WORK and the social services developed to assist them Study of casework as a social work process THEORIES 3 (r 202 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL 325 FAMILY SYSTEMS 3 (r 447 PROCESS III GROUP WORK PROBLEMS 3cr Discussion of theory for social work practice Comparative study of the family, the mter- its social psychological, and process bases AND COMMUNITY ORGANIZATION 3 cr Study of person-structure-change framework action of the family with other community E\amination of group processes and com- apphcable to contemporary social issues 304 METHODS IN SOCIOLOGY 3 Lr institutions munity organization strategies utilized in social 203 SURVEY OF SOCIAL WORK 3 cr Discussion and application of techniques and work Survey of the history and areas Of SOC1,11 research procedures used in sociological research 56 SPEECH COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE 57 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES I

450 FIELD WORK 1 3-6 er tension, police discretion, civil disobedience, administration, personnel, public relations, industrial communicat ions, ad-

Internship in a social work agency For majors police conduct, and integrity vertising, sales, social work, and all fields which involve human symbolic only, preprequisites 203 and 3 14 interaction 466 CRIME PREVENTION 3 cr Recommended courses 101, 102, 204, 206, 300, 304, 311, 406, 421 451 FIELD WORK 11 3-6 cr Study of contemporary crime prevention pro-

Internship in a social work agency For majors grams involving criminal justice agencies, citi- Theatre/Media The Theatre/Media concentration prepares the student for the only, prerequisites 203 and 314 zens, and community politics fields of applied communication theatre, radio-television, and public relations Along with classroom theory, students will have opportunity to 460 POLICY RESEARCH 3 cr 467 CORRECTIONAL CASEWORK obtain practical experience onstage and backstage in Red Masquer pro- Study of public policy in providing for the AND COUNSELING 3 cr FM), Duquesne's needs of the crumnat3ustice system Study of the counseling styles and indi- ductions, and by on-and-off-the air work at WDUQ (90 5 vidualized models for offender classification, twenty-five thousand watt National Public Radio affiliate Ideally, the 461 PROCESSING JUVENILE and group and proce^s models of counseling Theatre/Media student combines both activities OFFENDERS Lr Recommended courses 190, 200, 201, 301, 305, 306, 307, 309, 310, Study of the movement of juvenile offenders 480 SOCIOLOGICAL through the criminal Justice systcrn - police, MEASUREMENT 3 cr 390,405,421 prosecution, courts, and corrections Discussion of techniques and problems u) Aesthetics of Communication This is designed to introduce the student to sociological measurement providing courses which are 463. PROCESSING ADULI the aesthetic values of the spoken language by related to speech as a presentational art Among such offerings are courses OFFENDERS 3cr 484 EVALUATIVE RESEARCH IN Study of the movement of adult offenders CORRECTION 3 cr which deal with the art of vocally projecting the experience of literature as through the criminal ju^tjce ^ystem Study of techniques for using research to make manifested in works of great poetry and prose ana courses in the vocal corrections more effective presentation of dramatic characters One of the more singular department 464 POLICE COMMUNITY offerings is a course training the student in the art of orally presenting RELATIONS 3 cr 488 FIELD RESEARCH 3 cr by Duquesne to be a rare experience Discu ssion of the conte\t of police- Sociological research emphasizing the survey Biblical literature, considered 419, 421 community relations, their interaction, im- technique For majors only. Recommended courses 190, 201, 301, 307, 309, 310, provement, and change strategies Speech Pathology The profession of speech pathology and audiology is 492 SELECTED READINGS 1-3 cr 465 CRITICAL ISSUES IN LAW For sociology majors only concerned with impairments in the processes of communication-speech, ENFORCEMENT (POLICE) 3 cr language, and hearing Upon completion of graduate education, a speech Analysis of police in a free society, ethnic, pathologist or audiologist may provide clinical services or work in basic and applied research He or she may be employed in schools, hospitals, laboratories, community service centers, or colleges and universities Speech pathology and audiology is a rapidly growing field, and the demand for DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE trained personnel far exceeds the supply This area of concentration at Duquesne is a pre-professional program Chairman EVA C ROBOTTI, M A designed to prepare the student for graduate study in speech pathology and audiology The program provides training essential to the several areas of speech Required courses 201, 203, 204, 303, 308, 409, 410, 420 communication The department offers both its majors and interested Co-requirements Mathematics 225 and Psychology 226, 340 are recom- students from other fields the opportunity to choose courses from a mended particular area of concentration or the whole range of the discipline

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR AREAS OF CONCENTRATION A minimum of 30 semester hours is required for a major in Speech Social Communication. This focuses on the theories and techniques of human Communication and Theatre Majors will be required to enroll in three of the communication on both the personal and societal levels The student of social following four courses 101, 102, 190, 201 communication examines the concepts and procedures which govern men's A maximum of 12 transfer credits in speech can be applied to the major interactions as individuals and as parts of the mass He also learns the iequirements practical arts of critical analysis and persuasive communication This training is excellent preparation for careers in law, government, 59 58 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES i SPEECH COMMUNICATION AND THEA FRE

REQUIREMENTS 306 DEVELOPMENT OF 1HE FOR THE MINOR 204 INFERPERSONAL 3 cr 3 cr THEATREII The minor consists of 18 credits six credits in required introductory courses COMMUNICArION A study of the development of theatre and and 12 additional credits There are five emphases that the student may A course designed to investigate the various drama from tile seventeenth century to tile follow aspects of interpersonal Communication Pri- early twentieth century, investigated in light of mary consideration will be given face-to-face I Social Communication 10 1, 102, plus 1 2 the particular world view which it expresses credits in any of the following human interaction in a variety of situations 204,206,300,304,311,406 307 ACTING 1 3 cr 2 TheatrelMedia 190, 201, plus 12 credits in any 206. DISCUSSION AND GROUP of tile following 200, study of the basic principles, theories, and PROCESS 3 cr A 305,306,307,309,310,390,405 techniques of acting, including various prob- 3 Aesthetics Develops those communicative skills essential of Communication 190, 201, plus 12 credits in any of the by the actor in the creation for functioning effectively in the small-.goup lenis confronted following 301, 307, 309, 3 10, 419 and interpretation of a role 4 situation Speech Pathology 201, 203, plus 12 additional credits Courses 303 and FOMY AND 409 are required, the remaining six credits may be taken in any of the 300 ARGUMENTATION AND 308 ANA PHYSIOLOGY 3 cr following 308, 410, 420 DEBATE 3 cr I his Course will study the basic neurological, 5 General Speech Communication and Theatre A LOUrse in applying the principles and 190 and either 10 1 or 102, skeletal, and muscular structures involved in the with 1 2 methods of critical deliberation to a significant additional credits apportioned in the following manner six credits 203 or contemporary social issue Emphasis will be on speech and hearing process Prerequisite in any of the following 204, 206, 300, 304, 311, 406, plus six credits in advocating, defending, and refuting a proposi- permission of the instructor any of these 200, 201, 301, 305, 306, 307, 310, 390, 405, 419 tion of poliev. Prerequisite 102 or permission 309. ADVANCED ORAL COMMUNICATION Suggested activities for majors and minors in Speech Coin mun ication and of the instructor OF LITERATURE 3 cr Theatre include the Red Masquer Dramatic Organization, WDUQ Radio and A continuation of 301, with special emphasis Television, the Debate Team, the 301 ORAL COMMUNICATION Duke (student newspaper), and United on techniques for the oral presentation of OF LITERATURE 3 cr Nations Organization Suggested Courses for fulfilling Communication Area 301 An approach to literature in terms of its oral specific literary genres Prerequisite requirements for non-Speech majors 10 1, 1 02, 190, 201 traditions with special emphasis on techniques 310 ACTING 11 3 cr preparatory to the act of oral presentation An advanced course dealing with the principles 10 1 PROCESS OF 200 RADIO AND TELEVISION and techniques of various acting styles with 303 CLINICAL TECHNIQUES IN COMMUNICA1 ION 3 cr ANNOUNCING 3 cr 3 cr major concentration on the oral conimum- Provides an understanding of the nature of the SPEECH PATHOLOGY The application of the principles of proper Lation of a dramatic role Prerequisite 307 or Man This course will focus upon the clinical manage- communication process by examining delivery to the field of oral reporting and ment of speech and hearing problems Past and permission of the instructor from the perspective of how lie believes continuity announcing, including enunLiltion, current therapeutic approaches and techniques HEORIES 3 cr pacing, selective emphasis, tonal 311. COMMUNICATION I 102 variance, the TECHNIQUES OF ORAL will be presented in relation to disorders of Communication theories applied to coil- use of technical material, and an introduction COMMUNICATION 3 cr speech and hearing Different orgam7ational temporary systems of belief Prerequisite 101 to foreign language pronlinuation The facilities procedures and practice^ will also be included Develops those coniniunicative skills ncces^ary or permission of the instructor, rCLOrnmerided of NVDUQ-FM and WDUQ-TV will be available to critically analyze verbal discourse and to Prerequisite 203 or permission of the for laboratory c\perienLe 304 perform effectively in public speaking situa- instructor tions which confront the educated perNon 322 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 201 PHONETICS. 3 304. PERSUASION 3 cr cr EXTERNSHIP 3 cr 190 IN rRODUCTION TO An approach to the Eiuhsh language based A study and application of principles and Provides opportunities for observation of THEATRE ARTS practices that influence people's beliefs and 3 cr upon the fundamentals of VOG,d and articu- Various dSPCLtS of clinical work. Directed read- A Survey of theatre as an art form, involving the latory speech sounds as sy^teniatized actions Prerequisite Either 101 or 102 or by the ings and field trips are included For Speech selective integration of a number of skills and International Phonetic Association permission of the instructor Pathology concentration majors only Written disciplines to bring about the aesthetic of the 305 DEVELOPMENT OF THE permission of department chairman required theatrical moment Beginning with lectures on 203 INTRODUCTION 10 PROBLEMS THEAIREI 3cr Open to juniors only the roles of the director, actor, designer, and IN SPEECH 3 cr A study of the origin and development of various craftsmen, the course will work up to a A survey of various speech disorders, their cr theatre and drama from pre-Grecian civiliza- 390 STAGE DIRECTING 3 sampling of the vaiious modes and forms of causes, recognition, and possible therapy Studies principles, theories, and practices In- tions to the seventeenth centurv, investigated in drama in ternis of the exi.-encies of production for performance, light of the particular world view which it volved in the staging of a play emphasizing problems of staging and interpre- C\Prc^scs 60 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES THEOLOGY 61

tation confronting the director Prerequisite speech remediation in the classroom Pre- of a study of the varying approaches to religious witnesses in history, but also 190 requisite 203 or permission of the instructor to place Catholic Theology in communion with that quest, 3) it aspires to a 40S AMERICAN THEATRE AND 419, ORAL COMMUNICATION OF fruitful encounter with other university disciplines, since the department is DRAMA 3 cr BIBLICAL LITERATURE. 3 cr convinced that theology's concerns are related to all vital human issues, some Survey of the major American theatrical move- A course devoted to the consideration of the of which other university disciplines explore ments and dramatic literature from the Colonial Bible in terms of the spoken language with its Ac,cordingly, the department has organized its courses into three divisions period to the present with emphasis on the accompanying oral interpretative connotations Biblical Studies, Christian Studies, and Selected Religious Studies twentieth century. Playwrights, designers, and and techniques Prerequisite 301 or permission theatrical companies are studied as reflections of the instructor REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR of American culture 420 SPEECH PROBLEMS OF THE The major program consists of a minimum of 27 credits beyond the 100 level 406. AMERICAN PUBLIC EXCEPTIONAL CHILD 3 cr These must include 201, 213, 214, 220, 498, the remaining credits will be ADDRESS. 3 cr This course will investigate the speech and chosen in consultation with the student's advisor Examines the interrelated impact of verbal language development, speech problems, and communication and significant political issues speech remediation of the mentally retarded, REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR in American history brain injured, aphasic, learning disabled, and A minor consists of four courses beyond the 100 level The department has cerebral palsied child The role of other pro- also prepared suggested sequences which may be helpful to a student wishing 409 HEARING AND AUDIOLOGY. 3 cr fessionals, in addition to that of the speech to concentrate in a certain area of theology, e g , Biblical Studies, Roman This course will consider the nature of sound, pathologist in speech remediation, will be ex- Catholic Theology, World Religions, Religion and Culture ' Christianity in the process of hearing, and hearing impairment plored Prerequisite 203 or permission of the The different types, causes, and the measure- instructor History, etc These sequences are available in the department upon request ment of hearing impairment will be discussed Exposure to audiometric testing will also be 421 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 cr COURSE INFORMATION available Prerequisite 203 or permission of the The student will work on a selected project The numbering of the course indicates the level of approach instructor under the supervision and guidance of a faculty 100 These courses are of the basic., survey type, wherein emphasis is on member Prerequisite Permission of the in- breadth rather than on depth, and serve as background for other 410. SPEECH PROBLEMS FOR structor and the department chairman THE CLASSROOM TEACHER 3 cr courses This course focuses on the speech problems 422 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 200-300 These courses treat of subject matter in a specific area of theology encountered in the classroom Emphasis is CLINICAL PRACTICUM 3 cr and in greater depth than in the 100 category placed on the recognition, and remediation of Provides an opportunity for active participation 400 Selected topics are dealt with at a more advanced level, independent those speech problems The classroom teacher with professionals in their work in varied research is required will be exposed to the speech therapy program settings For Speech Pathology concentration in the schools as well as to the teacher's role in majors only. Written permission of department chairman required BIBLICAL STUDIES cluding practical approaches to interpreting key 114 INTERPRETING THE passages of the Old Testament BIBLE 3 cr A presentation of tools necessary to understand 214 SPECIAL INTRODUCTION TO DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY the Old and New Testament as ancient literary THE NEW TESTAMENT. 3 cr works, affording a unified view of historical A presentation of the books of the New Chairman REV CHARLES J FENNER, C S Sp , Ph D events, as well as the prominent religious Testament from the point of view of their e\perien( es reflected in these events, emphasis literary makeup, historical origins and testi- Duquesne's Department of Theology affirms that the academic study of on practical interpretation of biblical passages mony, and theological content, practical ap- man's religious experience is essential to a complete education of man The with ample exercises provided proaches in interpreting key passages of the Department fulfills its role in theological studies by the pursuit of the New Testament following aims 1) it emphasizes Catholic Theology, in brotherly dialogue 213. SPECIAL INTRODUCTION TO with other Christian traditions, non-Christian traditions and Judaism, as the THE OLD TESTAMENT 3 cr 313 ARCHAEOLOGY AND THE A presentation of the Old Testament writings in BIBLE 3 cr key element in Duquesne's commitment to Catholic education on the their dynamic context of culture, politics, and An illumination through archaeology of the university level, 2) it acknowledges the fact of man's universal search for geography, as well as an introduction to their historical setting the cultural background, and religious meaning and experience, and seeks not only to offer the possibility literary modes, theologies, and themes, m- the events described in the Bible, a general

62 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES fHEOLOGY 63

202 CATHOLICISM 3 cr introduction to the techniques of axchaeo- for humanness, a study of the issues involved in Christology, the question of God-m-process, the ,logical investigation and a study of the principal these four relationships, e, gg , freedom, grace, Spirit and teaching authority. Ali explanation of the major beliefs and prdC- arch aeo logical sites in Palestine contemplation tices of Roirian Catholicism, including the 370 EARLY CHRISTIAN THOUGHT 3 cr nature and work of the God-Man as Well dS the 321 JESUS IN THE GOSPELS 3 cr A study Of tile early Christian thinkers with privileges of Mary, study of the nature of the 260 ORIGINS OF emphasis on the Apostolic Fathers, the A portrait of the person of Jesus, elements of PROTESTANTISM 3 cr Church and its inerrancy in teaching, considerd- Apologists, Origen, Athdriasms, the Cappa- such d portrait drawn exclusively from an Ali introduction to the thought of the principal tion of the norms of inoralitv, the Command- docian Fathers, Tertullian, and Augustine as in-depth Study of the four gospels, with ample reformers Luther, Calvin, Zwlngh, Wesley, a ments, the sacraments, and the spirit of they interpret Christian revelation and lay usage of accepted scholarship on who does study of speculative and practical forces opera- Catholicism ,,round for the systematic development of Jesus say He is and who do others say He is tive in the fit teen th-six teen th centuries which Cathob( theology 220 THE MYSTERY OF CHRIST 3 cr 413. THEOLOGY OF THE gave rise to the reforming movement, the A study of the person and meaning of Christ in OLD TESTAMENT 3 cr formulation of Protestant Orthodoxy 470 CHRISTIAN MYSTICISM 3 cr historical and contemporary perspective, a dis- A study of the manifold Christian experience of An examination of the various books or blocks 274 CHURCH HISTORY 1 3 cr cussion of the new bond between God and man MYSIALISM, i e , experiential contact with God, of writing in the Old Testament as to their A religious and historical exploration of the and the new era in the spiritual destiny of theology, an attempt to draw together and as seen in famous exemplars of mystical ex- growth of Christianity from the first century up mankind inaugurated by the Incarnation and perience ICSLIS Christ, Paul, Ignatius of present the major themes, motifs, and concepts to the Reformation, discussion of those issues the Passion-Death-Resurrection event of the Old Testament a study of the relation- Antioch, Augustine, John Ruysbroeck, within the Church and the external forces Catherine of Siena, fheresa of Avila, John of 230 THE CHURCH 3 cr ship between tile Old Testament and the New which brought about major conflict and Tes tamen t the Cross, Venerable Liberman, et al A study of the Christian community of be- development lievers in its origins, some of its major historical 414 THEOLOGY OF THE 275 CHURCH HISTORY 11 3 cr 47 1. EASTERN CHRISTIAN and dogmatic emphases, and its contemporary NEW TESTAMENT 3 cr Selected topics in Catholic and Protestant THEOLOGY 3 cr underStdriding of itself, the Church as a A presentation of the major theological tra- development from 1500 to the present day, A study of the main theological developments mystery, as Mystical Body, as People of God, as ditions of the New Testament, emphasizing the special emphasis on the crises, revolutions, and in tile Eastern Church from tile Patristic age on sdcrament diversity of Christian beliefs and practices, as through the medieval times until the modern reforms thdt were central to this development 242 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGICAL well as the underlying unifying principles of the days as they shape its distinctive spirit and ISSUES 3 cr early Christian experience, an explanation of 351 SEXUALITY, SEX, AND mentality and as they are interpreted In the An exdmination of theological developments in advanced techniques of biblical interpretation MORALITY 3 cr Eastern Orthodo\y with opportunity for the Student to practice Ali analysis of the nature of sex and sexuality, an era of renewal, reCV,IlUation, and coopera- such techniques according to the sources and developments of tion e g , belief and unbelief, Christian and Roman Catholic Theology Christian thought, the integration of these secular humanism, the future with referenc,_ to 490 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN concepts into a moral and ethical system, some 106 RATIONAL FOUNDATIONS OF hope, heaven, hell, afteilife, reincarnation, and BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY 6 cr modern reflections on Christian sexual THE CATHOLIC FAITH 3 cr resurrection, sin in a secular age suffering ind Six weeks of supervised participation in an morality. Ali investigation of the reasonableness of the evil, the occult, the charismatlL movement archaeological excavation in the Ancient Near Cdtholic Faith, beginning with an inquiry into within the Church Last, experience in stratigraphic digging, 352 VALUE OF HUMAN LIFE AND the existence of God and the possibility of His pottery identification, scientific analysis of CURRENT ETHICAL PROBLEMS 3 cr intervention in human affairs study of the 250 MORAL PERSPECI IVES IN finds, and recording methods Offered every A discussion of the fundamental moral Gospels as reliable documents, of Christ's claim HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 3 cr two or three years, approval of participdrits by principles involved in making any of tile "life to be God, His life, works, and especially His A study of the basic issues involved in the core staff required decisions," the problem of the definition of resurrection, of His founding of Church and its forinuldtion of moral values within the develop- tife, a survey of the varied moral approdches to identity today ing person, and of the sources upon which CHRISTIAN STUDIES the issues of war and peace, capital punishment, moral systems are based, a discussion of the 201 INTRODUCI ION TO THEOLOGY abortion, birth control, euthanasia, genetic en- absolute vs the relative, traditional morality vs Christian Studies in General AND THEOLOGICAL METHOD 3 cr gineering, and the new embryology "the new moratity", an appliLation of these 140 CHRISTIAN UNDERSTANDING Ali inquiry into, and all analysis of, the principles to a few modern problems, e g , OF MAN 3 Lr 361. QUESTIONS IN PROTESTANT resources of theology tdlth, revelation , in homosexuality, drugs, consumerism Ali investigation into the question of "What THEOLOGY 3 cr spiration and Church teaching, a presentation does it mean to be human?", according to An analysis of current issues in Protestant of the various approaches to theolOglCdl study 256 GOD AND HIS MEANING 3 cr Judaeo-Christian teaching, a discussion of the theology, e gg , the authority of Scripture, the and the schools of theological thought in A theological understanding of the problem of relationship of the human person to self, mission of the Church, the relationship between Christianity God, a consideration of the responses of various others, the world, and the Divine as the basis the historical study of the gospels and dogmatic

64 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 17HEOLOGY 65

religions and philosophies to this problem the 475 THEOLOGY AND 283, 284 JEWISH THOUGHT the scientific, in the expression of fundamental origins and development of the theology of CAI ECHESIS 3 cr AND RELIGION 3 cr each theological concepts in significant literary God in the Judaeo-Christian tradition with An examination of the principdl theological and A survey of the development of Jewish theo- works — past and present, English and con- special focus on Catholic development pedagogical themes of modern religious educa- logical and ethical teachings is ciLlineated in the tinental (in translation) — of Western inan as tion, and of the place of cateLliesis in the Bible and the Talmud (Fall semester), and in 301 MARRIAGE 3 cr they explicitly or implicitly express man in his ;1unistry of the Church, a presentation of the medieval and modern Jewish thinkers (Spring A persorially-oriented and practical treatment relationship to himself, other men, and God ustoric.al background of the contemporary semester) an analysis of the forces and events of the marital union as seen in its Christian catechetical renewal which helped to shape this development 283 is 373 RELIGION IN AMERICA 3 cr theological, psychological, and sexual aspects d not a prerequisite for 284 Analysis of the role of reli.-jon in the discoverv, discussion of Christian marriage as d bond ot 498 SEMINAR 3 cr colonization, constitutional development, im- love, as a sacrament, and as a way of 1111111dri A critical analysis of selected topics in theology 342 RLLIGION AND SOCIAL migration trends, and growth of the American fulfillment or of selected works outstanding theologi- by ISSUES 3 cr republic, with an emphasis on some uniquely cans Open OIIIV to juniors and seniors with a A study of the influence of religious con- American religious phenomena, e g , religious 330 1 HEOLOGY OF major or junior in theology victions in confronting major social issues of ^berty, indigenous American religious 111OVe-' EVANGELIZATION 3 Lr today's world, e g , population growth, famine ments, civil religion, black religious experience A stLidv of tli,, nussionary aspect of the Church, SELECTED RELIGIOUS STUDIES ecology, liberation and revolution, truth as a includiry the Church's missionary role in the 481 ISLAM 3 (r 180 THE PHENOMENON OF Social Issue, wealth, taxation, and stewardship liberation of all Men consideration from the RELIGIOUS EXPERIENCE 3 An analysis of Islam as a religious, political, and Scriptures of the missionary activity of Christ An c%arnination of the dimensions of man- 343 RELIGIOUS IMPACT OF cultural entity, Moliarninad and the Arabian and the Apostles the problem of universality, kind's religious experience c g , mystical ritual, SECULAR THINKERS 3 cr setting, history, beliefs, practices, and divisions eVdllgCI]7,ition versus catechesis, historical mythical, ethical and scriptural in analysis of A study of the effect that modern secular within Islam, the Koran and Hadiths the evolution of the Church's missionary activity, the likenesses and differences of how the Divine thinkers (e g , Mai-CLISC, McClulian, Hefner, I of- contemporary Mushm world evan.-elization and C111tUriiation evangelization is sensed and responded to in varied geographi- fler, Kohlberg, Skinner) have had on the 482 RELIGIONS OF INDIA 3 cr and the disunity of Christianity cal, Cultural, and chronologi(al contexts religiou^ consciousness and behavior of the a An analysis of significant religious groups in present age discussion of certain areas of 241 SFUDIESINBLACK India such as Jams, Buddhists, Parsees, Muslims, 331 ]HECHURCHINTHE culture most affected by this secular impact Siklis, and Christians with emphasis on the MODERN WORLD 3 cr THEOLOGY 3 cr 345 WOMEN IN RELIGION An analysis of the Church's role in the develop- A studv of the literature and development of 3 cr Hindus a study of the origin, development, the theological Position and An examination nient of man todav and in offering Solutions to black theology as it has evolved in the United Of beliefs, practices, and interrelationships among present problems of humanity in light of States, the Caribbean, and on the African social role of women in some of the major the religions and interaction between religion religions of the world Hinduism Islam Vatican II's "Pastoral Constitution on the continent, with special emphasis on the evolu- and Indian culture tion in the United States, a discussion of the Judaism, and Christianity, a comparison of Church in the Modern World" and other related 492 READING SEMINAR these religious roles to the cultural roles of documents relationship of Christianity and other religions SELECTED TOPICS 1-3 cr to the "black experience " women in society A critical analvsis of selected topics in the areas 335 THEOLOGY OF THE 245 RELIGION AND CULTURE 372 RELIGIOUS THEMES IN of biblical studies, Christian Studies, Roman SACRAMENTS 3 cr SOME PERSONAL DIMENSIONS 3 cr LITERATURE 3 cr Catholic theology or selected religious studies, A theologicalk, practical treatment of the seven An explanation of the place of religion in the An exploration of the relationship between the or of some outstanding authors and their works sacraments in relation to their significance for growth and fulfillment of modern man, of how imagination and the intellec t, the artistic and tinder the direction of a faculty member the Christian's daily spiritual growth and fulfill- religion influences the meaning of hurnan nient, consideration of man's nceds for ntual existence in work, leisure, art, love, lite, and and symbol, discussion of recent revisions ind death developments in SdCrdruentil theology 280 WORLD RELIGIONS 3 cr 442 rHEOLOGICAL A survey of the history beliefs, practices, and ANTHROPOLOGY 3 cr contemporary influence of the major ieliggions A study of man in his unique dignity dS Image of the world Hincluisin Buddhism, Con- of God and as responsible for the development fucianism, Taoism Maoism Shintoism, of the universe, his experience of sin and African traditions, Juddism, Christianity and alienation, and his liberation by divine g-race ISIJITI, a discussion Of d basic methodology for given through )its union with the Risen Christ understanding religions 67

School of Business and Administration

HISTORY The School of Business and Administration was established in 1913 as the School of Accounts and Finance The rapid growth of the School necessitated a constant broadening of the curriculum until it covered all business subjects of fundamental importance In 193 1 it was designated the School of Business Administration and, with this change, definitely became a professional school of business administration In 1971 the name was changed to the present designation to indicate broader preparation for activity in organizations of all types

PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES in accord with the educational philosophy and objectives of the University, the School of Business and Administration aims to assist the student in his development of the natural and supernatural virtues The general aim is to provide through the media of instruction and related collegiate activity the facilitation of purposeful character, intellectual accomplishment, emotional and social maturity, and professional efficiency The S(,hool of Business and Administration has the professional responsi- bility of developing in the student such knowledge of business principles, now, procedures and problems as will enable him to become a self-sustaining member of the community, aware of his social and public responsibilities and dedicated to the enrichment of the resources for worthy living It seeks to produce graduates who, upon entering their chosen careers, will be effectively prepared to discharge their obligations to God, to their community, and to themselves as intellectual and moral beings The School attains this objective by guiding the student through a cultural core program, through a business core program, through an elective area of advanced business subjects chosen on the basis of professional interests, through co-curricular and extra- curricular activities, and through established personnel services As a division of the University, the School of Business and Administration is obviously dedicated to promoting those University dims and objectives contained in the general statement The professional objective of the School of Business and Administration is to produce graduates who have acquired drid developed I An appreciation of the importance of initiative and who consequently are willing to assume responsibility, work efficiently and harmoniously with others, and adjust to ^,hanging circumstances 2 A respect for logical thinking and who strive energeti( ally, therefore, to develop the capacities for analytical reasoning through the vigorous and orderly application of ethical and technical principles to problem solving

68 BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION 69

3 An understanding of the personal and professional value of effective programs are cooperatively determined with the agency involved The Center communications and a cultivation of their capacities for speaking and writing calls upon professionally trained practitioners from the local community as clearly and concisely well as full-time faculty to instruct in these programs 4 An awareness of the important role of quantitative measurements in Center for Economic Education today's business and who have become skilled in the interpretation of The Center is charged with the responsibility of initiating and promoting mathematical, accounting and statistical data economic education in the society at large More specifically it develops and 5 Sufficient knowledge in a professional area so that they can assume coordinates economic education within the Western Pennsylvania and positions of responsibility with a background of learning-method and Tri-State area where the primary thrust of the Center focuses on upgrading learning-impulse that will enable them to progress rapidly economic literacy and teaching competency in the school systems of the area DEGREE Center for International Management The objective of the Center is to develop a better understanding of the The School of Business and Administration grants the degree of Bachelor of American involvement in international affairs and business and in manage- Science in Business Administration This degree may be awarded to those ment abroad through teaching and research, it is achieved by an interdis- who sati^fy the entrance requirements and complete successfully the School's degree program ciplinary approach The areas of current research focus are I Trade expansion between the USA and Eastern Europe BUREAU OF RESEARCH AND COMMUNITY SERVICES 2 Management in foreign nations Activity complementing direct instruction takes place in five ancillary units 3 Problems in international business grouped under the Bureau of Research and Community Services All function 4 International economic development with a stress on interaction among to provide students and faculty with an opportunity for professional developed countries, and on the relationship developed countries—less development as well as to provide services to the University and the developed countries community at large 5 International political and legal issues Bureau of Research The Center has no teaching program of its own, most of its staff are The Research Bureau carries out an independent research program, and faculty members from various schools and departments of the University or cooperates with divisions of the School in facilitating the research of visiting foreign professors individual faculty members Through the University Press, the Bureau issues monographs and other Center for Management Development publications From time to time contract research is undertaken for business, The Division conducts management training programs for industry ranging co^flmunity, and governmental agencies, insofar as this may fall within its from the foreman level up through executive personnel, touching every phase academic aims of discovery and dissemination of knowledge of management to make the individual a better rounded person in meeting The Bureau is a member of the Association for University Business and the current demands of business Economic Research, and maintains an interchange of publications with Also administered are non-credit programs which consist of courses in similar organizations in other universities throughout the country business and administration or special areas, these courses are offered for the continuing education of adults in the community Center for Administration of Legal Systems The Center serves as the focal point for research activity in the administration STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS of law Its approach encompasses the outlook and makes use of the These organizations, limited to students in the School of Business and investigative techniques of the physical scientist, the educator, the lawyer, the Administration, exist for the promotion of the scholarly and professional social scientist, the behavioral scientist, and the administrator Present interests of members research activities include studies of the interactions of law and psychology, The Zeta Chapter of Beta Gamma Sigma, national honorary fraternity for the administration and management of the courts, educational programs in accredited schools of the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of fundamentals of the law for youth Business, is established at Duquesne University Membership in this honorary The Center also serves as the coordinating agency for education and fraternity is limited to juniors in the highest five per cent of their class and to training programs of a non-credit nature for persons currently employed seniors in the highest 10 per cent of their class within the legal system Such programs are tailored to meet the needs of The Beta Alpha Phi Fraternity is the honorary scholarship society of the specific groups and agencies The objectives, content, time and length of all school 71 70 BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION I BUSINESS AND ADN11NISTRATION

Phi Chi Theta is a national professional commerce sororitv The Student Accounting Association provides for the interests of thosc who intend to become accountants Sophomore Year 3 American Marketing Association, the student chapter, affoids membership 211 Intro Accounting 3 212 Intro Accounting 3 to students whose major interests include salesmanship, marketing, adver- 221 Prin of Economics 3 222 Prin of Economics 3 tising, transportation, or foreign trade A selected group of seniors is 281 Probability and Statistics 3 282 Probability and Statistics General elective 3 permitted, under faculty supervision, to participate in the meetings of the *251 Legal Process 3 3 General elective 3 Sales Executives Club of Pittsburgh and the senior chapter of the A M A Theology or general elective 15 Omicron Delta Epsilon, a national honor society in Economics, is open to 15 all students specializing in studies in Economics The society is open to those Junior Year having an overall academic average of B in their Economics courses Prin of Management 3 332 Money and Banking Delta Sigma Pi, a national professional business fraternity, is represented 361 371 Prin of Marketing 3 321 or 322 Adv Econ by Theta Rho chapter Business Finance 3 Business elective 331 311 inter Accounting or Business elective DIVISIONS AND PROGRAMS 313 Managerial Accounting 3 General elective The School of Business and Administration is comprised of three Divisions 381 Decision Making Quantitative Science, Behavioral Science, and Economic Science 15 is A student entering the School of Business and Administration is expected to state to his advisor his career objective along with his academic area of Senior, Year concentration, the latter of whiLli can be several of the ^unior and senior Business elective 3 Business elective courses indicated in the three Divisions The student's proposed curriculum Business elective 3 Business elective must of course, include the University requirements and Business Adminis- Business elective 3 Business elective tration Core requirements as indicated in the illustrations set forth in this General elective 3 General elective **Capstone course catalog Consistent with his stated career objective and with the concurrence General elective 3 15 of his advisor, the student is free to select any junior and senior courses from 15 the School of Business and Administration curriculum to complete the 15 *Course may be taken in either semester hours required for graduation The single exception to this is the student who *^'Exccutive Action Simulation or Executive Policy his selects Accounting as area of concentration The regulations for certification in Accounting make this program very rigid, this is dealt with in the paragraphs following the Sample Program The faculty advisor in the School of Business and Administration plays an extremely important role in the academic guidance of each student Because of this, each student is permitted to select his own advisor based on personal The accounting faculty recommends that students concentrating in knowledge and available biographical sketches accounting take Accounting 2 11, 212, 3 11, 3 12, 3 14, 3 15, 41 1, 412, 413, and 251-Legal Process, as well as at least one of the following Law 353, 354, FOUR YEAR SAMPLE PROGRAM 355 It is recommended that the student achieve an overall B average in Accounting 211, 212 before attempting Accounting 3 11 and a minimum 300 and 400 Freshman Year grade of C in both 311 and 312 before attempting the remaining level courses Fail Semester Spring Semester Students enrolled in the accounting program are encouraged to take the Cow ses Crech ts Courses Credi ts Level 11 Achievement Test This will normally be taken in the 101 LngWi Coniii 3 102 English Conip 3 A I C P A 315 will be completed 109 College Algebra 3 11 1 Clulus 3 Spring Semester during which Accounting 1 41 Economic Geography 3 142 Economic Devel 3 Three credits in Theology are required for Catholic students Others may General ele(Aive 3 '181 Computer Science 3 take theology or may substitute three credits in the Department of History, General elective 3 General elective 3 Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, or Sociology is 15

72 BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION DIVISION OF QUANTITATIVE SCIENCE 73

DIVISION OF QUANTITATIVE SCIENCE application of the principles studied Pre- and the transformation of information systems requisites 312, 314 to meet specific types of informational require- Chairman ROBERT G BORMAN, M B A, C P A ments Topics include data base concepts, file 412 IN FRODUCTORY INCOME TAX storage considerations, development method- ACCOUNTING 3 cr ology, design, implementation and management This course is a study of basic tax and considerations of business data systems The ACCOUNTING CURRICULUM proc.edure affecting primarily individuals and to course presumes a familiarity with basic com- a lesser extent partnerships and corporations puter programming as covered in the Analytic CPA REQUIREMENTS Principal topics returns, rates, exemptions Methods sequence Students who desire to become certified public accountants in Pennsylvania income, deductions, sales and exchange of and who have been graduated from a four-year program in a college approved assets, and credits Linphasis is placed on 419 SEMINAR IN by the State Board of Education may sit for the CPA examinations The problems to demonstrate the application of the ACCOUNTING 3 cr degree program of the University is so approved principles studied and use is made of official This course is designed to develop a student's Graduates may sit for the CPA examination in other states, among which forms for demonstration purposes Pre- ability in teclinicdl expression, deepen his requisites 312, 313 are New Jersey and New York understanding of accounting theory and acquaint him with contemporary accounting 413 BUSINESS INFORMATION problems and literature Students are made 211, 212 INTRODUCTORY quantitative data in the formulation of policies, SYSTEMS 3 cr acquainted with the philosophy and ACCOUNTING 3 cr each consideration of various aspeLts of Federal, A course designed to introduce students to methodology of research, and required to pre- An introduction to the language of accounting, State and local taxes and their effect on management information processing systems basic accounting concepts and brief exposure to managerial decisions Prerequisites 211, 212 pare a research paper Prerequisite 314 recording financial information An extensive study is made of accounting information for 314 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING 3 cr management decisions Laboratory attendance This course applies fundamental theory to a FINANCE CURRICULUM to two hours a week is required number of important activities in business Students who desire to function in finance, either in the world of private 311, 312 INTERMEDIATE Activities studied are partnerships, special sales business, government bodies, or in the area of securities are encouraged to ACCOUNTING 3 cr each procedures, consolidations and fiduciaries Pre- seleGt from the several groups of courses that place emphasis on specific This course is primarily concerned with an requisites 311, 312 material leading to that end The professional designation of Chartered investigation and analysis of the accounting 315 COSTACCOUNTING 3 cr Financial Analyst (CFA) is used by those in the securities industry The problems and practices of the corporation, with Basic cost accounting procedures are discussed designation in the life insurance area for professional personnel is (CLU) or detailed study of the component elements of from the following view points cost principle, Chartered Life Underwriter The completion of the Real Estate course and the balance sheet and income statement Basic cost determination, cost control, cost analysis others will satisfy the educational requirements necessary to sit for the topics are accepted and alternative methods in Topics treated include cost terminology, Pennsylvania Real Estate Salesman's License the accounting cycle, financial statements, their planning and control techniques, and develop- form, content and use, accounting problems of ment and application of overhead rates Cost 331 BUSINESS FINANCE 3 cr 332 MONEY AND BANKING 3 cr the corporation, detailed analysis of the balance behavior patterns are studied in conjunction The aim of this course is to conibine the study lo develop knowledge about the role of fman- shect accounts, determination of net income, with development and application of overhead of internal and external sources of funds with cial institutions in our society as they perform statement of source and uses of working rates Standard costing, job order costing, the tools of financial management in order to their function of either the creation of the capital Prerequisites 211, 212 process costing and joint products, by-product maximize the wealth of the business entity medium of exchange or of taking existing funds costing are treated in detail Methods of judging 313 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING 3 cr Primary attention is given to private business from sources of excess to sources of supply managerial efficiency, inventory control and A study of the technique involved in the entities While many of the tools and instru- Further, to develop an understanding of the management control systems are also stressed ments used in the demonstrations are those of construction of the portfolios of the institu- gathering, recording and interpretation of ac- Prerequisites 311, 3 12 counting and statistical data used in the large business concerns, entities of all sizes are tions in order to understand why each employs Solution of internal problems of management 411. AUDITING 3 cr covered Special attention is given to the their available funds as they do, knowledge Some of the topics ( overed are construction, Standards and procedures employed by audi- decision-making process as applied to the about interest rate movements and their affects analysis and interpretation of reports, establish- tors in the examination of financial statements finance function of business Secondary em- on business and the development of financial ment of operating and financial standards, for the purpose of rendering an opinion axe phasis is given to the securities markets, finan- instruments used within the business society measurement of managerial performance, use of studied and evaluated Emphasis is placed on cial projections, organizational form, mergers Also, through the media of a research paper, budgets in managerial control, use of cost data theory and philosophy of auditing, however, and consolidation, and reorganization Pre- the student has the opportunity to develop a and interpretation of cost reports, use of case problems are used to demonstrate the requisites Accounting 211, 212 or the major area in detail Emphasis is primarily on equivalent the role money and banking take in relationship to business entities Prerequisite 33 1

74 BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION DIVISION OF QUANTITATIVE SCIENCE 75

333 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3 cr these securities are traded and the types of cases, problems, and field experience may be through which the student can take material Financial Management is a "follow-tip" course information that are useful and necessary to the assigned Through these vehicles the student front prior courses and employ it in soNing the to 331-Business Finance It is designed for all decision- making process of the investor as the will have the opportunity to integrate the more complex situations arising front compre- business students 71he course is designed to attempt is made to measure the value of a knowledge gained from text material and other hensive problem-solving situations Emphasis is provide a theoretical or conceptual framework particular security. Several models are financial Sources with that of other disciplines given to the decision-making proceqs in such that a financial manager can use to reach examined in seeking their appropriateness in to aTrive at a logical, sound credit decision areas as asset management, budgeting, financial decisions in the real world Material is presented establishing the relative worth of a security Prerequisite 331 structure orgam7ational forinat, and advanced with the purpose of involving the student in the The merits of both the fundamental and tech- theoretical material being employed in the 433 FINANCIAL MARKETS 3 cr fundamental decisions and compromises of the nical approach to security analysis are con- business world. The vehicle used may be case An extensive and intensive study of the markets financial manager as lie faces choices between sidered for their contribution to the analysis of material, actual field experience, comprehensive in which the financing of needs takes place risk and return. Reading material, case material, awcurity. Prerequisite 331 literature assignments, or any combination Study is made of the markets for borrowing and a research project are tools to be used Prerequisites 33t, 335, or special permission of and lending of capital, both short-term and Prerequisite 331 337 INVESTMENT ANALYSIS 3 cr the instructor It is the aim of this course to present material long-term Financial institutional structures are given emphasis as they act and interact when 334 RISK MANAGEMENT 3 er ,that will be useful to the student in developing 437. REAL ESTATE serving as sources or interniedidries and users of A study of the broad spectrum of risk ex- an understanding of the various types of invest- FINANCING 3 cr merits which may be available for a portfolio funds Research by the student is required to posures in business enterprise, with special A study of the problems involved in financing afford the student the opportunity to con- attention to the need for identifying tlicqe in investment Discussion of the various risks that residential, commercial and industrial real a portfolio may be subject to and further the centrate on an intensive effort upon an in- terms of nature and magnitude Emphasis is on estate from the points of view of both owner importance of the various risks to the Various dividual topic Prerequisite , 331 techniques available to aid the decision-maker and lender Methods of financing covered in- types of portfolio holders is undertaken The clude use of individual and business equity, in making decisions under constraints of un- 434 LIFE INSURANCE 3 cr basic elements of portfolio theory as it has been loans secured by mortgages, land contracts, certainty Methods of alleviation, avoidance, A study is made of the risks of death and developed by Markowitz and others is pre- sale-and-lease-back arrangements, and coopera- and insurance are studied Attention is given longevity as they occur in personal and business sented Various quantitative and descriptive tives, syndicates, and real-estate trusts Atten- not only to the traditional forms of insurdble situations Analyses are made of various forms approaches that are used in portfolio develop- tion is given to procedures for originating, hazards, but also to implicit risks such as those of hfe-insurance and annuity contracts and ment are investigated Techniques for nicasur- of loss in market value of assets, capital their uses, with emphasis upon their functions servicing, and foreclosing loans and mortgage ing the effectiveness of the portfolio are illus- budgeting decisions, new product financing as instruments of estate creation and adminis- airangerrients by principals agents, and mort- trated Prerequisites 331, 336, or special techniques, mergers, and other areas where risk tration Uses of insurance in connection with gage bankers Case problems either in class or of permission of the instructor without 336 is present in the decision Prerequisite 3 3 1 partners and key men, and in connection with the field type are used to illustrate the tech- niques employed in determining the feasibility 335 BUSINESS FINANCIAL 431. FINANCIAL COMMERCIAL bank loans, are explored Attention also is given to accident and health coverages group plans, of a location Special attention is given to an PROBLEMS 3cr TRANSACTIONS 3 cr intensive research project in some area of I lie aim of this course is to provide a vehicle pensions, and regulation of the industry The aims of the course are two-fold 1) to make interest to the student as related to real estate which the student can take material from the student aware of the various types of PROPER'l Y AND LIABILITY Attention is also given to the requirements previous courses both of a financial nature and transactions which are used in business and the INSURANCE 3 cr necessary to sit for the Pennsylvania Real that from other disciplines and through its basic, elements of the transactions, 2) to look at A study of business and personal applications Estate Salesman's License Prerequisite 331 utilization solve problems primarily of a finan- the problem of working capital management of casualty, fire, and liability coverages in the cial nature It also provides the student with an from tile point of view of the models available form of both insurance and bonding, including 439 SEMINAR IN opportunity to learn to write and deliver as they relate to the management of cash, the fields of workmen's compensation, land- FINANCE 3 cr professional opinions on how to solve business accounts receivable, marketable securities, and lords' and tenants' liabilities, burglary, robbery, The topics will vary, depending upon current problems While the course is primarily taught various inventories Consideration is given to and theft, automobile, credit and title m- developments and the needs and interests of the through the case technique, other methods are the decision-making process for these assets surance, fire and related lines, fidelitv and students As a part of the course requirement also used The student is expected to be able to under cases of both certainty and uncertainty, surety bonding, and relevant aspects of inland the student will be expected to develop a identify problems, reach conclusions, recom- examining the models, their uses, and Innita- and ocean marine research paper upon some significai,t aspect of inend solutions, and identify techniques on tions Prequisite 331 finance The Lourse should be taken by how they might be implemented Prerequisite 436 ADVANCED CASE PROBLEMS 3 er students who have completed niost of the 331 432 CREDIT MANAGEMENT 3 cr IN FINANCE This course will be tau.-lit in such a manner so The aim of this course is to provide a vehicle courses required in the concentration area 336. SECURITY ANALYSIS 3 cr as to give to the student a thorough understand- An intensive study of the analytic, techniques ing of the function of credit management In applicable to the selection of the various order that the student be afforded a maximum securities of private as well as public entities opportunity to grasp such information as pre- Consideration is given to the markets in which sented in the literature and in the classroom, 76 BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION DIVISION OF BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 77

QUANTITATIVE METHODS CURRICULUM Students should be aware that they can use this freedom either Students in the undergraduate School of Business and Administration I To broaden their cultural background by expanding in many different complete a basic sequence in Quantitative Methods This sequence is fields of knowledge, or concerned with the application of mathematics, statistics, and electronic data 2 To establish, with the help of their advisor, a background of specialized processing to the analysis of business and economic problems The objective knowledge in the field in which they have their strongest interest of the program is to increase the student's knowledge and understanding of Several Study Program s— combining a concentration in Business (24 the uses of mathematics, statistics, and computers as aids in decision-making uedits) with a judicious choice of electives from the College (27 credits)—are The basic sequence is comprised of these courses 181, 281, 282, and 381 given as illustrations of the flexibility and the depth possible under the Prior to entry into the sequence, Mathematics 109 and/or 111 in the College present program Presently Study Programs are offered in may be required of those students failing to satisfy entry requirements with respect to competence in basic algebra and calculus Industrial Relations International Business In addition to the basic sequence, a number of electives are offered for Law Administration Marketing Management students wishing to include quantitative management science techniques in Production Public Administration their areas of concentration Transportation and Traffic Environment and Ecology The listing of these Study Programs is only indicative, not inclusive, others 181. INTRODUCTION TO operations elementary probability theory, may be structured, and the suggested areas can be modified according to the COMPUTERS 3 cr probability distributions, sampling dis- occupational objectives and preferences of the student An introduction to the basic concepts of tributions, statistical estimation, testing of computer programming in algebraic and repre- hypotheses, time series analysis, simple linear sentational languages The course introduces regression and correlation Prerequisites 181 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS CURRICULUM the algorithmic approach to problem-solving and Mathematics III in the College or and continues through the development of equivalent 141 PHYSICAL AND 441 INTERNATIONAL flowcharts and programs, using the Fortran ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY 3 BUSINESS 3 cr language Brief treatment is also given to other This course examines the present and potential A study of the techniques of international 381 INTRODUCTION TO DECISION business related languages Prerequisite Mathe- products of the world's major geographic trade Emphasis is given to the contract, over- SCIENCES 3 er matics 109 in the College or equivalent seas equipment, LUStOMS procedure in this The application of the scientific method of regions The course concerns itself essentially with man's utilization of natural resources in country and abroad, marine insurance, packing 281, 282 PROBABILITY AND problem solving to business problems The for overseas trade, financing exports and import STATISTICS 3 cr each Lourse includes various models and the methods earning a living Attention is given to the geographical foundations and operations of stupments, foreign exchange, and, carriage of This sequence includes the basic. ideas of of applying them to business situations The goods by air Prerequisites Mktg '371, Leon descriptive statistics, inductive statistics, and models covered inL.Iude linear programming, major industries including agriculture, manutac- 221,222 probability Among the topics covered are simulation, queuing, and inventory optimiza- turing, extractive aLtivities, and transportation Principal domestic and world trade movements frequency distributions, measures of central tion The use of library computer programs will are analyzed tendency, measures of dispersion, sets and set be emptiasized Prerequisites 281, 282 142 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF EUROPE AND 442 INTERNATIONAL AMERICA 3 cr ECONOMICS 3 cr A survey of the evolution of Western economic This course is an introduction to international DIVISION OF BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE institutions and business practices The origin trade theory and the principles of international of Lapitabsni, the Commercial and Industrial monetary eLonomics as well as foreign trade Chairman SERGE GROSSET, Ph D Revolutions, the rise of the bourgeoisie, and the policies Topics to be discussed include the spread of capitalism axe examined. A study is classical and neoclassical theory of comparative PROGRAM GUIDE FOR STUDENTS also made of the institutional development and advantage, foreign exchange markets and The present combination of required courses and free electives gives the productive growth of the United States balanc,e of payments, adjustment mechanisms, student a solid foundation in business and, at the same time, allows him to economy Emphasis is placed on analyzing analysis of the Lonsequences of trade regulation follow his inclination in a special field of endeavor At the same time, the economic issues, particularly the evolution of and international liquidity problems Pre- business institutions, within a historical requisites 221, 222 or 121, 122, 123 greater the freedom of choice, the greater the need for helping the student in context selecting courses in a meaningful way

78 Or BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 79 BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION DIVISION

LAW 453 ADMINIS FRATION OF ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM 3S5 LAW OF BUSINESS cr LEGAL SYSTEMS 3 cr. This curriculum is designed to prepare professionals to aid in the solutions of ORGANIZATIONS 3 Consideration of the nature, creation, and Study of the legal system and the procedures one of society's most critical problems, that of the administration of legal dissolution Of the proprietorship, various types by which legal rights and duties are effectuated systems Future executives in court management, correctional institutions, of partnerships, other unincorporated organiza- and enforced, current problems and issues and control systems (law enforcement) receive a broad interdisciplinary tions, and the corporation Duties, rights, related to the system in the attainment of its educational experience with the basic core coursework in the School of remedies, and liabilities of owners and managers objectives, administrative problems in the legal Business and Administration. are studied Prerequisite 251 system. Prerequisite 251 Students in this program should take these courses 453 Administration of Legal Systems 462 Public Administration, and 362 Behavioral Science either MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM ^ 364 Personnel Management 465 Administrative Organizatio, or 413 Business Information Systems in accord with the objectives of the University and of the School, the Management Curriculum aims are To supplement the basic core, students in the Law Administration I To acquaint students with managerial concepts and practices in both sequence select the following or related courses in satisfaction of the School profit and non-profit organizations of Business and Administration requirement regarding liberal arts electives 2 To offer an opportunity for some degree of specialization to those 478 Youth and Drug Abuse 334 Delinquency students who are interested in a study program in management 002 Drug Abuse 335 Criminology 328 Psychology of Personality 336 Social Control 361. PRINCIPLES OF merit are developed Topics such as purchasing, 352 Abnormal Psychology 1 337 Corrections MANAGEMENT 3 cr inventory control, motion and time study, 353 Abnormal Psychology 11 This (,ourse represents an initial introduction to plant layout, pricing, etc are covered An Other coursework may be appropriate to fit a student's career objective the essential principles of management centered intermediate course to be used as a basis for Counselors and school officers should be consulted around the concept of management being a further specialized treatment of management basic process which is distinct and applicable to areas in the advanced courses Prerequisites all enterprises Planning, organizing, actuating, 361 and 281, 282—Probability and Statistics PRE- LEGAL and controlling comprise the fundamental func- Other related organizational problems are con- The curriculum of the School of Business and Administration meets the tions of management, making up the manage- sidered merit process These functions constitute the requirements for registration for general purpose of the State Board of Law 364 PERSONNEL framework around which this course is built Examiners in Pennsylvania, and of the State Education Department of New MANAGEMENT 3 er Emphasis is given to planning which is rapidly York A course presenting techniques of manpower growing in managerial importance Decision Coursework in the various areas of the School of Business and Adminis- management Involves study of recruiting and making, managerial creativity and the art of tration provides good preparation for the professional study of law screening techniques, training programs, merit management are thoroughly developed rating, wage payment plans, safety, discip1mary 362 BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 3 cr programming, etc Current practice is presented 25 t LEGAL PROCESS 3 er contracts, the legal requisites of an enforceable This course is an introduction to the scientific in the form of case material Prerequisite 361 An introductory course exploring the nature of agreement, the transfer of contractual rights study of behavior It incorporates concepts law, its sources, its relation to society and 365 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS 3 cr and duties, the discharge of contracts, the from the disciplines of anthropology, psy- government, relation of the judicial to the A course developed to present to the student relationship between principal and agent Pre- chology, sociology, economics, law, and polni- executive and legislative functions, law as historical knowledge of the labor movement, an requisite 251 cal science, as well as from the newer fields of instrument of social change and control, under- current status and importance in industry, and organization theory, game theory, and decision standing of the legal rights and duties of 354 COMMERCIAL TRANSACTIONS 3 cr the legal status of labor governing the actions of theory. This interdisciplinary approach to be- persons Acquaintance with areas of legal con- Studv of the provisions of the Uniform Corn- management in a myriad of ways Presents the havior plovides an integrative framework for cern to the administrator such as labor, environ- mercial Code with reference to the nature and role of labor, management and government in transfer to any organizational setting Pre- mental controls, products liability, anti-trust legality of sales of goods, the formality of the collective. bargaining and current industrial re- requisite 361 concerns such as pricing and mergers sale contract, transfer of title to goods, wai- lations policies and practices Prerequisite 361 rarities, nature and kinds of commercial paper, 363 PRODUCTION 461 HUMAN RELATIONS IN 353 CONTRACTS 3 cr requisites and meaning of negotiability methods MANAGEMENT 3 cr ADMINISIRATION 3 cr Study of the law pertaining to the formation of of transfer Prerequisite 251 A follow up course to Principles of Manage- An advanced Course treating of the human merit in which all important phases of manage- aspect as it is encountered in the industrial BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION DIVISION Of BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 80 I I 81

organization Involves an analysis of be- planning, programming, budgeting, coor- To explore the many basic activities involved in the marketing concept havioristic patterns of individuals as individuals dinating, decision making, and procurement and in matching products to markets and as members of work groups Deals with within DOD DisLusses DOD's application of To provide an area of specialized study for those students who wish to motivation, goals, needs, frustrations, etc as accepted management of business concepts pursue the marketing phase of business they relate to the industrial Situation Pre- The importance of effective management at all requisites Senior standing and 361 levels will be emphasized in view of the impact 371 PRINCIPLES OF 471 MARKETING RESEARCH 3 cr of all defense operations 462 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 3 cr MARKETING 3 cr This course examines the means and methods This course introduces the student to the The emphasis throughout this course is on business management uses to get the necessary 491 EXECUTIVE ACTION content of public niana.gement and to the work problem solving and decision-Indking in market- information for decision making involving what SIMULATION 3 cr of the public manager at federal, state, and ing The basis for the course is a systematic to produce, how inuch to produce, and how to A course incorporating the Gaines Theory local government levels It also compares and analysis of customer behavior, and the develop- distribute goods that are produced The various Approach The teaching techniques of Case contrasts public and private management and ment of marketing policies and pro.-rams Mar- types of marketing research— con surner re- Method and Role Playing are combined in a links in anageryient theory and practice keting strategy and dcsigning a marketing mix search, motivational research, market analysis simulated business environment in which the Lecture-disLussions and participative methods are stressed to give tile Student an insight into sales analysis and sales forecasting, product students make the decisions affecting the con- are employed Prerequisite 361 these areas, and the reduction of risks is research, and advertising researcii—are studied duct of a business Participants are divided into emphasized through the use of quantitative and in some detail Prerequisite 371 463 COLLECTIVE BARGAINING 3 cr teams with key corporate duties being assigned qualitative market research techniques Study of the relation of federal and state and several tearris compete against each other in legislation to collective bargaining, analysis of an attempt to operate the "firm" on the 372 MARKETING PROBLEMS 3 cr 472 TRANSPORTATION 3 Lr substantive issues and administrative aspects of optimum profitable basis Prerequisites Senior This course employs the case method illustra- A comprehensive analysis of the historical collective agreements, specific provisions in- standing and 361 tive of typical marketing problems such as evolution, operation and economic develop- cluding adjustment of grievances, conciliation, merch andising, advertising, selection of ruent of the railroads, motor carriers, water mediation and arbitration, collective bargaining 492 EXECUTIVE POLICY 3 cr channels of distribution, and development of carriers and air carriers of the United States and public policy Prerequisite 361 Integrates concepts and skills from all func- new products These problems are analyzed as The Interstate Commerce Act, with its ainend- tional areas of business and administration in they affect different middlemen in the market- merits and the public regulation, State and 464 ADMINISTRATIVE dewsion making under conditions of uncer- ing structure including manufacturers, whole- federal, of the various carriers will be em- ORGANIZATION 3 cr tainty Makes use of case histories and other salers, jobbers, brokers, agents, and similar phasized Prerequisites Mktg 371, Econ 221, A course presenting organizational concepts as information to allow students analysis and functionaries Theories of marketing are sub- 222 they relate to the operation of an enterprise problem solving with the organization as a jected to the test of practical examples so that Line, staff, and functional relationships are whole Prerequisites Senior standing and 361 the student may develop a more realistic grasp thoroughly developed Both formal and m- of the principles involved and the value of the 473 TRAFFIC formal relationships are considered as thev are MANAGEMENT 3cr 493 INDEPENDENT SCHOLARLY practitioner's jUdguICIAS Current marketing developed and exist within a firm Authority, This course deals with the organization and STUDY 3 cr developments are studied Prerequisite 371 responsibility, delegation, centralization and functioning of traffic departments of industrial Student must initiate an original research decentralization of control and other related 373 SALES ADMINISTRATION 3 cr concerns Topics treated are orgdm7ation of project in a field of business of his choice The organizational problems are considered Pre- An introduLtion to the fundamentals of sales- shipping departments car records for the con- Project IS then SCrUbWed by a Committee of requisite 361 manship and the problems confronted by the trol of private car lines, claims, routing, service three Faculty members If the project is ap- sales manager Topics include such areas as and rating departments regulations governing 465 DEFENSE MANAGEMENT 3 cr proved, the Dean will choose a faculty member Production planning, pricing, packaging, quali- packing, shipping and sales, shippers' relations A thiee-hour study of management practices in as director of the project The project must be tative and quantitative market analysis, and with carriers, freight and express tariffs, delays one of the largest, most ( omplex organizations completed within an academic semester Pre- specific sales management functions of selec- in transit, receipt and delivery of property in the world The LT S Department of Defense requisite Student must quality as a University tion, training, equipping, compensating, super- Intensive work in the rate structures of the The Lourse highlights the interaction of Scholar vising, and controlling salesmen Prerequisite United States will be an important item Pre- 371 requisites Econ 221, 222

MARKETING CURRICULUM in accord with the objectives of the University and of the School, the Marketing Curriculum aims are I To develop an understanding and appreciation of distribution in Our economy

82 BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION DIVISION OF ECONOMIC SCIENCE 83

DIVISION OF ECONOMIC SCIENCE petition and oligopoly are carefully examined general social welfare The course also includes Prerequisites 221, 222 or 121, 122, 123 a comparative study of problems in labor Chairman SOM PRAKASH, Pli D economics in American and other democratic 323 PUBLIC FINANCE 3 cr countries Prerequisites 221, 222 or 121 122, ECONOMIC SCIENCE CURRICULUM A study of the organization and management of t23 government revenues and expenditures with 121 ELEMENTS OF tion and underdevelopment of Black America emphasis on American practices and policies at 421 HISTORY OF ECONOMIC ECONOMICS 3 cr Flie course aims at the historic delineation of the various levels of government Benefit-cost THOUGHT 3Lr Economics 101 is an introductory course in the factors responsible for this situation and the and cost-effectiveness analysis with their imph- Shows the development of economic thought econornics intended to afford an understanding programs current and possible that may be cations for program and capital budgeting from the Age of Mercantilism to 1890 Major of how our economic system works, of the utilized to improve the situation receive heavy consideration The economic con- emphasis is placed upon the writings of Mun, forces which affect the level, composition, and sequences of various tax structures and alterna.- Petty, Quesnay, Smith, Ricardo, Malthus, Marx, 221 PRINCIPLES OF distribution of the output of the economy, and tive social choice iiieLhanisms are studied Jevons, and the Austrian School It offers a of the issues behind current economic prob- ECONOMICS 1 3 er Prerequisite 321 or 322 study of the fundamental concepts of the The first course in economics for the student lems The Course content will define concepts writers and the influence of institutional con- who plans to major or minor in econorm(s The provide background materials, and develop 324 COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC ditions upon their philosophy Major emphasis course seeks to acquaint the student with economic ideas necessary to an understanding SYSTEMS 3 cr is placed upon value and distribution theory as conLepts and the logical basis to economic of the policy issues constantly before a Lorn- A comparative study of capitalism, socialism, it developed Prerequisites 321, 322 plex dynaraiL economy reasoning Pmpliasis is placed on understanding communism and other economic, systems with 422 MODERN ECONOMIC the behavior of households and firms under emphasis on analysis rather than mere descrip- 122 INTRODUCTION TO MACRO THEORY 3 cr Lo nape ti five and imperfectly competitive tion of the economics of various countries ECONOMICS 3 cr market conclitions A brief review of classical tradition emphasizing Prerequisites 221, 222 or 121, 122, 123 I he emphasis is on the application of macro Smith, Ricard, and Mill, and Marxian socialism economic principles A series of basic economic 222 PRINCIPLES OF 325 URBAN ECONOMICS 3 cr showing their influence upon the evolution of problems and issues will be examined in terms ECONOMICS 11 3 cr Urban economics is intended to afford an Twentieth Century economic theory Emphasis of an understanding of the basic problem How This course is primarily concerned with aggrega- understanding of how the urban economy is placed primarily upon the writings of society can achieve and maintain a fun eria- five economic relationships The theory of the works, of the forces which affect the level, Marshall, Schumpter, and Keynes, appl^mg ployment economy with ieasonable economic determination of national income is developed composition, and distribution of the output of their theories to the problems of contemporary stability and attention is given to the constru(tion of the urban economy, and of the economic issues economic policy Special emphasis is given to national income accounts Attention is given to behind current urban problems The course economic growth and development and the 123 INTRODUCTION TO MICRO monetary and fiscal policy and their impli- analyzes the processes, stages and determinants essentials of welfare economics in today's ECONOMICS 3 cr Lations Prerequisite 211 of urban economic growth and development society Prerequisites 321, 322 The primary aim of this course is to enhance Urban economics focuses on the problems and 32t and deepen the student's understanding of the NATIONAL INCOME 423 BUSINESS CYCLES AND policy in the urban economy income m- market mechanism and how this mechanism ANALYSIS 3 (.r FORECASTING 3 Lr equality, manpower, local public finance, responds to various governmental policies More A conceptual analysis of national income This course is designed to study the process of housing and land use patterns, and transporta- theory, its toots, its basic principles and its specifically, this course should enable the economic change Analyses of Seasonal, particular emphasis of the course is to social and economic significance The course tion A student to apply micro economic reasoning to Cyclical and Secular movements will be under- provide the student with the theoretical toots treats the macroeconomic method of economm, current public issues, and use beriefit-cost taken Theoretical and empirical aspects will be and show their dpphcation to the dynamic, analysis It concerned with explaining the me thodology in analyzing government IS covered Forecasting techniques will also be comple\ urban economy Prerequisites 221, development and nature of national income e%penditures studied Prerequisite 321 aggregates The basic principles of national 222 or 121, 122, 123 income theory are developed and explained in 420 LABOR ECONOMICS 3 cr 424 BUSINESS AND PUBLIC The above set of courses has been designed for order to place into focus the operations of the Analysis of the principles for wage and employ- POLICY 3 cr non-business students However, taking one American economy and the many problems ment determination in contemporary American A study of the regulatory techniques used by course does not obligate the student to take relating to it Prerequisites 221, 222 or 121, economy under non-union conditions as well as government to influence and modify business any additional courses in the sequence 122, 123 under collective bargaining The institutional behavior This course also includes an analysis development underlying labor supply and de- of market structure, conduct and performance 124 ECONOMICS OF 322 PRICE AND PRODUCTION mand is studied with direct emphasis on its considerations pertaining to the firm and the DISCRIMINATION 3 cr ECONOMICS 3 cr impact on employment and production, on the industry Emphasis is given to the anti-trust The main interest of this course is the diagnosis An intensive study of the theory of demand, general wage-level and on wage differentials, on laws and special regulatory problems Pre- of the nature and causes of the problem of production and distribution In addition, recent the distribution of national income and on requisites 221, 222 or 121, 122, 123 social, economic and educational underut1h7a- developments in the theory of imperfect corn-

84 BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION

425 CURREN r ECONOMIC ISSUES 3cr urement, theories of development, factors and A semmar-like discussion of the state of the forces affecting economic growth, different nation's economy and its current problems on approaches to a higher stanLrd of living, and the basis of critical examindtion of professional problems of domestic and international sta- journal articles and economic reports by official bility Approach to this course encompasses and private sources (such as the President's W detailed study as well as a strong emphasis on Council of Economic Advisers) The purpose of theoretical and cutical analysis Prerequisite the course is to begin developing in the 321 graduating senior the ability to coordinate and apply the analytical knowledge lie has acquired 428 PROBLEMS, POLICIES AND during his undergraduate study of economics CASE STUDIES IN and related fields of social science and business ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 3 cr administration Prerequisites 221, 222 or 12l, This comse is a continuation of the first 122, 123 semester course in economic development An attempt is made in this semester to apply the 426 MONETARY THEORY tools, techniques, and theories of development AND POLICY 3 cr to selected regions and countries of the world This course presents the chief theoretical con- The course is divided into four broad dreds—the tnbutions on money The policy implications nature and problems of the case study method, of these theories, past and present, will be the nature of the socio-economic structure and emphasized Concentration will center upon its impact on development, problems of polic,y proposals and controversy in the irione- measurement and of comparison, and the tary field since World War 11 f he theories and changing role of the bdSJG factors of produc- contributions of Wicksell, Fisher, J M Clark, tion Considerable time will be devoted to a Keynes, Robertson and Mocligliam, among critical study of the actual poticy measures others, are reviewed The role of interest rate is adopted for development by selected Lountries reviewed along with wage-pnee controversies , Prerequisite 427 international gold flows, and the relationships between fiscal and monetary policies Pre- 429 SEMINAR IN requisites 221, 222, 322 or 121, 122, 123 ECONOMICS 3 cr The purpose of the seminar is to provide a 427 THEORY OF ECONOMIC vehicle for the advanced student to investigate DEVELOPMENT 3 cr separate subject areas in the field of Economic The course is designed to acquaint students Theory The intention is to provide a sound with the area of economic development The basis for further study at the graduate level subject matter of this (,ourse conveniently Seminar procedure will stress written and oral divides itself into five major categories the reports Prerequisites 32 t 322 and permission nature of development and problems of meas- of the instructor

86 SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 87

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION School of Education The basic professional education program introduces the student to the teaching profession through thorough study of the principles and practices of education and the learning process Special professional education programs introduce the student to the specific teaching techniques and metbods required for specific fields of concentration—elementary, secondary, special, HISTORY or early childhood education Prior to 1929, teacher preparation courses were offered through a department PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCES of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, in that year the newly-organized The School has developed a broad and diversified professional laboratory School of Education granted its first degrees in programs of secondary experience program designed to provide opportunities for observing and education The following programs have since been approved for certification working with children and youth These include by the Department of Education of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania I Programs in neighborhood and community centers, hospitals, recrea- music education in 1930, graduate education, 1936, elementary education, tional and youth organizations, and summer camps 1937, guidance, 1952, school administration and supervision, 1952, library 2 Planned observation in public and private school classrooms science, 1956, special education, 1964, reading specialist and reading 3 Group observation in schools and institutions dedicated primarily to supervisor, 1969, school psychologist, 1969, early childhood education, the care of exceptional children 1975 4 Teacher-aide or tutorial service in public and private schools 5 Student teaching in a public or private school for an entire semester or SELECTION AND ADMISSION year Candidates who express a desire to become teachers are admitted to the All of these experiences are completed under professional supervision from School of Education through the University Office of Admissions (apply to the University and from the off-campus agency or public school Director of Admissions, Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, Pa 15219) The curriculum for the first two years (approximately 60 credits) is devoted to STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS the broad ledrnings in general and basic professional education and beginning The School of Education includes in its program opportunities for participa- course work in a major discipline or area of concentration tion in student organizations related to professional education preparation The School of Education includes and maintains in its enrollment only Students are encouraged to take an active part in these professional those students who give definite indications of teacher potential Students organizations, for such interest is interpreted as reflecting social and are, therefore, expected to demonstrate developing personal and professional educational development The organizations are characteristics, attitudes, and competencies which will recommend them as worthy candidates for the teaching profession Evaluation and approval by Duquesne University Chapter of the Council for Exceptional Children, state the faculty is based on the student's development of and national student organizations in Special Education I A well-balanced personality as evidenced through personal appearance, Kappa Delta Epsilon, national education sorority health and vitality, emotional maturity, verbal fluency, self-confidence, cooperation, judgment and tact, adaptability and resourcefulness, HONOR AWARDS cultural appreciation, and social relationship These awards, presented at the annual Honors Day Convocation, are open to 2 Professional attitudes and competencies as evidenced through interest undergraduates in the School of Education in teaching, preparation in subject matter and in teaching methods and baculty A waid for General Excellence in Secondary Education techniques, participation in laboratory experiences, including observa- Faculty A waid for Geneial E xcellence in Elementary Education tion and student teaching, and the demonstration of necessary abilities Faculty A waid for Geneial Excellence in Special Education and skills Kappa Delta Epsilon iVational Piofessional Education Sorority Awaid for CURRICULUM Outstanding member of Alpha Kappa Chapter GENERAL EDUCATION Kappa Delta Epsilon lVational Professional Education Sorority Plesident's 'llie School of Education requires completion of the established core program A wai d which includes courses in the humanities, social sciences, natural and Lawience A Roche Memorial Award to a junior student for general behavioral sciences, and, foi Catholic students theology excellence in the School of Education 88 OF SCHOOL EDUCATION SCHOOL OF EDUCA fION 89

Philip C Niehaus Memorial A ivard for outstanding achievement in the School General Education Education Electives of Education Courses Credits Courses Credi ts Helen S Platt Memoi ial A wai d based on'financial need to a junior student Ccnirse^ in all these areas, for a total of Nine credits from among the following 54 credits, are required majoring in Special Education courses are required English Area 15 Council for Eyeeptional Childien Award for outstanding work in the Field Observations 1-5 English Composition 6 Introduction to Art organization 3 English Elective 3 Teaching Elementary Language TEACHER CERTIFICATION CommumCdtions Area Arts and Social Studies 3 (Speech, Journalism, Tedching Elementary Mathematics Through completion of a degree, a student will be eligible for a Pennsylvania English) 6 and Science 3 Instructional I (Provisional) Certificate to teach a subject or in an area for Mathematics and/or Science 12 Children's Literature 3 which the curriculum pursued is designed All programs are approved by Social Science 12 Music for the Classroom Pennsylvania Department of Education, and certification in Pennsylvania (Anthropology, Economics, Teacher 2 enables a student to meet certification requirements in various other states Geography, History, Political Problems in Speech 3 Application for the certificate must be made through the Dean's Office Science, Sociology) Reading in the Elementary during the semester in which the student expects to be graduated Philosophy and/or rheology 9 School 3 Psychology 6 Problems in Teaching Reading 3 CLASS ATTENDANCE (Introduction to Psychology is Learning Resources 3 a prerequisite to all others) Human Development The School of Education faculty has determined that the following policy 3 Eurhythmics 2-4 will be in effect for the School of Education and will be adhered to by all *Professional Education Independent Study 1-2 professors who teach undergraduate courses It is presumed that each student All courses, for a total of 31 credits, are in a professional course will normally attend every session The maximum required Professional Semester number of cuts permitted is equated in credit units, not in periods the class Foundations of Education 3 Both courses, for i total of 12 credits

meets, in other words, three cuts for a three credit course Educational Psychology 3 are required

Child Development I 4 Student Teaching in Early DEGREE Child Development 11 2 Childhood 10

Curriculums in Early Childhood, Elementary, Secondary, and Special Early Childhood Education I 4 Planning Programs for Young

Education lead to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education Early Childhood Education 11 4 Children 2

Curriculum Development I 3

PROGRAMS Curriculum Development 11 3 Language Development and Other Electives 14 *EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Reading 3 The program, in accord with the philosophy and objectives of the School of Research Seminar 2 Education, offers students opportunity to qualify for

I The Instructional I (Provisional) Certificate to teach early childhood *As thi^ pro-ram lids been cooperatively developed by Duquesne University dnd Carlow education classes in the schools of Pennsylvania for a period of three College for'^eiiiisylvdmd Department of Education approval, some or dIl of tile profes- years sional courses in Early Childhood Education may be offered on tile Carlow campus 2 Admission to graduate programs in education

This program cannot be completed on a part-time basis The last 30 credits must be earned at Duquesne University The minimum number of credits for graduation is 120 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION This program, in accord with the philosophy and objectives of the School of Education, offers students opportunity to qualify for

I The Instructional I (Provisional) Certificate to teach in the elementary schools of Pennsylvania for a period of three years

2 Admission to graduate programs in education

90 SCHOOL OF EDUCATION SCHOOL or EDUCATION 91

This program cannot be completed on a part-time basis The last 30 credits SECONDARY EDUCATION must be earned at Duquesne University The minimum number of credits for The Secondary Education Program, in accord with the philosophy and graduation is 120 objectives of the School of Education, offers students opportunity to qualify for General Edmation Supporting Electives The Instructional I (Provisional) Certificate to teach certain subjects in Courses Credits Courses Credits the secondary schools of Pennsylvania for a period of three years Courses in all these areas, for a total of Phonetics 3 Four-year programs lead to certification in biological science, 54 credits, are required History Elective 6 chemistry, communications (with emphasis in English, journalism, or Survey of American Federal English Area 15 speech and theatre), general science, Latin, mathematics, modern Government 4 English Composition 6 languages (French, German, Spanish), physics, social studies (eco- English Elective 3 Sociology Elective 3-6 nomics, history, political science, psychology, sociology) Communications Area Psychology Elective 3-6 (Speech, Journalism, Visual Arts 3 2 Admission to graduate programs in education English) 6 Introduction to Music 3 This program cannot be completed on a part-time basis The last 30 credits English Elective Mathematics and/or Science 12 6 must be earned at Duquesne University The minimum number of credits for Modern Language 18 Social Science 12 graduation is 120 (Anthropology, Economics, Mathematics 12 Geography, History, Political Science 6-8 General Education Professional Education Science, Sociology) Introduction to Political Science 3 Couises Credits Courses Philosophy and/or Theology 9 Credi ts Courses in all these areas, for a total of All courses in this area are required (Includes 3 credits in Theology Education Electives 54 credits, are required required for Catholics) Nine credits from among the following Foundations of Education 3 Psychology 6 courses are required En.-lish Area 15 Educational Psychology Child (Introduction to Psychology is Human Development 3 English Composition 6 Development, or Adolescent a prerequisite to all psychology Children's Literature 3 English Elective 3 Development 3 courses) Introduction to Art 3 Communications Area Methods in Major Field 2 Music for Classroom Teacher 2 (Speech, Journalism, Secondary Teaching Techniques Professional Education Psychology of Identity and English) 6 Laboratory 1-2 All courses, for a total of 15 credits, are Fulfillment 3 Mathematics and/or Science 12 Professional Semester required Learning Resources 3 Social Science 12 Secondary Student Teaching 9 (Anthropology, Economics, School Law and Pupil or Foundations of Education 3 Eurhythmics 1-2 Geography, History, Political FduLational Psychology, Child Field Observation 1-5 Youth and Drug Abuse 2 Science, Sociology) Development, or Adolescent Independent Study 1-2 Reading in Secondary Philosophy and/or Theology Development 3 Problems in Teaching Reading 3 9 Schools 3 (Includes 3 credits in Theology Reading in Elementary School 3 Mainstream Seminar 3-6 *For Communications certification, 18 required for Catholics) Teaching Elementary Language Independent Study 1-2 credits are required, with six in English, Psvcliology 6 Arts and Social Studies 3 Youth and Drug Abuse 2 si% in Journalism, and si\ in speech and (introduction to Psychology is Teaching Elementary Math and theatre, for a total of 57 credits in the a prerequisite to all other Science 3 *Professional Semester Credits General Education area Student Teaching plus Seminar 12 psychology courses)

*No student may register for additional course work during this professional semester without permission of the Committee on Student Standing SUBJECT AREA CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A minimum of 30 credits (semester hours) is required for certification in the following disciplines biology, chemistry, communication, general science, Latin, mathematics, modern languages, physics, and social studies This is in MUSIC EDUCATION addition to the General Education requirements General and professional course work and professional education courses re- quired for this program are outlined in the School of Music section, page 107 a

SCHOOL Of- EDUCATION 92 SCHOOL 017 EDUCATION 93

Major Major Field Requirements Supporting Courses Areas and Courses Credits Teaching the Mildly Biology Consult with Biology Mathematics, chemistry, Foundations of Education 12 Handicapped 3 Department and physics l'oundations of Education 3 Vocational Education for Chemistry Consult with Chemistry Mathematics and physics Educational Psychology 3 the Handicapped 3 Child Development 3 Department Education Electives 9 Adolescent Development 3 Communications Problems in Speech 3 English Emphasis Consult with Journalism, speech Special Education 32 Interpersonal Classroom English Department Eield E\periences 6 M anagerrient—Te aching 3 Journalism Emphasiq Consult with Speech, English Moderately and Severely Introduction to Art 3 Journalism Department Handicapped 2 Teaching Elementary Language Arts/ Speech Emphasig Consult with English, journalism Vocational Education and 2 Social Studies 3 Speech Department either Mainstream Seminar 3 General Science Minimum of eight credits in Mildly Handicapped— Abnormal Psychology 3 biology, chemistry, and physics, Elementary 2 Music. for the Exceptional and additional courses to total or Child 3 a minimum of 18 semester Mildly Handicapped— Hearing and Audiology 3 hours in one field of science Secondary 2 Speech Problems of the Latin Consult with Classics Department Foundations of Special Exceptional Child 3 Mathematics Calculus 1, 11, 111 General analytical physics Education 3 Independent Study 1-2 Modern Languages Consult with Modem Philosophy Reading in the Elementary Children's Literature 3 Languages Department linguistics School 3 Problems in Teaching Physics Consult with Physics Chemistry, mathematics, I caching Elementary Mathematics/ Reading 3 Department biology Science 3 Seminar in Special Social Studies Economics, history Philosophy, 'Methods in Special Education 1-3 political science, sociology, anthropology, psychology Education 1 3-4 Professional Semester 12 psychology -*Methods in Special Student Teaching-Special Education 11 3-4 Education 12 feaching the Moderately and Severely Handicapped 3 SPECIAL EDUCATION (MENTALLY AND/OR PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED *Prerequisites Reading in the Elementary School and Teaching Elementary Mathematics/ The program, in accord with the philosophy and objectives of the School of Science Education, offers students opportunity to qualify for "Prerequisite Methods in Special Education I I The Instructional I (Provisional) Certificate to teach special education classes in the schools of Pennsylvania for a period of three years 2 Admission to graduate programs in education This program cannot be completed on a part-time basis The last 30 credits COURSE DESCRIPTIONS must be earned at Duquesne University The minimum number of credits for graduation is 120 EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS AND 1 'SYCHOLOGY In addition to the General Education requirements (see page 91), a 201 CHILD DEVELOPMENT. 3 cr interest, and adjustment problems student must earn the following credits Behavior and personality characteristics of to children from birth ddolc^cence as they 203,204,205,206,207 Professional Education FIELD EXPERIENCE I relate to school and home situations cr each In addition to 54 credits in general Classroom and other school experience as an education, a minimum of 65 credits is 202 ADOLESCENT aide or observer Enrollment with consent of required in professional education DEVELOPMENT 3 cr the Director of Student Teaching or a School of PhysiLal, mental moral, emotional, and social Education faculty advisor, one credit each development of the adolescent, including needs, semester for a maximum of five semesters ip—pop'—

94 95 SCHOOL OF EDUCATION SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

210 INTERPERSONAL CLASSROOM including drugs used, the primary toxic and EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Areas covered will include art, music, creative MANAGEMENT FOR TEACHERS 3 cr psychological effects, historical and legal dramatics, and physical activities Planning and The major emphases of this competency based aspects Methods of teaching drug abuse at 301. CHILD implementing activities are required course are the teacher's personal awareness of various levels in the school system are covered, DEVELOpMENTI 4 cr Focuses upon the substantive developmental 1) his/her feelings and emotions and 2) his/her together with availability of literature and 308 CURRICULUM growth in the child from conception through DEVELOPMENTH 3 cr personal, interpersonal, societal and educa- visual aids and demonstrations of drugs tional values, 3) the teacher's understanding of the fourth Year Of life Specific emphasis is Focuses on fostering the young child's curiosity the dynamics of groups, and 4) the teacher's 480 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-2 cr given to normative physical, intellectual, social, in the environment as reflected in the physical management of classroom situations With permission of an instructor and approval and emotional faculties developing during and social sciences Planning and implementing of the Dean, seniors may pursue iii-depth study infancy (ages 0 through 2 years) and during the activities are required. 227 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 3 cr of a subject area or engage in individual projects pre-school years (ages 3 and 4) The role of the 401. LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT Growth and development of the child, with an related to their professional goals family as primary socializing agent is stressed emphasis Oil understanding personality develop- AND READING 3 er ment and problems of growing up 481 LEARNING RESOURCES 3 cr 302 CHILD Emphasis is placed on oral expression as a base Identif i cation, location, utilization, and DEVELoPMENTII 2 er for development of all language skills including 301 FOUNDATIONS OF creation of learning materials, adaptation of Ernpliasi/es normative physical, intellectual, reading Reading readiness programs and read- EDUCATION 3 er print and non-print materials to meet curricular social and emotional growth and development ing programs for the primary level axe Introduction to the study of the philosophical, needs, developing materials for individualized in the child through the pre-primaxy and examined social and historical foundations of education classroom instruction primary school Years (ages 5 through 8) At- and the relationships between the school and tention is given to the role of the school as 403 RESEARCH SEMINAR 2 cr 495 PROBLEMS IN TEACHING other institutions of society Required for all socializing agent during these years Designed to acquaint the undergraduate student types of state certification READING 3 cr with general research methodology in child Reading difficulties on elementary and second- 304 EARLY CHILDHOOD development as preparation for critical con- 333 334 MAINSTREAM ary school levels, discussion of classroom and EDUCATION 1 4 cr sumption of research SEMINAR 3 cr clinical procedures in solving reading problems, The first halt of the course encompasses the This seminar is designed to acquaint the regular diagnostic and corrective techniques and ma- complete history of child development and 40S PLANNING PROGRAMS FOR teacher with the nature of the exLeptionalities terials for the classroom teacher, reading im- early childhood education beginning with the YOUNG CHILDREN 3 cf which are characteristic of the handicapped provement programs, special unit on reading contributions ot early educators, Pestalozzi, Emphasis is placed upon principles and tech- child who may be mainstreamed into the problems of the mentally retarded Froebel, etc , and Lontinuing through the niques involved in planning and administering regular classroom Emphasis will be on teaching eighteenth, nineteenth, and twentieth centuries programs, such as parent involvement, law and strategies in developing instructional programs 496 EVALUATION OF The second half of the course examines recent the young child, community relations, licensing for the mainstreamed handicapped child LEARNING 2 cr trends, such as Day-Care Centers, Head Start, procedures, liedith regulations, equipment selec- Principles of test construction, examination Project Follow rtirough, etc , with participa- tion, and classroom management 351 EDUCATIONAL analysis, and interpretdion of other media for tion in Lhild-care programs required PSYCHOLOGY 3 cr appraisal of pupil growth and achievement 490 STUDENT TEACHING IN EARLY 8 ef The genetic approach to mental development, 305 EARLY CHILDHOOD CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 498 DEVELOPMENTAL The student teaching experience is considered the laws of learning and the principles of EDUCAJ ION 11 4 cr READING 2 cr to be one of the most important single elements memory, motivation, transfer and personality Students will examine the humanistic, be- A survey course in the teaching of reading, of the prograin The prospective teacher is development Measurement in the school pro- havioristiL, cognitive-developmental, and appropriate for both elementary and secondary gram will be studied, coupled with basic statis- psychodynamic theories of child development involved in a pre-school primary setting where education majors Major emphasis is on In-depth study of early childhood education he/she shares the teacher role, applies and tical concepts for the functional application of methods of teaching reading, the materials for these principles models— M ontessori Method, Bank Street Early constructs theory and develops his/her own evaluating pupil growth in reading, and reading Education Program, Demonstration and Re- teaching style in the content subjects 361. PSYCHOLOGY OF IDENTITY search Center for Early Education, AND FULFILLMENT 3 cr 499 SCHOOL LAW AND Bereiter-Engleman Curriculum, etc —will be a Implications of the psychology of personality THE PUPIL 2 cr requirement along with participation in ELEMENTARY EDUCATION pre-school programs for the wholesome development of personality School law as it affects the child—census, 203. PROBLEMS IN and for the prevention of lasting personality admission practices, vaucination, compulsory 307 CURRICULUM SPEECH 3 cr disturbances attendance, the neglected, dependent, and de- DEVELOPMENTI 3 cr A survey of various speech and hearing dis- linquent child work periods, graduation re- Focuses upon the development of creative orders, and causes, recognition and possible 478 YOUTH AND DRUG quirements, special school services, and other abilities in children, age three through eight therapy. Prerequisite Speech 201 ABUSE 2 cr regulations pertaining to the health and welfare Problems of drug abuse and today's youth, of the child

96 SCHOOL OF EDUCATION SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 97

320 INTRODUCTION TO SECONDARY EDUCATION exceptional children and of methods for meet- 48S TEACHING THE MODERATELY ART 3 cr 364 METHODS IN SECONDARY ing their educational needs, includes field trips AND SEVERELY HANDICAPPED 3 cr Designed to acquaint the student with nia- TEACHING 2 er to schools and classes which specialize in the Evaluation and integration of the various terials, methods, and techniques used in relating education of the typical child Prerequisites theories, methodologies, curriculum content, arts and crafts to purposeful learning activities, 365 SECONDARY TEACHING 201,202 instructional techniques, and evaluation pro- with particular attention given to the needs of TECHNIQUES LABORATORY 1-2 cr cedures for the Moderately and Severely Handi- the mentally retarded child This is a team-taught learning experience that 374 MUSIC FOR THE capped uses videotape technology to aid students EXCEPTIONAL CHILD 3 cr 325 READING IN ELEMENTARY toward mastery of five teaching competencies Singing and rhythmic movement activities are SCHOOL 3 cr 487 TEACHING THE MILDLY planning, questioning, using varied materials basic to this course It also includes folk dance, Principles, materials, and methods of instruc- HANDICAPPED 3 er and techniques, working with small groups, and listening, and instrumental (percussion in- tion in reading on the elementary school level, Evaluation and integration of the various evaluation Evaluation is done via self-analysis, struments) experiences growth toward independent reading skills, de- theories, methodologies, curriculum content, peer evaluation, and instructors' feedback velopment of techniques, appraisal, record and 376 METHODS IN SPECIAL instructional techniques, and evaluation pro- Learnings are tested in 365-Teaching Labora- report of progress EDUCATION 1 4 cr cedures for the mildly handicapped tory and in Student Teaching. Student must An introduLtion to the educational manage- 33t TEACHING ELEMENTARY LANGUAGE register for both courses concurrently ment techniques utilized in programs for ex- 488 VOCATIONAL EDUCATION FOR ARTS AND SOCIAL STUDIES 3 cr 490 SECONDARY S fUDENT ceptional persons Information covering assess- THE HANDICAPPED 3 er The theories, techniques, practices, and content TEACHING 9 cr ment procedures, general classroom manage- An overview of the pre-vocational, vocational, pertaining to the areas of language arts and Student teaching in an approved public second- ment, designing individual educational career, and occupational education programs social studies Pre-professional laboratory ex- ary school under the direct supervision of a programs and prescriptive teaching will be designed to be used for exceptional persons periences in a public school cooperating teacher included Prerequisites 309, 325, 332 Students will be given information and ex- periences enabling them to design and im- 332 TEACHING ELEMENTARY 497 READING IN SECONDARY 377 METHODS IN SPECIAL plement instructional programs appropriate to MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE 3 cr SCHOOLS 3 cr EDUCATION 11 4 cr the vocational needs of mentally and physically The theories, techniques, practices, and content A survey course in the teaching of reading, A sequel to 376-Methods in Special Education I handicapped persons Prerequisites 485, 487 pertaining to areas of mathematics and science appropriate for secondary education majors in which skills in consulting with parents, Pre-professional laboratory experiences in a Major emphasis is on methods of teaching Specific classroom management procedures, and 490. STUDENT TEACHING— public school reading, the materials for evaluating pupil individual tutoring skills are introduced Partici- SPECIAL EDUCATION 9 er 484 CHILDREN'S growth in reading, and reading in the content pants will be required to tutor a student at a A full semester of supervised classroom ex- subjects selected site one full morning d week Pre- LITERATURE 3 cr perience at a carefully-selected school for A general survey of books and other printed requisite 376 mentally retarded pupils materials for children, criteria for the evalua- tion and analysis of children's books, types of SPECIAL EDUCATION books available, considered in terms of in- 211, 212, 213 214 FIELD terests, needs, and abilities of children EXPERIENCES 2 cr each Classroom and other experiences in educa- 490 ELEMENTARY STUDENT tional, social welfare, and vocational settings as TEACHING 9 cr an observer and participant Enrollment with Student teaching in an approved public elemen- consent of Director of Student Teaching and tary school under the direct supervision of a School of Education faculty advisor 211 and cooperating teacher 212 are required experiences and the student 493 SEMINAR IN ELEMENTARY may choose between 213 and 214 to complete TEACHING 3 cr the six credits of special education field ex- Exploration of learning styles, methods and periences that are required practices of meeting individual differences in the classroom, role-playing and simulated ex- 309 FOUNDATIONS OF EXCEPTIONAL periences CHILDREN 3 cr Survey of the social, psychological, and phy- sical characteristics of the various types of

99

School of Music

IF IIISTORY Duquesne University, recognizing that it was most fortunately situated to ke D ­ offer outstanding opportunities for professional preparation in music, in 1926 established a School of Music with a four-year course of study leading to the BaLhelor of Music degree The music education program was approved by the if Pennsylvania Department of Education in 1930 In 1959 the School became an associate member of the National Association of S(-hools of Music and in 1966 was elected to full membership On April 29, 1967 a new air-

(114 conditioned music building was dedicated Van Cliburn was awarded an honorary Doctor of Music degree on this occasion 40- OW PHILOSOPffY AND OBJECTIVES The administration and faculty of the School of Music believe that the iz development of the artistic personality is entirely compatible with the highest objectives of scholars in all fields It is felt that the best place to educate . rr> rrrp . .. .. music students to take their place in society is in a situation where they have an opportunity to share their academic courses in classes with students from Z other schools of the University The great advantage of a solid musical 1-1 f V I pr 0— 91 '^' 3 ­ preparation and the opportunity to participate in nationally recognized 40- b organizations and in performances of professional caliber are available to all 7 T of our students. The faculty of musical scholars and artists with whom Duquesne Students tali" 7^7a"'Ucx work believes that fine talents are best encouraged and developed in an atmosphere that is friendly whtle at the Sdme time committed to the development of excellence The faculty, selected with care, includes the names of con(,ert and opera soloists, members of the Casals Festival Orchestra, the Pittsburgh Symphony, nationally known composers, authors, lot arrangers, conductors, clinicians, and music educators The Pittsburgh Symphony, Pittsburgh Opera, chamber music and concert series, WDUQ (the Duquesne University radio station) and the high level of interest on the part of other radio and television stations in the arts serve as unusual stimuli to the eager music student The Symphony Band and the Concert Band, in their many performances on and off campus, present a wide variety of standard and contemporary repertoire The Symphony Orchestra offers fine opportunities for the student interested in orchestral literature Association with teachers who are members of the Pittsburgh Symphony is an exceptional advantage The School also maintains various vocal and instrumental ensembles that are rec-eiving national recognition for the excellence of their performances 100 SCHOOL OF MUSIC SCHOOL OF MUSIC 101

The objectives of the School of Music are to educate teachers and Special Students—Private Instruction performers of music who should possess a sensitive and intelligent musician- These fees are charged to non-degree students and others taking the ship, and who will be equipped, by reason of their general and professional instruction without credit education, to accept positions in fields of performance and/or education one hour a week $272 00 ADMISSION one half hour a week $181 00 $161 00 Students who are interested in applying for admission to the School of Music One hour a week (Summer Session) should request an application from the Office of Admissions, Duquesne Fees Which May Be Applicable When Student Is University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219 After applications have been Taking Fewer Than 12 Credits processed, candidates will receive a notice requesting that they contact the instruction in voice or instrument as a major, each semester $10000 Office of the School of Music to arrange an appointment for an audition and Practice room S 15 00 a theory entrance examination Specific instructions concerning the audition Music fee S 1000 will then be mailed to the applicant A tape recording will be accepted for those living more than 150 miles from the University However, in the event the recording is not satisfactory, a personal audition may be required All applicants will be notified of the status of their candidacy as soon as possible DEGREES Students planning to major in Music Education are urged to begin study of The School offers programs leading to two undergraduate degrees The piano and theory prior to entrance Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of Science in Music Education The Bachelor of Music degree may be earned with a major in piano, organ, voice, ADVISEMENT or orchestral instruments These programs are intended for the student At initial enrollment, every student is assigned a faculty advisor who provides interested primarily in performance careers in concert, television, radio, assistance with academic matters, especially during pre-registration periods symphony orchestra, and opera, as well as teaching careers in colleges or Guidance in professional objec ' tives will also be provided by faculty private studios Two Music Education programs are offered, one in general committees established for that purpose music and the other in music therapy, the former is designed to meet certification requirements for teaching in elementary and secondary schools SPECIAL FEES while the latter leads to certification as a registered music therapist All Student Teaching $ 25 00 programs begun at the undergraduate level, except music therapy, may be Instruction in voice or instrument as a minor, each semester S 25 00 continued at the graduate level Piano Class Fee, each semester S 10 00 EQUIPMENT Instrumental rental for use in major study The School of Music has 73 pianos including 56 Steinways All practice Harp, String Bass, Oboe, Bassoon, Tuba and Percussion S 50 00 rooms have Steinway uprights There are two Moeller and one Fischer All other instruments $ 25 00 Instrumental rental for use in minor study practice organs, a three manual Moeller organ, and an electronic organ More than 300 orchestral and band instruments are available for instrument classes, Harp, String Bass, Oboe, Bassoon, Tuba and Percussion 2000 including an EMS Sound Synthesizer Listening and recording equipment are All other instruments $ 10 00 of professional quality Instrument for class use 10 00 Organ practice (major or minor) each semester 1000 STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS Summer Session Chapters of the national music fraternity, Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia, and the Private Instruction Fees national music sorority, Mu Phi Epsilon, contribute substantially to the Two hours a week (major) 75 00 students' professional and social development The Music Educators National One hour a week (major) 37 50 Conference has an active student chapter which sponsors professional One hour a week (minor) $ 25 00 programs and attends and participates in the state, regional, and national Instrumental Rental activities of the association There are active student chapters of the Instrument for class use 5 00 American Guild of Organists and the National Association of Music Instrument for summer months $ 15 00 Therapists Student Council is the organization which is designed to represent Instrument for use in six-week Summer Session $ 5 00 Organ practice for use in six-week Summer Session $ 5 00

102 SCHOOL OF MUSIC SCHOOL OF MUSIC 103

the total student body at the School of Music In addition, it provides an BACHELOR OF MUSIC—MAJOR IN PIANO excellent vehicle of communication among students, faculty, and Freshman Year Credits administration Courses Fall Spring Mus 103,104 Applied Music (Piano) 4 4 HONOR AWARDS Mus 111,112 Applied Music Minor I I Mus 131,132 Theory 2 2 The Dean's Award is prestnted to a senior music student for general Mus 133,134 Solfeggio 2 2 excellence Mus 143,144 Ensemble Chorus 1 1 The Seibert Medal is presented to a senior for excellence in violin or piano Mus 121,122 Physical Education (Eurhythmics) 2 2 Geoige Baiiere Memorial Scholarship The Pittsburgh Flute Club offers a Eng 101,102 English Composition 3 3 scholarship in flute in memory of George Barrere, founder of the first flu t e Sophomore Year club in the United States This $300 scholarship is awarded to a freshman or Mus 203,204 Applied Music (Piano) 4 4 sophomore flute major Mus 211,212 Applied Music Minor I I Polish Arts League Scholarship is made annually by the Polish Arts League of Mus 231,232 Theory 2 2 Pittsb111.-h to an outstanding performer in the School of Music Preference Mus 233,234 Solfeggio 2 2 Mus 243,244 Ensemble Chorus 1 1 will be given to a student of Polish ancestry Other students will not be Mus 251,252 Music and Western Civilization 3 3 excluded from consideration Mus 241,242 Chamber Musu 2 2 Pittsburgh Flute Club Awaid is given to an outstanding woodwind student Junior Year Louis Roceieto MeTnorial Scholarship is given to an outstanding junior studying a woodwind instrument Mus 303,304 Applied Music. (Piano) 4 4 Mus 351,352 Music and Western Civilization 3 3 Ezio Pinza Mernorial Scholarship This award of S1,000 is presented to an Mus 343,344 Ensemble Chorus or 1 1 outstanding vocal student, male or female, between the ages of 17 and 25 347,348 Small Ensemble 1) (1) who has not yet completed an undergraduate degree Mus 335,336 Counterpoint 2 2 Mus 341,342 Chamber Music 2 2 TEACHER CERTIFICATION Mus 191 Human Physiology or 3 (3) All uridLrgraduate prograins have been approved by the Pennsylvania Mus 253 Visual Arts or (3) Department of Education for the issuance of the Instructional I (Provisional) Elective Academic (3) Certificate Application for the certificate must be made in the semester in Senior Year which the student plans to graduate Mus 403,404 Applied Music (Piano) 5 5 Elective Academic or fheology 3 (3) RECITAL ATTENDANCE Mus 491 Physical Science (Acousti( s) 3 Students are required to attend 75 percent of the recital s and concerts Mus 313,314 Piano Methods 2 2 sponsored by the School of Music, While attendance at all events is Mus 441,442 Chamber Music 2 2 encouraged, the number need not exceed 25 a year Mus 443,444 Ensemble Chorus or 1 1 447,448 Small Ensemble (1) (1) THEOLOGY REQUIREMENT Mus 340 Orchestrdtion (2) 2 One, three-credit course in theology is required of every Roman Catholic Mus 379 Conducting 2 (2) student

PROGRAMS Students' interests are served and their abilities furthered through their selection from among seven different programs, four in applied music, two in music education, and one in sacred music ' Includes performance classes required by the piano department 'If 313, 314 Piano Methods is offered in the student's junior year it should be taken, and counterpoint should be taken in the senior year

104 SCHOOL OF MUSIC SCHOOL OFMUSIC 105

BACHELOR OF MUSIC-MAJOR IN ORGAN BACHELOR OF MUSIC-MAJOR IN VOICE

Freshman Year Credi ts Freshman Year Ciedits Courses Fall Spring Courses Fall Spring Mus 103,104 Applied Music. (Organ) 4 4 Mus 109,110 Applied Music. (Voice) 3 3 Mus 111,112 Applied Music Minor (Piano) 1 1 Mus 111,112 Applied Music Minor (Piano) 1 1 Mus 131,132 rheory 2 2 Mus 131,132 Theory 2 2 MUS 133,134 Solfeggio 2 2 Mus 133,134 Solfeggio 3 2 Mus 143,144 Ensemble Chorus 1 1 MUS 143 144 Ensemble Chorus 1 1 Mus 121,122 Physical Education (Eurhythmics) 2 2 Mus 121,122 Physical Education (Eurhythmics) 2 2 Eng 101,102 English Composition 3 3 Eng 101,102 English Composition 3 3 Mus 193,194 Italian Diction 1 1 Sophomore Year Sophomore Year MUS 204,204 Applied Music (Organ) 4 4 Music Mus 211,212 Applied Music Minor (Piano) 1 1 Mus 203,204 Applied (VOICe) 3 3 Mus 231,232 1 heory 2 2 Mus 211,212 Applied Music Minor (Piano) 1 1 1 Mus 233,234 So Ifegg, io 2 2 MLiq 231 232 Theory 2 Mus 185,186 Voice Class 2 2 Mus 233,234 Solfeggio 2 2 MUS 243,244 Ensemble Chorus I I Mus 251,252 Mu^ic. and Western Civilization 3 3 Mus 251,252 Music and Western CIV1117ation 3 3 Fr 101,102 F lernentary l­ rench 3 3 Mus 243,244 Ensemble Chorus 1 1 Junior Year Junior Year Mus 303,304 Applied Music (Organ) 4 4 Mus 351 352 Music and Western Civilization 3 3 Mus 303,304 Applied Music (Voice) 4 4 Mus 343,344 Ensemble Chorus or Mus 311,312 Applied MUMC, Minor (Piano) 1 1 347,348 Small En^emblc Mus 351,352 Music and Western Civilization 3 3 Mus 335 336 Counterpoint 2 2 Ger 101 102 Elementary German 3 3 Mus 340 Orchestration 2 (2) IvIus 335,336 Counterpoint 2 2 Mus 379 Conducting (2) 2 Mus 349,350 Vocal Repertoire MLh 191 Human Physiologv or 3 (3) MUS 343,344 Ensemble Chorus oi Mus 253 Visual Arts or (3) 347,348 Small Ensemble

LIeLtive Academic (3) Senior Year

Senior Year Mus 403,404 Applied Music (VOICC) 6 6 Mus 403,404 Applied Music (Organ) 6 6 ,,VI u S 191 Human Physiology or 3 (3) Elective Acaclemi( or rheoiogy 3 (3) Mus 253 Visual Arts or (3) Mus 491 Physical Science (Acoustics) 3 Flective Academic or I heolo.gy (3) Mus 431 432 Improvisation Mus 449,450 Voif-al Repertoire I I Mus 452 Organ Literature 2 Mus ( ) ( ) Music Electives 2 2 Mus Llective 2 Mus 379 Conducting 2 (2) MUS 438 439 Composition 2 2 Mus 340 Orchestration (2) 2 Mus 443,444 Ensemble Chorus or Mus 443,444 Ensemble Chorus or 447,448 Small Lrisenible 447,448 Small En^ernble

' Includes performance classes required bv the organ department 'If 452 Organ Literature is offered in the student's junior year it should be taken, and c.ounterpoint Should be taken in the semor year ' 11ILludes performance Llasses required by the vol(,c depaxtritent 107 106 SCHOOL OF MUSIC SCHOOL OF MUSIC

OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION BACHELOR OF MUSIC-MAJOR IN ORCHESTRAL INSTRUMENT BACHELOR Freshman Year Credits Freshman Year Credits Fall Spring Courses Courses Fall Spring 101 102 English Composition 3 3 Mus 1,03,104 Applied MUSIL (Instrument) Lng 3 3 2 131,132 FhcorY 2 Mus 111,112 Applied Music Minor (Piano) Mus 1 1 2 2 133,134 Solfeggio Mus 131,132 Theory 2 2 Nlus 181,182 Woodwind Clasi Methods (Instrumental Mus 133,134 Solfeggio 2 2 Mus majors will enroll for 183, 184) 2 2 Mus 143,144 Ensemble Orchestra or Band 1 1 101,102 Applied Music, Major 2 2 mug 121,122 Physical Education (Eurhythmics) 1 Mug 2 2 I I 1 Mus 11 t,l 12 Applied Music. Minor (Piano) Eng 101,102 English Composition 3 3 121,122 Physical Fducdtion (Eurhythmics) 2 2 Mus 141,142 Chamber Music Mus 1 1 I I Mus 143,144 Ensemble

Sophomore Year Sophomore Year 2 2 Mus 203,204 Applied Mu,,ic (Imtrument) 4 4 Mus 231,232 rheory 2 2 MUS 2 11,212 Applied Music Minor (Piano) 1 1 Mus 233,234 Solteggio 2 2 Mus 231,232 Theory 2 2 Mus 185,186 Voice Class 1 1 Mus 233,234 Softeggio 2 2 1 Mus 213,214 Piano Class 3 3 Mus 243,244 Ensemble Orchestra or Band 1 1 Mus 251,252 Music and Western Civilization Mus 251,252 Music and Western Civilization 3 3 Mus 281,282 Brass Class Methods (Instrumental 2 2 MUS 241,242 Chamber Music 2 2 majors will enroll for 283, 284) 2 2 Mus 201,202 Applied Music Major Junior Year 211 Applied Music Minor I Mus M.us 303,304 Applied Music (Instrument) 4 4 I 4 Mug 215 Piano Class MUS 335,336 Counterpoint 2 2 I I Mus 243,244 Ensemble Mus 351,352 Music and Western Civilization 3 3 Mu% 341,342 Chamber Music 2 2 Junior Year Mm 343,344 Friscirible Orchestra or Band or 1 1 3 (3) Psych. 103 Introduction to Psycliologv 347,348 Small Ensemble (1) (1) I-oundations of Education or (3) 3 FleLtives Academic 3 3 I'd 301 (3) Ld 35 1 LcluLational Psychology or Senior Year (3) Ed 201 Child Development or Mus 403,404 (3) Applied Music (Instrument) 5 5 Ed 202 Adolescent Development Mus 438,439 3 3 Composition 2 2 Mug 35 t,352 Music and Western Civilization Mus 443,444 2 2 Ensemble Orchestra or Band or I I klus 381,382 String Class Methods 2 (2) 447,448 Small Ensemble (1) (1) Mus 340 Orchestration 1 Mu^ 191 (2) 2 Human Physiology or 3 (3) Mus 379 Conducting Mus 253 Visual Arts 2 (2) or (3) Mus 383 Elementary Methods Elective (2) 2 Acadcrnic oi fheology (3) Mus 384 Secondary Methods Mu^ 491 Physical S( ience (Acoustics) 3 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mug Mus 301,302 379 Conducting 2 (2) mug 343,344 I'nsemble or Nlus 340 Or(hestration (2) 2 347,348 Small Ensemble Mus. 441,442 Chamber Music, 2 2 Senior Year 3 (3) Mus 191 Human Physiology (3) 3 EleLtivc Academic or Theology 3 Mus 491 Physical Science (Acoustics) 3 (3) Mus 253 Visual Arts 1 (1) Mus 387 Marching Band Methods or Nlus 385 Choral Methods 3 (3) Mus 492 Creative Personality or Includes performance classes required by individual department,; 108 SCHOOL OF MUSIC SCHOOL OF MUSIC 109

Flective Academic Electives Psychology, sociology, Mus 481 Percussion Class Methods 2 (2) special education 3 3 Mus 401,402 Applied Music Major 2 2 Ed 002 Drug Abuse I Mus 443,444 Ensemble or I I Mus 308 Influence of Music on Behavior 2 447,448 Small Ensemble (1) (1) Mus Applied Music 2 2 Mus 490 Student Teaching (6) 6 Mus 323,324 Music Therapy Practicum IV V I I Mus 343,344 Ensemble 1 1 See footnotes following Music Therapy Curriculum Senior Year 'Psychology Elective 3 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION—MAJOR IN Mus 481 Percussion Class Methods 2 MUSIC THERAPY Psych 352 Abnormal Psychology 3 Mus 191 Human Physiology 3 Freshman Year Credits Mus 491 Physical Science (A)' 3 Courses Fall Spring Mus 307 Psychology of Music (A) 2 Eng 101,102 English Composition 3 3 Mus 600 Psychology of Music (B) 2 Mus 131,132 Music Theory 2 2 Mus 309 Directed Study in Music Therapy (B) 2 Mus 133,134 Solfeggio 2 2 Mus 379 Conducting 2 Mus 101,102 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 423,424 Music Therapy Practicum VI, VII 2 2 MUS 111,112 Applied Music Minor 1 1 Mus 340 Orchestration 2 Mus 107 Music Therapy Orientation 2 Mus Applied Music 2 2 Mus 124 Music Therapy Practicurn 1 1 Mus 310 Recreational Instruments 1 soc. 101 Survey of Sociology 3 Mus 443,444 Ensemble I I Mus 121,122 Physical Education (Eurhythmics) 2 2 Elective Academic or Theology 3 Mus 143,144 Ensemble 1 1 1 Includes performance classes required by individual departments Sophomore Year 'Plano Majors in Music Education select another instrument or voice for their Applied Mus Voice Class 185,186 2 2 Musi, Minor They also continue with the Applied Music Minor 211 (Organ Majors are Mus 231,232 Music Theory 2 2 required to select piano as their ^econclary instrument Mus 233,234 Solfeggio 2 2 ' For Orchestra] Instrument and Voice Majois only Mus 252 Music and Western Civilization 3 1 For Piano and Organ Majors only Mus 181 Woodwind Class Methods (for voice, piano, 'Electives in psychology, sociology, and special education will be selected following organ majors) 2 consultation with advisor Mus 183 Woodwind Class Methods (for instrumental Take either Series A or B majors) 2 'Elective Sociology 3 Mus 223,224 Music Therapy Practicurn 11, 111 1 1 BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN SACRED MUSIC—MAJOR IN ORGAN Mus 108 Music in I herapy 2 Mus 201,202 Applied Music Major 2 2 Freshman Year Credits Mus 213,214 Class Piano I I Courses Fall Spring Mus Applied Music (Organ) 2 2 Mus 243,244 Ensemble I I 101,102 Mus 111,112 Applied Music (Piano) I I Mus 131,132 Theory 2 2 Junior Year Mus 133,134 Solfegglo 2 2 Psych 103 Introduction to Psychology 3 Mus 143,144 Ensemble (Chorus) I I Mus 351,352 Music and Western Civilization 3 3 Mus 121,122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Mus 381 String Class Methods 2 Eng 101,102 English Composition 1, 11 3 3 Mus 281 Brass Class Methods (for voice, piano, Theo 213,214 Old and New Testament 3 3 organ majors) 2 Mus 283 Brass Class Methods (for instrumental majors) 2

110 SCHOOL OF MUSIC SCHOOL OF MUSIC Ill

Sophomore Year 11 1, 112, 211, 212, 311, 3129 read simple four-part music, play a Mus 201,202 Applied Music (Organ) 2 2 4119 412 APPLIED MUSIC MINOR (b) (c) simple Clementi Sonatina and excerpts from Mus 211,212 Applied Music (Piano) I t FOR ALL BACHELOR DEGREES I cr each Schumann's "Album for the Young," or their Mus 231,232 Theory 2 2 All students must choose an applied music equivalent A student majoring in piano or Mus 233,234 Solfeggio 2 2 minor upon entrance Those students who do organ will select an applied music, minor with Mus 311,312 Applied Music (VoiLe) I I not elect piano as a major must study it as a the guidance of his advisor Students who fail Mus 243, 244 Ensemble (Chorus) I I seLondary instrument to meet the minimum requirements in the time Mus 251,252 Music and Western Civilization 3 3 Students not majoring in piano must satisfy allotted for their particular degree must con- Theology Liturgies 3 3 the following piano requirements before graduation (a) construct and play with facility tinue study until the requirements have been Junior Year major and minor scales and cadences in all keys, fulfilled Mus 301,302 Applied Music (Organ) Mus. 411 Applied Music (Voice) Mus Children's Choirs Transfer of Applied Music Credit Transfer credit in the undergraduate Mus 351,352 Music and Western Civilization Applied Music program can be granted only after the student's proficiency

Mus 343,344 Frisemble has been evaluated by a faculty panel in the student's area of specialization Mus 335,336 Counterpoint Changing Assigned Applied Music Teacher Changes in assigned teachers can Mus 340 Orche^tration Mus Sacred Choral Literature become effective only at the beginning of a new semester and cannot be Electives Electives accomplished while a semester is in progress The student must discuss the feasibility of a proposed change with the appropriate department chairman Senior Year Mus 401,402 Applied Music (Organ) Mus 431,432 Organ Improvisation BACHELOR OF MUSIC Langenus, Scale Studies, Rose, Forty Studies, Mus 451,452 Cavalhni, Flurty Caprices, Weber, Fantasy, Le Organ Literature Bassoon Mus 443,444 Ensemble Fevre, Fantasie Caprice 103, 104 3 cr each Mus Choral Conducting and Methods Scales and arpeggios 'in all keys, Kovar scales, 203,204 4 cr each Mus Gregorian Chant five note studies and interval studies, selected Scales and arpeggios continued, Rose, Twenty Mus Hymnody studies and Weissenborn and Milde, solos by Studies after Rode, Jeanjean, Twenty-five Mus Organ Design and Maintenance Weissenborn, Foret and Mouquet Eludes, Weber Concertos, Mozart, Quintet for Mus Church Music Administration Clarinet and Strings, orchestral studies Mus Music Elective 203,204 4 cr each Mus Recital Continue scales and arpeggios, Kovax technical 303,304 4 cr each studies, Oubradous, Scales and Daily Drills, Scales and arpeggios continued, Jeanjean, Milde, Concert Studies, Handel, Sonata in C Eighteen Etudes, Labancha Studies, Bralitus minor, solos by Bozza and Vid'al sonatas and Quintet for Clarinet and Strings, representative contemporary solos, orchestra COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 303,304 4 cr each studies 103,104,109,110,203,204, Oubradous, Scales and Daily Drills, Milde, APPLIED MUSIC 303, 304, 403, 404 APPLIED Concert Studies, Orefici, Bravura Studies, se- 403,404 5 cr each 101,102,201,202,301, MUSIC MAJOR FOR THE leLted passages from the Bach Cantatas, Mozart Jeanjean, Sixteen Modern Studies, Perrier, 302, 401, 402 APPLIED MUSIC BACHELOR OF MUSIC Var cr Concerto in B Hat, Beethoven Quintet, repre- Vingt-cleux Eludes Modernes, Spohr Concerto, MAJOR FOR THE BACHELOR OF Private study ot voice, piano, organ, string, sentdtive contemporary solos, orchestra studies Debussy, Prenuer Rbapsoclie, representative SCIENCE IN MUSIC wind, or percussion instruments throughout all contemporary solos and sonatas 403,404 5 cr each EDUCATION 2 cr each semesters Credits are distributed according to Ganibaro, Eludes for Bassoon, Boz7a, Fifteen rhe study of voice, piano, organ, string, wind, departmental curricula Double Bass Daily Studies, Sonatas by Hindemith and or percussion instruments throughout all semes- The candidate for the Bachelor of Music degree 103,104 3 cr each Saint-Saens, orcliestral and chamber music ters The university reserves the right to give must give a recital during the senior year The Scales and intervals in all keys Siniandl, Thirty studies, Bozza, Concertino the contra bassoon equivalent instruction by way of private and recital will be presented to a faculty committee L tudeg Selected pieces Orchestral studies class lessons should it seem to the students' for approval at least one month prior to the Clarinet 203,204 4 cr each advantage to do so. date of the performance 103, 104 3 cr each Ilrabe, Eighty-six Etudes Short pieces by Kous- Scales and arpeggios in various articulations, sevitsky and Botteani Orchestral studies

H2 SCHOOL OF MUSIC 113

303,304 4 or each sonatas by Hindemith, Remecke, Concerto by 403,404 5 or each 203,204 4 or each Nanny, Etudes de Kreutzer et de Fiorillo, lbert, works by representative contemporary Alphonse, Deux Cents Etudes Nouvelles, Stud- Brahms, Chorale Preludes, Mendelssohn, Schu- concertos by Koussevitsky, Dittersdory and composers ies by Kopprasch and Gaflay,' R Strauss, inarm, Hindemith, Sonatas, Jenkins, Six Pieces, Bottesim, Orchestral studies Concerto, Saint-Saens, Morceau do concert, Dupre, Antiphons, Messiaen, La Banquet Guitar Schumann, Adagio and Allegro, Dukas, Villa- Celeste or Ascension Suite, movements I or 4, 403,404 5 cr each Information and course content in preparation Langlais, Franck, Cantabile or Prelude, Fugue Nanny, Dix Eludes Caprices, Storc-h, Twenty nelle, orchestral studies and Variation, Schroeder or Pepping, Vierne, Concert Etudes, concertos by Koussevitsky and Harp Oboe Dragonetti, Orchestra] studies Pieces de Fantaisie, Bach, Orgelbuchlem, Trio 103, 104 3 or each 103,104 3 or each Sonata, Concerti, Prelude and Fugue in G Flute Lariviere Exercises and t"Imical studies Stand- Review of basic technic, Barret Studies, Major, D minor, C minor, F minor, Schubler ard orchestra parts Bochsa Etudes opus 318, Chorales Hymn playing, keyboard harmony, 103, 104 3 Lr each Andraud, Vade Mecum, scales and arpeggios in Book 11 Pieces grade of difficulty of Grand- Analysis of student's playing and basic correc- all keys, Telemann, Sonata in A minor, solos by modulations to all keys, counterpoint jany, Ana in Classic Style, Tournier, Images tions if necessary. Taff anel-Gaubert scales Schumann, Handel and Bach (Suite 1), Saint-Saens, Fantasie scales in thirds, trills Selected studies by 303,304 4 or each 203,204 4 or each Berbiguier, Anderson, Eludes Op 33 D'Aquin, Clerambault, deGrigny, Handel, Con- and 37, 203,204 4 cr each Continue scales and arpeggios including scales Boehin-Wummer, Caprices Op 26, Kulilau, certi, Franck, Fantaisics, Piece Herioque Technical studies Bochsa Etudes, opus 62 in thirds and measured trills, Barret, Grand Duets, Op 10 Sonatas of the Baroque Period Sowerby and contemporary American selec- Standard orchestra cadenzas Pieces of grade Etudes and Duets, Andraud, Vade Me cum, Solos by Doppler, Chaminade, Mozart, Moyse, tions, Mozart, Seelinck, Bach, 18 Great difficulty of Tournier, Feene, Rousseau, Varia- Bleuzet, selected studies from Technique of the Three Grand Solos Op 5 7 by Kuhldu Chorales, Toccata, Adagio and Fugue, Prelude tions Pastorales, Grandjany, Fantasie on a Oboe, Handel sontas Marcello Concerto Theme of Haydn and Fugue in A minor, D major, Orgelbuchlein 203,204 4 cr each 303,304 4 or each Hymn playing, free harmonizations, keyboard Taffaliel-Gaubert Scales, scales in thuds and 303,304. 4 cr each Continue scales and arpeggios, Bleu7et, selected harmony and counterpoint, anthem ac- sixths, chromatic scales, arpeggios and trills Technical studies Orchestra parts Bochsa studies for range and endurance, orchestral companiment Anderson, Eludes Op 21, Hughes, 40 New Etudes, opus 34 Pieces grade of difficulty of Do studies, Cimarosa, Concerto, Paris Conservatory Studies, Moyse, la Sonorite The Modern Hindemith, Sonata, Handel, Concerto in Bb solos, representative contemporary 403,404 6 or. each Gradus and Parnassurn Selected duets by major, Ravel, Introduction and Allegro compositions Franck, Chorales, Messiaen, Nativite, Lizst, Kuhlau, Kocchhn and Rivier, concertos by 403,404 Dupre, Preludes and Fugues, Durufle, Langlais, Haydn and Mozart, sonatas by 1 5 cr each 403,404 LeClair J S 5 or each Vierne and Widor, Symphonies, Alain, Tour- Bach and W F Bach, solos by Faure, De^ussy, Technical studies Pieces grade, of difficulty of Blauzet, Technique of the Oboe, scales in all nomire, selected works by contemporary Com-' and Gaubert raure Impromptu C P E Bach, Sonata, articulations, scales in groups of five and seven, posers Bach, Passacaglia and Fugue, Prelude Salzedo, Scintillation, Debussy, Danses Sacre et scales bv interval, arpeggios and broken ar- and Fugue in B minor, E minor, G minor 303,304 4 or each Profane peggios, orchestral studies including the works Clavierubung, Part III Conducting from the Continue scale study Taffanel-Gaubert, Pro- of J. S Bach, sonatas by Telemann and Hinde- Horn console, accompaniment of larger choral works, gressive Studies, Ba-rrere, The Flutists For- mith, solos by Busser, Johvet, Rivier, Mozart improvisation mulae, Anderson, Eludes Op 30, Altes-Barrere, 103, 104 3 or each Con&rto, Symphonic Concertante and Qudrtet, 26 Selected Studies, Moyse, Etudes et Exercises Scales and arpeggios in all keys review of Concerto by Goosens, contemporary solos Techniques, Torchio-Wurnmer, Orchestral fundamentals of tone production, Alphonse, Percussion Studies Bach, b minor Suite, Sonatas and arias Deux Cents Etudes Nouvelles, Gallay. Thirty Organ 103, 104, 3 cr each from the religious works Arneu, Sonatine, Studies, review of muting and trill technic, 1 103, 104 4 or each fundamental snare drum technique and its Gaubert, Sonata No 2, Telemann, Suite in a Dubois, Cavatme, Franz Strauss, Concerto. Gleason, Method of Organ Playing, Stanley, minor Solos by application to musical notation, exercises in Hue, Enesco, Griffes, Gaubert, Voluntanes, Franck, L'Organiste, Vierne, 24 and Varese 203,204 4 or each rhythm phrasing, control Elements of tympani Pieces, Dupre, Chorale Preludes, Pachebel, Alphonse, Deux Cents Eludes Nouvelles, Kop- technique, their application to classical htera- Fugues on the Magnificat Selected Lomposi- 403,404 5 cr each prasch Studies, Strauss, Seventeen Concert ture, timing Rudimentary xylophone tech- tions by Gabneh, Frescobaldi, Buxteliude, Taffanel-GaLibert Scales, the half note equals Studies, Chabrier, Larghetto, Mozart, con- nique scales, arpeggios, forms Bruhns, Bolim and Couperin, Bach, Orgelbuch- MM 120, scales in thirds, sixths, octaves and c,ertos, orchestral studies lein selections, Eight Short Preludes and 203,204 4 or each tenths, Moyse, De la Sonorite, Mechanism and 303,304 4 cr each I ugues, Little Fugue in G minor and Cathedral Advanced snare drum studies, repertoire Three Chromatics, Anderson, Eludes Artistiques Op. Alphonse, Deu\ Cents Ftudes, Nouvelles Kop- Prelude and Fugue Hymn playing, transposi- and four tympani e\ercises, orchestral htera- 15, including the memorization of certain prasc.li Studies, Gallay, Twelve Caprices, Bee- tion, modulations to closely related keys, ture Intermediate xylophone studies, trans- selected studies, Anderson Op 63, Jeanjean, thoven Sonata, Mozart, Concert Rondo, or- counterpoint criptions for solo Eludes Modernes, Orchestral Studies, Bach chestrat studies Sonata in A minor for unaccompanied flute,

114 SCHOOL OF MUSIC SCHOOL OF MUSIC 115

303,304 4 cr each late periods, more extensive compositions from 111, Kopprasch Studies Vol 11, Bla7hCV1Ch, Clef Eby, Bass Studies, selected solos, orchestral Tympani study through romantic and coil- the Romantic Period, Ravel, Jeux d'eau, at least Studies, Bach Cello Suites transcribed for studies Trombone, Blazlievich, Concert Duets, Sanders temporary literature Advanced xylophone one work selected from the standard concerto 403,404 5 cr each Sonata, Galliard, Six Sonatas, orchestral and exercises, transcriptions Latin American instru- literature, contemporary literature Grigoriev, Tuba Studies, Bernard, Eludes and band studies nientd] techniques, use of special accessories in Exercises for Tuba, transcriptions of horn and Saxophone late 19th and 20th century literature Reper- violoncello literature, solos by Cirnera, Barat, toire in all instruments 403,404 5 cr each 103,104 3 cr each Gaetke, Lip Flexibility, La Fosse, Complete Schroen, orchestral literature Mule, Scales and Arpeggios, Small, 27 Method for Frombone, Bla/hevich, 26 Se- 403,404 5 cr each Melodious and Rhythmic Exercises, Labanchi- quences in Bass, Tenor and Alto Clefs, Rinisky- Violin Examination of representative solo material for lasilh, 33 Concert Eludes, Vol 1, Concertino by Korsakoff, ConLert, Hindemith Sonata, 103, 104 3 cr each all percussion instruments, preparation of solo Muilhaud for recital Grondahl Concerto, Blazlievich, Concerto No Scales and arpeggios in three octaves, two 203,204. 4 cr each 2 orchestral studies, study of bass trombone octaves scales in thirds, Sixths, octaves, and Piano Mule, Scales and Arpeggios Vol. 11, Larnotte, 18 tenths, Rode, Caprices, Wicniawski, Caprices, 103, 104 4 cr each Studies for Saxophone, Salviani-lasilh, Exer- Trumpet Mozart, Concerto No 4, Vieux-temps, I-antasis Bach, Three Part Inventions, Haydn and cises in All the Practical Keys, Guillon, 103,104 3 ( r each Appasionato Mozart, selected sonatas, Beethoven, Op 10 Sontame, Glazounov, Concerto. Schlossberg, Daily Drills, Arban, Complete 203,204 4 cr each and Op 14, Chopin waltzes, indzurkas, noe- Method for Trumpet, Sachse, One Hundred turnes, selections from modern repertoire All 303,304 4 cr each Etudes, Brandt, Orchestral Studies, D'011one, Scales and arpeggios continued Dont, Twenty- major and minor scales in different rhythms Mule, Scales and Arpeggios Vol III, Left, 24 Solo de Trompette, Videl Concertino four Etudes, Mozart, Concerto No 5 Wieniaw- and tempi, dominant and diminished seventh Etudes, Capella, 20 Grand Etudes, Bozza, 12 ski, Concerto No 2, Bach, Sonatas for violin arpeggios Eludes, Bozza, ConLertmo, lbert, Concertmo 203,204 4 Lr each and clavier Schlossberg, Daily Drills, Saclise, One Hundred 203,204 4 cr each 403,404 5 cr each. Ftudes, Brandt, Orchestral Studies, Bousquet 303,304 4 cr each Scarlatti, selected sonatas, Bach, selections Rascher, rop Tones and Four Octave Studies, Studies, Enesco Concerto, Sowerby Sonata. Continue scales and arpeggios, add all possible from Well-Tenipered Clavier, Beethoven, Op. Mule, 53 Studies, Loyon, Thirty-two Studies, four octave Scales Gavinies, Twenty-four 303,304 4 cr each 22, Op 31, Chopin, preludes, impromptus, arid Moritz, Concerto, Contemporary solos, or- Matinees, Bruch, Concerto in D minor No 2 Pietzsch Studies, B011squet Studies, Brandt, nocturnes, Bralims, rhapsodies, selections from chestra studies Lalo, Symphonic Espagnole, sonatas by Bee- Orchestral Studies, Hindemith, Sonata for contemporary repertoire Continue scales and thoven and Brahins Trumpet, Perischetti, The Hollow Men, Intrada arpeggios Trombone and Baritone Horn by Honegger 403,404 5 cr each 303,304 4 cr each 103, 104 3 cr each NVieniawski, Ecole Moderne, Pagdnini, Caprices, 403,404 5 cr each1 Bach, Suites, Partitas, Well-Tempered Clavier Scales and arpeggios in all keys, Studies by Bach, so o sonatas and partitas, concertos by Sauvuer Techniques, Paudert, Si\ty-two E,,er- Beethoven, sonatas of the difficulty of Op 10 Cinicra, Stacey, Lip Studies, Arban, Complete Beethoven, Bralinis, Ernst, Elgar, and cises, Zvanced Studies by Clarke, Liersering No. 3, Chopin, Scherzi, Ballades, and Etudes, Method for Trombone, Blume Studies Vol 1, Prokof ieff and, other,,, Concertos by Haydn, Giannini, Schumann, FantasieStUcke, Debussy, Preludes, Rochut, Melodious Studies Vol 1, La Fosse, Bolitnstedt, Peeters Sonata, Orchestral Studies Selections from contemporary piano literature Sight Reading Studies Viola Continue scales and arpeggios 103, 104 3 cr each 203,204 4 cr each Tuba Scales and arpeggios in three octaves, selected Scales and arpeggios in all keys Stacey, Lip 103,104 3 cr each 313 PIANO ME FHODS 1 2 cr scales in thirds, sixths and octaves, Flesch, Scale Flembility, Arban, Complete Method for rrom- Scales and arpeggios in all keys review of tone Students will become acquainted with the Studies, Sevcik, Studies (LIfSLIICY), Cain- production, Rochut, Melodious Studies Vol 1, techniques and materials for teaching piano at bone, Intensive study of tonguing (single, pagnob, Forty-one CaprlLeS, Fuchs, Twelve double and triple), La Fosse, Sight Reading Blume Studies Vol 1, selected solos the elementary level I-or piano majors, junior Caprices, Enesco, Concert Piece Studies, Rochut, Melodious Studies Vol 11, standing is required 203,204 4 cr each Blume Studies Vol 11, Kopprdsch Studies Vol 203,204 4 Lr each Scales and arpeggios in all keys with various 314 PIANO METHODS 11 2 cr 1, study of tenor clef, Guilmant, Morceau All major and minor scales and arpeggios, scales articulations, Rochut, Melodious Studies Vol A continuation of 313 concentratim' on the Symphomque, Ropartz, Andante and Allegro, in octaves, thirds, sixths, and tenths Selected 11, Blume Studies Vol 11, selected solos or- techniques and materials for reaching piano at orchestral and band studies studies from Rode, Caprices, Hermann, Si\ ,hestral and band studies the intermediate and advanced levels Concert Studies Op 18 Concertos by C P L 303,304. 4 cr each 303,304 4 cr each Bach, and Hoffmeister, Vaughan-Will1dius, 403,404 S cr each Gactke, Daily Lip and Tongue F\ercises, Rochut, Melodious Studies Vol 111, Blunic Suite, Sonata by Milhaud, parts from orchestral Bach, Suites, Partitas, TocLatas, Well-Tenipered Gattka, S cales and Arpeggios, ROC1111t Studies, Vol 111, Blazlievich, Seventy Etudes, and chamber music literature Clavier, Beethoven sonatas from middle and Melodious Studies Vol 111, Blume Studies Vol

I 117 116 SCHOOL OF MUSIC SCHOOL OF MUSIC

303,304 201,202 2 cr each 4 cr each the purity and simplicity of their line Sight BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Continue scales and arpeggios Selections from singing Scales continued including thumb positions, IN MUSIC EDUCATION Rode, Caprices and Gavinies, Twenty-four Mati- Simandl Method continued, selected pieces 193,194 ITALIAN DICTION nees Sonatas by Brahms and Creston. Viola I cr each Bassoon 2 cr each parts from orchestral and chamber music Spoken and sung pronunciation of Italian for 101,102 2 cr. each 301,302 singers, with minimal emphasis on grammar Scales and intervals continued, Siniandl Method literature All scales and arpeggios, Weissenborn Op. 8 completed, Simandl, Thirty Etudes, selected Milde Studies, Galliard, 6 Sonatas for 1 203,204 3 cr each Vol 1, 403,404 5 cr each pieces, violoncello sonatas by Marcello and rxercises to develop flexibility, range, and Bassoon. Selected Studies from Paganim, Caprices, others, orchestral studies power Early Italian art songs including more Reger, Three Suites, Bach, unaccompanied 201,202 2 cr each florid examples than used in the first year 401,402 2 cr each violin or violoncello wQrks transcribed for viola, Continue scales and arpeggios with various Early Italian arias by Handel and Monteverdi, Simandl, Thirty Etudes, selected studies from Bloch, Suite for Viola, concertos by Bartok, articulations, Weissenborn Op. 8 Vol 11, con- Oratorio arias by Bach, Handel, and Haydn, Hrable, Eighty-six Etudes, pieces by Kous- Walton, Porter tinue Milde Studies, Kovar Studies, Weinberger, German heder of Schubert and Schumann, sevitsky and others, orchestral studies Sonatme Violoncello French art songs of Faure and Duparc 301,302. 2 er each Flute 103, t04. 3 cr each 303,304 4 cr each Milde, Studies in All Keys, Jancou rt, Grand 2 cr each Scales and arpeggios in three octaves with Operatic and oratorio materials chosen from 101'1 02 Kavor Studies, solos by Method Book 11, ersc 1ia k Studies I varied bowings Duport Studies, Franchomme, the standard repertoire in French, German, Konler, Etudes Doo I Marcello and Cools, orchestral studies 25 Celebrated Etudes, scales and ar- Twelve Caprices Sonatas of Veracim, Locatelli, Italian, and English, German heder of Brahms, Drouet, and Bocclierim peggios in all keys, selected solos, Sonatas by Wolf, and Strauss, French art songs of Chaus- 401,402 2 cr each Marcello, Handel, and Blavet son, Debussy, Faure, Hahn and Ravel Selected studies from Milde, Concert Studies 203,204. 4 cr each Vol. 1, Telemann, Sonata, orchestral studies 201,202 2 cr each Scales and arpeggios in four octaves with varied 403,404 6 cr each bowings, scales in thirds, sixths and octaves, Continue scales and arpeggios, Drouet, 25 Continued study of vocal literature chosen with Clarinet chromatic scales, and seventh chords Celebrated Etudes, Anderson, Etudes Op. 47 special consideration for individual needs All 101,102 2 cr each Franchornine, rwelve Caprices, Dupont, selected solos from 19th century composers, students must have at least one complete Scales and arpeggios, Ktose, Celebrated Method Etudes Concertos Sonatas of Baroque composers by Romberg, Popper and oratorio and one complete operatic role ready for Clarinet, Part 11, Baerman, Method Book 11, Samt-Saens, sonatas by Boccherim and Haydn for performance before graduation The 301,302 2 cr each Orchestral studies Contemporary works selected solos - student's repertoire should contain representa- Anderson Etudes, Op 3 3 and Op 2 1, Taffanel- five songs in Italian, French, German, and 201,202 2 cr each 303,304 4 cr each Gaubert, Daily Studies all scales and arpeggios Continue scales and arpeggios in various articu- Continue scales Eludes by Servais arid Piatti English, including significant examples of con- in various articulations, pieces by Anderson, temporary vocal literature lations continue Klose Method, Rose, 3 Concertos by Davidoff, Dolmanyi, Lalo, Widor, Quantz, Handel sonatas Studies for Clarinet, Voxman, Ducts, selecte Boellmann, Symphonic Variations, six solo 116, 117, 216, 217, 316, solos 401,402 2 er each sonatas of Bach. Orchestral Studies Con- 317,416, 417 OPERA Anderson, Etudes Op 30, Bergiguier, 18 temporary works 2 cr each WORKSHOP I cr each 301,302 Studies, Taffanel-Gaubert Scales, scales in A Langemis, Scale Studies, continue Rose, 32 403,404 S cr each performing class in which Students learn thirds arid in sixths, chromatic scales, arpeggios standard and other opera repertory in English Studies, Klose, 20 Characteristic Studies, Ltudes by Servais, Piatti and Popper Concertos and trills, pieces by Quantz, Donlon, Thomasi, and the original languages There is one major Weber, Fantasy and Rondo, orchestral an by Haydn, Boccherim, LI.-ar, Barber, Schubert, Ibert, sonatas by tfandel, Telemann and Blavet, Arpeg.-ione Sonata Contemporary solos and production each semester plus several outside band studies representative contemporary pieces performances sonatas Orchestral studies and chamber music 401,402 2 cr each literature Guitar 349, 350, 449, 450 Continue Larigerms, Scale Studies, Rose, 42 Information and course content in preparation VOCAL REPERTOIRE I cr each Studies, -Polatchak, 12 Etudes for Clarinet, Voice Study and performance of vocal solo and Mozart, Concerto in A, solos b^ Jeanjean, Harp 109, 110 3 cr each ensemble literature 1, our sei nesters encomp ass contemporary solos, orchestral studies 101,102 2 cr each Fundamentals of tone production and technical Italian, German, French, and Contemporary Lariviere Exercises and technical studies Stand- exercises to fit the needs of the student Early (United States arid Britain) music, with con- Double Bass ard orchestra parts Bochsa Etudes opus 318, Italian art songs and songs in English chosen for centration on one category each semester 101,102 2 cr each Pieces grade of difficulty of Grand- All positions up to thumb position, scales and Book 11 jany, Aria in Classic style, Tournier, Images intervals in all keys, Simandl, New Method for Saint-Saens, Fantasie the Double Bass (Suite 1),

118 SC1400L OF MUSIC SCHOOL OF MUSIC 119

201,202 2 cr. each 20t, 202 2 cr each and Fugue in A minor, D major, Orgelbuchlem Problems in writing and scoring for percussion, Technical studies Boclisa Etudes, opus 62 Scales and arpeggios in all keys, continue Hymn playing, free harmonizations, keyboard discussion of available materials and sources for Standard orchestra cadenzas Pieces grade of Barret, s(Aected studies from BICU7Ct, Tech- harmony and counterpoint, anthem accompam- solo performance difficulty of Tourmer, Fecrie, Rousseau, Varia- nique of the Oboe Vol 1, solos by Handel and ment tions Pastorales, Grandjany, Fantasie on a Schumann Piano 401,402 2 er each Theme of Haydn 101,102 2 cr each 301,302 Franck, Chorales, Messiaen, Nativite, Lizst, 2 cr each Bach, two part inventions, short preludes and Dupre, Preludes and Fugues, Durufle, Langlais, 301 302. 2 cr each Barret, Progressive Exercises, Bleuzet, Tech- fugues, easier sonatas of Haydn and Mozart, nique of the Oboe Vol 11, Vierne and Wider, Symphonies, Alain, Tour- Technical studies Orchestra parts Bochsa (,ontinue scales and Beethoven, Rondo in G, easier nocturnes and by contemporary com- Eludes, Opus 34 Pieces grade of difficulty of arpeggios in various articulations, Handel nemire, selected works mazurkas of Chopin Major scales M M quarter posers Bach, Passacagha and Fugue, Prelude Hindemith, Sonata, Handel, Concerto in Bb sonatas, orchestral studies, contemporary solos, note equals 96, diminished seventh arpeggios and Fugue in B minor, E minor, G minor major, Ravel, Introduction and Allegro. reed making M M quarter note equals 88 All scales and Clavierubung, Part III Conducting from the arpeggios in triplet and quadruplet rhythms 401,402 2 cr each 401,402 2 cr each console, accompaniment of larger choral works, Barret, Eludes, ^electecl etudes TeeliniLal studies. Pieces grade of difficultyof by Ferling, Improvisation 201,202 2 cr each Faure, Impromptu, C P E Bach, Sonata, continue scale-, and arpeggios, solos by Bach Bach, two and three part inventions, sonatas of 431,432 IMPROVISA'IION Var cy Salzedo, Scintillation, Debussy, Danses Sacre et and Handel, contemporary solos Haydn and Mozart, easier sonatas of Beethoven, A practical application of the basic tools of Profane nocturnes and waltzes of Chopin, Schumann Organ Improvisation including harmonization of Op 15, Scales Major and Minor M M quarter Horn melodies at the organ, two and three part 101,102 2 cr each note equals 104 Dominant and diminished counterpoint short ABA forms and chorale 101,102 2 cr each Gleason, Method of Organ Playing, Stanley, seventh arpeggios M M quarter note equals 96 Fundamentals of tone production, scales and Voluntaries, Franck, L'Organiste, Vierne, 24 preludes with emphasis on their liturgical arpeggios in various articulations, chromatic Pieces, Dupre, Chorale Preludes, Paclielbel, application. 301,302 2 cr each scales, ability to read in at least two clefs, Fugues on the Magnificat Selected com- Bach, selected preludes and fugues from Well- Mozart, Concerto No 3, selected melodic ma- positions by Gabrieh, Frescobalch, Buxtehude, Percussion Fempered Clavier, Beethoven, Op 10 No 2 Op. terial Brulins, Bohni and Couperin, Bach, Orgel- 101,102 2 cr each 27, Chopm, preludes and nocturnes selections buchlem selections, Light Short Preludes and Rudimentary snare drum technique, analysis of from contemporary repertoire Continuation of 201,202 2 cr each Fugues, Little Fugue in G minor and Cathedral existing methods Elementary tympani tech- major and minor scales, dominant, diminished Extend range of all scales and arpeggios, Prelude and Fugue. Hymn playing, transposi- nique, uses of 'tympani in classical literature, seventh and triad arpeggios diminished seventh chords, muting and prepara- tion, modulations to closely related keys, tuning 401,402 2 cr each tory trill studies, ability to read in three or four counterpoint Llets, Alphonse, Deux- Cents Etudes Novelles 201,202 2 cr each Bach, French Suites, selected preludes and Book 11, selected solos, orchestra] studies 201,202 2 er each Intermediate snare drum studies, elementary fugues Beethoven Op. 2 No. 2 and 3, Op 28, Brahrus, Chorale Preludes, Mendelssolin xylophone technique Intermediate tyiripani Op. 31, preludes and Impromptus of Chopin, 301,302 2 cr each Schumann, Hindemith, Sonatas, Jenkins, Six studies, orchestral literature Beethoven to Brahms, Intermezzi, selections from con- Continue scales, arpeggios and other drills Pieces, Dupre, Antiphons, Messiaen, Le Ban- Wagner Performance techniques of most com- temporary repertoire. Scales and arpeggios con- Alphonse, Deux Cents Eludes Nouvelles Book quet Celeste or Ascension Suite, movements I monly used equipment tinued 111, selected studies from Kopprasch 60 Studies or 4, Langlais, Franck, Cantabile or Prelude, 301,302 2 cr each Book 1, R Strauss Concerto, orchestral studies Fugue and Variation, Schroeder or Pepping, Saxophone \_1 Use of tympani and percussion In late 19th and Vierne, Pieces cle Fantaisie, Bach, Orgel- 101,102 2 er each 401,402 2 cr each 20th century literature Orchestral studies in all buchlem, Trio Sonata, Concerti, Prelude and All major and minor scales and arpeggios, Continue scales, arpeggios and technical drills, instruments Examination of percussion en- Fugue in G Major, D minor, C minor, F minor, Universal Method for Saxophone or equivalent Kopprasch, 60 Studies, Gallay, 30 Studies, semble -materials, group instruction methods Schubler Chorales Hymn playing, keyboard material, Bassi-lasilh, Concer t Etudes, selected solos by Mozart, Godard, Corelli, representative SeleLtion and care of instruments for pro- harmony, modulations to all keys, counter- solos contemporary solos, orchestral studies fessional and school use Extension of mallet point study I 201,202 2 cr each Oboe 301,302 2 cr each Continue scales and arpeggios with various 401,402 2 cr each 101, 102 2 er each D'Aquin, Clerambault, deGrigny, Handel, Con- articulations Bassi-lasilli, Concert Ltudes, se- Deplovinent of instruments in band and or- Review of previous work by student and certi, Franck, Fantaisies, Piece HerioqLle lected solos chestra settings, conducting the percussion en- corrective exercises as necessary, scales and Sowerby and contemporary American selec- seirible, Review of teaching methods in basic 301,302 2 cr each arpeggios, Barret, Exercises In Articulation and tions, Mozart, Swee1mck, Bach, 18 Great teLliniques, the role of the percussion chnician Mule, Scales and Arpeggios, Gatti-lasilli, 35 Progressive Melodies, selected solos Chorales, Toccata, Adagio and Fugue, Prelude

120 SCHOOL OF MUSIC SCHOOL OF MUSIC 121

Melodious Technical Exercises, pieces by Faure 301,302 2 cr each sixths, octaves and tenths, Rode, 24 Caprices, 301,302 2 cr each and Jeanjean. Continue scales and arpeggios in various articu- Mozart sonatas for violin and piano, Mozart, Scales and arpeggios continued, Duport Etudes, lations, Schlossberg, Daily Drills, Concone, Concerto in G, selected compositions by Grutzmacher Etudes, Sonatas by Graziob, Sam- 401,402 2 cy each Fifty Lessons, Brandt, Etudes for Trumpet, Kreisler, representative contemporary solos, se- martim, Goltermann Concerto No. 1 Mule, Scales and Arpeggios, Gatti-lasilh, 35 Bernstein, Rondo for Lifey, Two Pieces for lecte movemen s o s an ar conc r os 401,402 2 er. each Melodious Technical,Exercises, Labanchi-lasilh, Trumpet by Karzev 33 Concert Etudes, Premier Solo de Concours 401,402 2 cr each Scales and arpeggios as before but including by Pares, Moritz, Sonata for Saxophone, repre- 401,402 2 er. each Scales and arpeggios continued, Rode 24 Ca- flurds, sixths and octaves Duport Studies, sentative contemporary solos Continue Schlossberg and Concone, Laurent, prices, Fiorillo 36 Etudes, Grieg, Sonata in F, selected studies from Franchomme, 12 Ca- Etudes Practiques Book I and 11, Hering, 32 Mozart, Concerto in D, Bruch, Concerto in G prices, Concerto No 2 Romberg, Sonatas by Trombone and Baritone Horn Etudes, Clarke solos, Mouquet, Legende minor, selected movements of standard con- Nardim and Sammartim, orchestral studies 101,102 2 cr each Herojque, Balay, Petite Piece Concertante certos, representative contemporary solos Voice Studies and exercises in tone production and flexibility by Shiner, Arban, Method for Trom- Tuba Viola 101,102 2 cr each bone, major and minor scales through two 101,102 2 cr each 101,102 2 cr each Fundamentals of tone production, vocahses and octaves, selected solos All scales and arpeggios, Arban Method for Scales and arpeggios in three octaves, Sevelk songs to suit the needs of the student Songs Studies (Lifschey), Hermann, Technical will be chosen from the repertory of easier 201,202. 2 cr each Trombone and Baritone, selected solo material Studies, Telemann, Concerto in G, Klengel, materials in English and Italian All scales and arpeggios, continue drills and 201,202 2 er each Album of Classical Pieces Arban Method for Trombone, selected studies All scales and arpeggios with various articula- 201,202 2 er each from Cimera, 170 Etudes, Study of single, tions, continue Arban, Bell, Foundations of 201,202 2 cr each Exercises to develop flexibility, range and double and triple tonguing, Pryor solos and Tuba and Sousaphone Playing, selected solos Continue scales and Sev(ik Studies, selected power, early Italian art songs by Bononcim, other selected materials, band and orchestra] studies from Kreutzer, 42 Eludes, Stamitz, Pergolesi, Caccmi, contemporary songs in studies 301,302 2 cr each Concerto in D, Bruch, Romance English Continue scales and arpeggios, chromatic scales, 30t, 302 2 cr each Bell, Foundations of Tuba and Sousaphone 301,302 2 er each 301,302 2 cr each Continue technical exercises, Stacey, Lip Flexi- Playing, Vandercook, Etudes, Rochut, Continue s( ales arid arpeggios, scales in thirds, More advanced technical study Italian art songs bility, Rochut, Melodious Etudes Book 1-11, Melodious Etudes Book 1, Blume Studies Book sixths and octaves, Palachko, 20 Etudes, of S carlatti and Caldara, representative Blume, Studies Book 1, La Fosse, Sight Reading 1, Tyrrell, Advanced Studies for the BB flat Fiorillo, selected studies from 36 Etudes, Bach, examples of easier German heder and.,niod- Studies, study of tenor clef, Croce-Spinelli, Tuba, selected solos, band and orchestra three viola de gamba sonatas adapted for viola erately difficult Lontemporary song—literature Solo de Concours, Alary, Contest Pieces, Morel, Studies 401,402 2 cr each Piece in F minor 401,402 2 cr each Scales and arpeggios continued, selected studies Advanced technical exercises to fit the stu- 401,402 2 cr each 401,402 2 er each from Campagnoh, 41 Caprices, Concerto in B dent's need Less difficult-arias chosen from the Rochut, Melodious Eludes Book 11, Blume Continue technical exercises, Stacey, Lip Flexi- minor by Handel-Casadesus, Hindemith, Music standard operatic and oratorio literature, repre- Studies Book 11, Blazlievich, Etudes for the BB bjbty, Kopprdsch Book 1-11, Rochut, Melodious of Mourning, selected contempoiary solos, viola sentative songs in German, French and English flat Bass, band and orchestra studies Etudes Book 111, Blazhevich, Clef Studies, parts from orchestral and chamber music with emphasis on contemporary materials in study of bass trombone, Guitmant, Morceau Violin literature English. Symphonique, Cimera, Valse Petite, Ropartz, 101,102 2 cr each Andante and Allegro Violoncello Scales and arpeggios in three octaves, octaves, 101,102 2 cr each thirds and sixths separate bows, Kreutzer, 42 Trumpet Scales and arpeggios in three octaves, Etudes, selected studies by Seveik, sonatas by CONDUCTING 101,102 2 cr each Franchornme, 12 Studies, sonatas by Handel Corelli, Nardim, concertos by Viotti and 379 CONDUCTING 2 er. All scales and arpeggios, Schlossberg, Daily Corelli, Concertos by Goltermann and Rom- Kreutzer, DeBeriot, Scene de Ballet This course provides a study of the funda- Drills, Arban, Complete Method for Trumpet, berg selected short pieces mentals of conducting as a performing skill, 201,202 2 cr each teaching technique, and as an interpretive art Scales and arpeggios continued, Mazas Op. 36, 201,202 2 cr each Use of the baton, choral and instrumental 201,202. 2 cr each Seveik continued, Sonatas by Handel, Tartim Scales and arpeggios continued, Duport Etudes, All major and minor scales and arpeggios, rehearsal techniques, and score reading Two and Veracini, DeBeriot, Concerto No 9, Viotti, Galeotti, Sonata No 2, Marais Suite, Romberg Schlossberg, Daily Drills, Arban, Complete Concerto No 22 Concerto in D minor hours a week Method for Trumpet, Kreutzer, Ten Studies, Concerto by Grote, selected solos, band and 301,302 2 cr each orchestral studies Scales and arpeggios continued, scales in thirds,

122 SCHOOL OF MUSIC SCHOOL OF MUSIC 123

ENSEMBLE 183 WOODWIND CLASS in the music education program Offered in the METHODSI 2 cr fall semester Two hours a week. Required for all students as laboratory work during each semester of full-time 17 undamental principles and techniques of play- enrollment At least four semesters (usually the first four) must be spent in ing and teaching the clarinet Study of btera- 282 BRASS CLASS one of the major ensern bles— Orchestra, Band, Concert Choir—after which a ture which is appropriate for beginning class METHODS 11 2 cr student may, with the request or approval of the conductor, take one of the instruction For woodwind, brass, string, and Performance technique on trumpet continued. smaller ensembles for credit applicable toward the total ensemble require- percussion majors in the music education pro- Teaching technique of French horn, trombone, ment Students must indicate the specific ensemble for which they are grain. Offered in the fall and sprin.- semesters baritone, and tuba For voice, piano, and organ enrolling on forms completed during registration Two hours a week majors in the music education program Pre- requisite Music 281 Offered in the spring 184 WOODWIND CLASS semester Two hours a week 143,144,243,244,343,344, production each semester plus several outside METHODSH. 2 cr 443,444,445,446 ENSEMBLE performances May be taken by freshmen and Fundamental principles and techniques of play- 283 BRASS CLASS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN sophomores for extra credit or by juniors and ing and teaching the saxophone, oboe, flute and METHODSI. 2 cr MUSIC EDUCATION I cr each senjois for required credit provided that Major bassoon Study of mechanism and evaluation of Fundamental principles and techniques of play- Voice, Piano, and Organ Majors will participate Ensemble requirements have been satisfied, and class methods and materials Students are ex- ing and teaching the trumpet Study of btera- in a choral ensemble for each semester of that permission of the conductor has been pected to develop a reasonable performing skill ture which is appropriate for beginning class enrollment Instrumental Majors will participate granted on each instrument For woodwind, brass, instruction For woodwind, brass, string, and in Band, Orchestra and/or other instrumental string, and percussion majors in the music percussion majors in the music education pro- ensemble for each semester of enrollment 141, 142, 241, 242, 341, 342, education program Music 183 is not a pie- gram Offered in the fall and spring semesters 441,442 CHAMBER MUSIC 1-2 er each requisite for this course Offered in the tall and Two hours a week Instrumentalists are encouraged to take ad- Study and performance of all types of chamber vantage of opportunities to participate in choir, spring semesters Two hours a week. music for the various instrumental combina- 284 BRASS CLASS keyboard or voice inajcrs are likewise en- tions 185, 186 VOICE CLASS 2 cr each METHODSH. 2 cr couraged to gain experience in one of the f undamentals of voice production including Fundamental principles and techmque^ of play- instrumental ensembles EURHYTHMICS placement, breathing, breath control, study of ing and teaching French horn, trombone, bari- BACHELOR OF MUSIC 121,122 EURHYTHMICS 2 cr each vowels and consonants, posture, elementary tone, and tuba Study of construction, finger- Voice Majors will participate in choir or other Fundamentals of rhythmic movement Study of song materials, interval and scale drill, sight ing, and evaluation of class methods and choral/vocal ensemble Piano and organ majors pulse, meter, rhythm, and duration, the ex- singing materials For woodwind, brass, stung, and will accompany soloists as approved by the pressive qualities of music such as tempo percussion majors in the music education pro- 213,214 PIANO CLASS I cr each studio faculty Instrumental Majors will paxtici- dynamics, and phrasing realized and expressed gram Music 283 is not a prerequisite for this The development of functional keyboard skills pate in band, oichestra, or other iristrumental through bodily movement Two hours a week. course Offered in the fall and spring scinesters in sight reading, transposition, harmonization ensemble Two hours a week of melodies, and improvisation of accompam- 147, 148, 247, 248, 347, 348, MUSIC EDUCATION merits Required of all Music Education 381 STRING CLASS 447,448 SMALL 181. WOODWIND CLASS students with the exception of piano majors METHODSI 2 cr ENSEMBLE I cr each METHODSI 2 cr Two hours a week Prerequisites Piano 111, Each student selects one of the string instru- The Small or Minor Ensembles include Tam- Fundamental principles and techniques of play- 112 or Advanced Standing Examination ments and studies it throughout the semester in buritza Ensemble, Chamber Singers, Brass En- ing and teaching the clarinet Study of htera- order to attain greater technical proficiency 215 PIANO CLASS FOR PIANO semble, Percussion Ensemble, Woodwind En- ture which is appropriate for beginning class Two hours a week MAJORS IN MUSIC EDUCATION I cr each semble, Jazz Ensemble, and Guitar Ensemble instruction For voice, piano, and organ majors Piano majors in Music Education study the 382 STRING CLASS May be taken by freshmen and sophomores for in the music education program Offered in the development of furiLtional keyboard skills in 2 cr extra credit or by juniors and seniors for re- fall semester Two hours a week METHODSH quired credit provided that Major Ensemble sight reading, transportation, accompaniments Fundamental principles and techniques of play- requirements have been satisfied, and that per- 182 WOODWIND CLASS Required of all Piano Majors Two hours a ing and teaching the violin, viola, cello, and mission of the conductor has been granted METHODSH. 2 cr week bass Bowing, positions, vibrato, and an exami- Performance technique on clarinet continued nation of class methods and materials are BRASS ME FHODS 1 2 cr 116,117,216,217,316,317, Teaching technique of oboe, bassoon and saxo- 281 CLASS presented Two hours a week Fundamental principles and techniques of play- 416,417 OPERA WORKSHOP I cr eaLh phone covered For voice, piano, and organ mg and teaching the trumpet Study of htera- 383 ELEMENTARY METHODS 2 cr A performing class in which students learn majors in the music education program Pre- ture which is appropriate for beginning class Principles, practices, and materials for the standard and other opera repertory in English requisite Music 181 Offered in spring general program in the elementary grades A and the original languages There is one major semester Two hours a week instruction For voice, piano, and organ majors I

124 SCHOOL OF MUSIC SCHOOL OF MUSIC 125

program of scheClUled observations and dis- mental classes, piano, woodwinds, brass, strings, MUSIC THEORY cussion periods will be required Two hours a and voice must be satisfactorily completed week Percussion class may be taken in the senior year The Theory Department recognizes the individual differences of students and prior to or concurrently with the student provides an opportunity for them to advance, ac^qording to their abilities 384 SECONDARY METHODS 2 cr teaching assignment Students will receive com- Principles, practices, and materials for the p ete instructions, together with lists of ma- 440 2 cr general music program in the secondary schools 131, 132 THEORY 2 cr each JAZZ ARRANGING terials, when they enroll in the Music Education study of the basic techniques of scoring for including voice classification, the organization This course is designed to acquaint the student A program Practical techniques to aid students in of ensemble activities, concerts, assembly pro- with the materials of musical composition using individual instruments and jazz ensembles of fulfilling the requirements will be explored in various si7es, from small groups to studio grams, and the relationship of the school to the diatonic harmony Opportunities for the various methods classes Special emphasis will be placed on community A program of scheduled observa- student to do creative work are provided Three orcliestrd harmonies, voicing^, instrumentation and tion and discussion periods will be required hoursa week Two hours a week. articulations which are characteristic of this MUSIC HISTORY, 133, 134 SOLFEGGIO AND kind of music May be taken in place of 385. CHORAL METHODS I cr LITERATURE AND ART EAR TRAINING. 2 cr each Orchestration 340 Offered in the Spring This course deals with all aspects of choral 251, 252, 351, 352 The goals of the course are to develop good Semester only intonation and the ability to sight sing, the singing and their application to school music MUSIC AND WESTERN 426 JAZZ IMPROVISATION 1 2 cr programs Emphasis is placed on the develop- CIVILIZATION ability to identify and notate melodies rhythm, 3 cr each Melodic and harmonic, creation of the basis of ment of pertormance ensembles, rehearsal tech- chords, and complete compositions, and to An historical survey of the ideas and cultural idiomatic jazz rhythms and articulations, em- niques, special choral problems, planning musi- achievements of Western man in the contc\t of develop inner hearing and memory The devices ploying elementary and advanced forms, chord cal productions and practical work in choral the politic,il and sociological developments to used axe solfeggio (singing unison and ensemble structures and chromatic alterations Permission music, prepared and on sight) drills on intervals conducting and arranging Includes principles, which the art of music is bound The survey of instructor required practices, materials, and an overview of current embraces four semesters which are arranged and broken chords, unison and two-part (-let teaching strategies and curricu*lum trends as chronologically These courses seek to provide a rhythm e\ercises, keyboard work and 427 JAZZ IMPROVISATION 11 2 cr applied to the total music program of the broad historical trdmc of reference within reaching, and systematically graded diction Continuation of 426 secondary school Offered Spring Semester which the relationship ot music to the develop- The course uses the moveable Do system, based only 138, 139 COMPOSITION 2 Lr ea( h ment of man's thought can be clearly seen on the Kodaly method Two hours a week The study of writing of musical composition in 387 MARCHING BAND 451,452 ORGAN 231, 232 THEORY 2 cr each the smaller forms METHODS. I cr LITERATURE 2 cr each A continuation ot 132 introducing chromatic 238, 239 COMPOSITION 2 cr each Principles, practices, and materials for the A survey of organ literature and organ building harmony and the basic principles of con- The study and writing of musical composition marching band are studied including its role in Outside listening and readings will be required trapuntal writing Creative opportunities con- the total music program, organization and tinued Three hours a week in the larger forms maintenance, planning and executing of the 349, 350, 449, 450 234 SOLFEGGIO AND 338,339,438,439 field show, basic maneuvers and rehearsal pro- VOCAL REPERTOIRE I cr each 233, 2 cr each COMPOSITION 2 cr each cedures Offered Fall Semester only Study and performance of vocal solo and EAR TRAINING These courses are offered in order to provide ensemble literature Four semesters encompass A continuation of 134 Two hours d week 481 gifted young composers an opportunity to re- PERCUSSION CLASS Italian, Gernian, French, and Contemporary 335 COUNTERPOINT 2 cr ceive guidance in the development of advanced METHODS 2 cr (United States and Britain) music, with con- The course is devoted to a study of the poly- compositional techniques Permission of the Fundamental principles and techniques of play- centration on one category each semester phonic technique of the sixteenth century ing and teaching the percussion instruments of chairman of the Theory Department is re- 253 VISUAL ARTS quired the band and orchestra with Special emphasis 3 cr 336 COUNTERPOINT 2 cr Designed to give the student a basic vocabulary on the snare drum. Two hours a week A course study concerned with the harmonic in the vi^ual arts (painting, sculpture, architec- contrapuntal technique of the period of J S 490 STUDENT TEACHING 6 cr ture, and the graphic arts) and to make him MUSIC THERAPY Bach Practice teaching in approved elementary and conversant with the most important styles he 107 MUSIC THERAPY secondary schools under the guidance of a critic will encounter During the course of the 340 ORCHESTRATION 2 cr ORIENTATION 2 cr teacher and the college supervisor Note Before basic semester, the course will include several Visits to A study of the problems of scoring for An introduction to Music Therapy as practiced a student will be permitted to be.-in Student the museums and galleries in the Pittsburgh individual instrurnents, particulary orchestral in a variety of rehabilitation settings Observa- Teaching, all methods classes including instru- area choirs, the entire orchestra, and unique instru- tions followed by informal group discussions mental combinations Analysis of the tech- Basic theory about the validity of music as niques of orchestration of selected composers therapy, the relationship of theory to practice of the I 8th, 19th, and 20th centuries Intensive class participation will be required to

126 SCHOOL OF MUSIC SCHOOL OF MUSIC 127

prove qualification for further, in-depth study establishing the music, program in a church, tional tolk music of the Balkans, its musical 32t MUSIC FOR THE of the profession graded choir systems, children's choirs, instru- styles, forms and chara cteristics in terms of its CLASSROOM TEACHER 2 cr I merits in worship, contracts, cantor systems geographical setting and historical background, The aim of this course is to assist the student in 108 MUSIC IN THERAPY 2 cr worship commissions, etc and its general structure and destlietics gaining an appreciation of the importance of A course designed to increase the student's self- music in the lives of children, a knowledge of identification as a music therapist TO by weekly 256 INTRODUCTION fundamental principles of instruction in music, GREGORIAN CHANT 2 cr assignments to rehabilitation settings Under- BALKAN DANCE 2 cr The, Instory, notation and modal systems of aL a familiarity with the variety of musically standing goals and relationships of treatment or Class A survey of folk dances of the Balkans high- Gregorian chant participation in the enriching experience education, learning to make systematic observa- lighting their development, form, indigenous singing of chant Chant as prayer and current tions through written progress reports, an is- characteristics, differences and similarities from liturgical application GENERAL EDUCATION c.ussions about specific writings related to one ethnographic region to mother 191 HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY 3 cr personal experiences are included in the course HYMNODY 2 cr A study of the fundamental principles of work Prerequisite Music Therapy 107 A study of the church's heritage of song the 147,148,247,248,347,348,447, human physiology as a basis for the under- psalms, the great hymns of the Medieval 448 TAMBURITZA ENSEMBLE I cr each standing of artistic expression and music 307 PSYCHOLOGY OF MUSIC 2 cr Church, the heritage of Luther, Calvin and their The Tamburitza Ensemble involves the study An exploration of musical behaviors, and to a Of Music therapy followers, English hynmody, American con- and performance specifically coin- lesser degree, all other art behaviors of a variety tributions, twentieth-century hymnody with posed and arranged for both small and large 491 PHYSICAL SCIENCE of cultures and sub-cultures, beginning with the er special emphasis on the theological framework famburitza string ensembles It encompasses (ACOUSTICS) 3 student's personal experience Extensive class for each nidjor development in the history of the fundamental principles and techniques for A course in the science of sound designed to participation will be expected Prerequisite give the student a knowledge of the basic Psychology hymns both playing and teaching the Tamburitza and includes appropriate literature May be taken principles of the nature of sound, its produc- ORGAN DESIGN AND tion and transmission Consideration is also 308, INFLUENCE OF MUSIC by freshmen and sophomores for extra credit or MAINTENANCE 2 cr ^ivcn to the mechanism of hearing and the ON BEHAVIOR 2 cf by juniors and seniors for jequired credit A study of the basic concepts of organ con- A study of the uses of music in society in- provided that Major Ensemble requirements physic.al basis ot harmony, scales, electronic struction with emphasis on the historical cluding movies television, industry, churches, have been satisfied, and that permission of the recording, and reproduction of recorded sound development of the organ and mechanical schools, hospitals, etc, and the rationale conductor has been granted operation of the pipes and console Timing, 492 DEVELOPMENT OF THE thereof Discussion, reading and individual re- voicing, and esthetics of organ design will be CREATIVE PERSONALITY 3 cr search projects will be assigned Prerequisites discussed NON-MUSIC MAJORS This course encouiages personal and social General Psychology or equivalent and Junior 253 VISUAL ARTS 3 cr creative growth through discussion and partic- standing SACRED CHORAL Gives students a basic vocabulary in the visual ipation in individual and group problem solving 309 DIRECTED STUDY IN LITERATURE 2 cr arts (painting, sculpture, architecture, the projects Situations are structured, based on the MUSIC THERAPY 2 er A survey of choral literature for the church graphic arts) and to make them conversant with philosophical and psychological dynamics of 124,223,224,323,324, with emphasis on practical materials for church the most important styles they will encounter the creative person Limited enrollment 423,424 MUSIC THERAPY choirs and congregations During the course of the semester, the course Prerequisites Introduction to Psychology, PRACTICUM I cr each will include several visits to museums and gal- Educational Psychology, and consent of the Supervised field work in an approved agency leries in the Pittsburgh area instrULtor TAMBURITZANS INSTITUTE SACRED MUSIC OF FOLK ARTS 154 CHILDREN'S CHOIRS I cr INTRODUCTION TO Descriptions of courses in English, modern languages, psychology, sociology, Materials and techniques used in dealing with FOLKLORE 3cr and education, required in the several curricula will be found in the College An introductory examination of the definition children's choirs of Liberal Arts and Sciences and School of Education sections of this Catalog and scope of folklore studies, and the role of CHORAL CONDUCTING AND folklore in people's lives Examined are Various METHODS 2cr forms of folklore and folk expfession such as Development of conducting technique The tales, ballads, myths, legends, beliefs, games, study, rehearsal and class performance of choral proverbs, riddles, tolk songs, and folk customs works in various styles and their roles in societies

CHURCH MUSIC 255 INTRODUCTION TO BALKAN ADMINISTRATION 2 ci music Music 2 cr Seminar in practical aspects of church An analytical study of the primitive and tradi- 129

^MITIITIMJT

HISTORY Since it is the policy of the University to establish its schools under control of an already established school, the School of Nursing was originally organized in 1935 as a unit in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences On March 15, 1937, the Department of Nursing Education was given the status of a separate school with a Dean in charge On December 3, 1937, the State Board of Education of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania approved the school and authorized Duquesne University to confer the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing and the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education upon graduates according to the appropriate curriculum Previously, the School of Nursing offered two programs both leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Since 1964, the School of Nursing offers one program for both generic nursing students and registered nurse students in which they enroll for courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing

PHILOSOPHY The School of Nursing's philosophy and objectives evolve from those of the University As such, they guide the development of a personal philosophy of life based on a Christian frame of reference, and support a commitment to the values which give mc^aning to life To accomplish this, the faculty of the School of Nursing approaches the concepts of Man, Nursing, and Health from an existential philosophical base Man is a living unity, a creative act of God, whose existence in the world is through his body The existence is co-constituted, that is, man's relationship with his environment is participative Man chooses his way of being with the world, and in that choosing he gives meaning to the situation His freedom is limited within his situation Man's existence has the potential to become more meaningful through Christ-participation in humanity Nursing is a human science profession primarily concerned with the care of man as he evolves from conception through death It focuses on helping individuals and families to promote health and enhance the quality of living The nurse interrelates with families to help them describe their health status, evaluate alternatives, and mobilize their resources for change Central to professional nursing practice is the nursing process which is a deliberate systematic series of actions designed to affect nursing care The nurse bases her practice on theories and concepts that are multidisciplinary in nature Health is a subjective state of well-being experienced by man It is a relative condition that affords an individual the potential for productive and meaningful life While health is a fundamental right, every person has the freedom to pursue his desired level of health Society's health-nursing needs 130 SCHOOL OF NURSING SCHOOL OF NURSING 131 are assessed by both the consumer and the promoters of health care through a to admit those candidates who possess qualities of character and intellect and participative process which involves planning and decision-making who show promise of development into useful and contributing citizens Education occurs in a co-constituted teaching-learning environment The 4 A candidate must present satisfactory scores on the required College teacher and the student work together in planning experiences and sharing Entrance Examination Board Scholastic Aptitude Test in accordance with the knowledge The teacher provides leadership in the selection and organization standards adhered to by the University of learning experiences in a variety of health settings The need for new In specific instances, and at the discretion of the Committee on Admis- knowledge and the revision of present knowledge is identified in the on-going sions, the genuine equivalent of these requirements may be accepted in lieu of interrogation of new experiences the foregoing precise requirements The professional nurse is educated in an institution of higher learning in a program which grants a baccalaureate degree in nursing He/she is a creative ADMISSION'OF REGISTERED NURSE STUDENTS innovator who finds satisfaction in giving service to others, who regularly Registered nurses who have completed a diploma or associate degree program evaluates self, who plans for continual growth, and who promotes the in nursing who wish to pursue study for a bachelor's degree must follow evolution of nursing toward independence general admission procedures In addition, they should The Duquesne University School of Nursing baccalaureate program 1 Present evidence of registration as a professional nurse in one state or graduates a generalist who is prepared to function on a beginning level within territory before admission or during the first semester of enrollment established health care systems and who possesses the flexibility to function 2 Submit an official copy of school of nursing transcript in a variety of settings The graduate program builds upon the baccalaureate 3 Submit an official copy of transcript from previous college or univer- program and prepares the graduate for the leadership roles of family health sity attended, if applicable nurse, teacher of family health nursing or administrator of family health 4 Submit a recommendation for collegiate study from the director of nursing services nursing of the school of nursing from which the student was graduated or recommendation from present employer OBJECTIVES 5 Arrange for a personal interview with the Academic Advisor in the The objectives of the program, designed to prepare students to assume the School of Nursing, if applicant resides within a reasonable distance role of professional nurses in a variety of settings and also provide foundation for further study in nursing, are to SECOND BACCALAUREATE DEGREE PROGRAM I Formulate a philosophy of life that reflects concern for self and others Applicants holding a baccalaureate degree with a major other than nursing 2 Synthesize a philosophy of professional nursing must follow transfer student admission procedures (see page 18 1 ) In addition 3 Actively participate within a variety of health care systems they must 4 Contribute to nursing research as a means for furthering the profession of I Arrange for a personal interview with the Academic Advisor in the nursing School of Nursing ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 2 Submit a letter to the Student Standing Committee of the School of Nursing, stating reason(s) for pursuing the baccalaureate degree in nursing The specific entrance requirements for admission are I The applicant's high school curriculum must include a minimum of 16 SPECIAL FEES units distributed as follows All figures are for one semester only For yearly total, double amounts where English 4 units required applicable Social Studies 3-4 units recommended Chemistry Laboratory Courses Language 2 units recommended Mathematics and Science 6 units recommended (I unit Laboratory Fee $20 Chemistry and I unit Algebra Biology Laboratory Courses

required) Laboratory Fee $25 2 A candidate must have been graduated from an approved secondary (One $5 00 breakage card a semester will cover laboratory courses in school in the upper two-fifths of the class, and must have demonstrated biology, chemistry and physics exemplary personal conduct in the institution Anatomy and Physiology 3 The primary consideration for admissions is the secondary school $25 Laboratory Fee academic record This is considered to be the most important criterion of Breakage Deposit $ 5 success at Duquesne University It is the desire of the Admissions Committee 133 132 SCHOOL OF NURSING SCHOOL OF NURSING

is advised of any additional requirements for graduation The responsibility Challenge Examinations each credit hour—$ 10 (non-refundable) for fulfilling degree requirements rests with the student Miscellaneous Costs PROGRAM OF STUDY Uniforms, approximate total cost $50 The School of Nursing offers a program with a major in nursing leading to a Special health requirements baccalaureate degree to qualified high school graduates, registered nurses, and Books and miscellaneous supplies non-nursing baccalaureate degree graduates who wish to prepare themselves Transportation to and from agencies, approximate cost $5 weekly for professional responsibilities in beginning positions in nursing The pro- School of Nursing pin for graduation, approximate cost $ 15 gram includes four years of study, and is designed to provide the student with Student Liability Insurance (Professional), approximate cost $41 for three- the knowledge and skills needed to function as a professional nurse generalist year period upon graduation The foundations in general and professional education STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS acquired in this program provide a basis for the graduate to progress to positions of increasing ^esponsibility and to undertake graduate study The nursing student is a member of the general student body and may select The curriculum design is basically that of a professional education pro- and participate in any of the campus organizations There are numerous social gram Selected courses in the humanities and the behavioral, natural, and sororities and organizations as well as professional organizations social sciences provide the foundation for the nursing major Professional Alpha Tau Delta is a national professional fraternity for persons in nursing nursing courses, which constitute the nursing major, include theory and Theta Chapter was chartered on the Duquesne University campus on April practice in the nursing care of individuals and families Learning opportunities 21, 1938 Only full-time students who have completed a minimum of one are provided in the hospital, in the home, and in the community To semester in the School of Nursing with a cumulative quality point average of strengthen and enrich the personal and professional development of the 2 5 are eligible student, courses in the liberal arts are taken throughout the program The faculty of the School of Nursing conduct all of the professional HONOR AWARDS nursing courses and also guide and direct the clinical nursing learning In addition to graduation honors, these awards are presented at Honors Day experiences Several hospitals and agencies cooperate with the School of The Mary W Tobin Gold Medal and The Dean Johnson Memorial Medal Nursing to provide a wide selection of excellent clinical nursing practice are awarded annually to two outstanding seniors chosen by the faculty for Upon the successful completion of this program, graduates will be eligible general excellence in nursing The Mary W Tobin Medal is sponsored by to write the examination for licensure in the state in which they wish to Theta Chapter of Alpha Tau Delta National Professional Fraternity for practice persons in nursing The faculty reserves the right to make changes in the curriculum and program requirements which it believes are in keeping with the changing GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS health needs of society and/or the best interests of the students and the School to maintain quality professional nursing education Specific requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree are I Two courses in English and one course in speech REGISTERED NURSES 2 Four courses in philosophy and theology One course in theology is Registered nurse students who are graduates of a diploma or associate degree required for Catholic students program in nursing may receive credit for selected nursing courses depending 3 Seven courses in the behavioral sciences including human development, on evaluation of the previous educational program and satisfactory achieve- principles of management, two or three courses in psychology and two or ment on challenge examinations offered by the School of Nursing Non- three courses in sociology nursing courses taken at another college or university may be considered for 4 A minimum of 14 credits selected from chemistry, biology, micro- transfer of credit, subject to University policy regarding transfer students biology, and/or physics stated elsewhere in this catalog 5 Nursing Sciences Anatomy and Physiology, Pathophysiology and Nutrition 6 Nursing Major Nursing 303, 305, 307, 401 and Nursing electives Degree requirements must be completed within ten years after initial enrollment At the end of the ten-year period, the student's record is re-evaluated in terms of the curriculum in effect at that time, and the student

134 SCHOOL OF NURSING SCHOOL OF NURSING 135

SUGGESTED CURRICULUM PLAN School Nurse Certification Through completion of the baccalaureate curriculum leading to School Nurse Freshman Year Certification, a student will be eligible to apply for School Nurse Certifica- Fall Semester Spring Semester tion Application for certification must be made through the Office of the Courses Credits Courses Credits Dean Science (laboratory) 4 Science (laboratory) 4 English 3 English 3 Sociology Psychology 3 3 DEGREE CURRICULUM FOR SCHOOL NURSE Science (laboratory) 4 Science (laboratory) 4 Core Requirements Professional Nursing Credi ts 14 14 Courses Credits Courses English 6 Anatomy and Physiology 8 Sophomore Year Speech 3 Pathophysiology 3 Philosophy 9 Nutrition 3 Anatomy & Physiology 4 Anatomy & Physiology 4 Religion 3 303 Commonalities in Nursing 9 Human Development 3 Pathophysiology 3 Survey of Sociology 3 305 Nursing & The Family 1 9 Nutrition 3 Theology 3 Introduction to Psychology 3 307 Nursing & The Family 11 9 Sociology 3 Psychology 3 *Principles of Chemistry 8 401 Systematic Inquiry in Nursing 3 Philosophy 3 Philosophy 3 *General Biology 8 421 Health Care in the 16 16 Principles of Management 3 S(hool Setting 3 Senior Electives 6 Junior Year 46 53 Commonalities in Nursing 9 Nursing & The Family 1 9 Speech 3 Philosophy 3 Professional Education Principles of Management 3 Psychology or Sociology 3 Human Development 3 15 15 Educational Psychology or, Foundations of Education 3 Senior Year Schools and the Law 3 Nursing & The Family 11 9 Nursing Electives 9 Family Systems 3

Electives 6 Systematic Inquiry into Electives (Psychology, Sociology *Other laboratory sciences may be Substituted Nursing 3 of Education) 9 Electives 3 21

15

CURRICULUM STANDARDS COURSE DESCRIPTIONS To progress to the junior clinical nursing courses, a minimum QPA of 2 5 is required with a minimum of a C grade or better in Anatomy and Physiology, Descriptions of courses in liberal arts and sciences may be found in the Nutrition and Pathophysiology College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section, pages 14 to 65 To remain in good standing in the School of Nursing, the student must attain a minimum of a C grade in each clinical nursing course 211 PATHOPHYSIOLOGY 3 cr A Pass/Fail grade is given in clinical practice An F in either theory or 209,210 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 4 cr each Introduction to the basic scientific concepts of clinical practice will result in an F grade for the course the disease process Lecture, three hours The School of Nursing faculty reserves the right to withdraw any Student A study of the normal human body structure Prerequisite 209 or 210 from the nursing major who, in its opinion, has not progressed satisfactorily and function Laboratory includes physiological 3 cr in clinical practice, even though the quality point average meets required experiments, dissection of preserved and fresh 25S NUTRITION Nutrition principles and their importance to all standards spx^cnnens, and a study of microscopic slides Lecture, four hours, Laboratory, three hours ages, factors influencing food habits, explora- each semester tion of ways in which nurses may help families

I= SCHOOL OF NURSING SCHOOL Ol^ NURSING 137

and individuals apply nutrition facts for in- the field of health care services Opportunity is task-oriented dimensions of nursing in the 443 REHABILITATION NURSING IN creased health and well-being, recent research in provided to study and discuss the various issues critical care environment Research in the THE GENERAL HOSPITAL 3 cr relation to such national problems as heart a^ they relate to nursing with special emphasis nursing literature i s compared to the This course focuses on the client and his family disease, obesity, and increased hfe span on their implications for nursing education and plieno ineno logical approach in the discussion of as members of a conimunity The general Prerequisite Minimum of 12 credits of labora- practice Prerequisites 303, 305, 307 Lecture, the following concepts The World as Fnviron- hospital and ambulatory care setting are viewed tory sciences Lecture, three hours three hours Spring Semester ment, Technology, Depersonall7ation De- as an integral part of the community The con- cept of continuity of care is explored by 303 COMMONALITIES IN 413 FEMINIST INQUIRY pendency, Anxiety, Immobility, Pain and Suffering Prerequisites 303, 305, 307 students as they participate in the rehabilitation NURSING 9 cr IN NURSING 3 cr Care Lecture, one and one-half hours, Laboratory, nursing and disLliarge planning of The beginning nursing course which provides This course reviews the history of nursing and four and one-half hours Spring Semester hospitalized persons with post-hospital needs core content common to nursing practice The the role of women in the healing professions Prerequisites 303, 305, 307 Lecture, one and nursing process is the unifying focus and is the Focus, in the historical context, is upon the 435 CARE OF THE DYING one-half hours, Laboratory four and one-half means by which care is provided to chents/ role of the nurse in the health system or the 3 cr CLIENT AND HIS FAMILY hours Spring Seemster families in various settings Prereqm^itcs 209, setting of the time Philosophical assumptions The focus of this course is the nursing student's 210, 21 1, 255 Lecture, five hours, Laboratory, and p sycho logical, sociological, and theologiLal implementation of the nursing process with d 4SO THE SCHOOL AND 12 hours theories describing or clefining the nature of client and family in life-t lire are ning situations THE LAW 3 cr women are discussed Prerequisites 303 305, and the dying process Various theories of the 307 The study of the law as it relates to professional 305 NURSING AND THE Lecture, three hours Spring Semester grieving process are reviewed Dying ix discussed FAMILY 1 9 cr employees of the school, the pupil and the 421 HEALTH CARE IN THE as a personal, individual phenomenon Death is Designed to enable nursing students to utiLze as school nurse It includes a study of the sc hoot SCHOOL SETTING 3 examined d biological and medical reality, as the nursing process in family situations in- cr nurse's duties, rights and tier telationships to This course is concerned with the traditional d social and cultured event, as an economic fact volving the childbearing and cluldrearing years other school personnel Prerequisites 303, 305, and expanded roles, functions and responsi- of life as d psychological process, and as a Fmphasis is placed on prevention of illness, 303, 307 Lecture, three hours Spring Semester bilities of the school nurse in providing health religious and spiritual event Prerequisites promotion of health, and adaptation of family 305, 307 Lecture, one and one-half hours ' services and hCdlth OCIUCdtlon for school popula- members to varying life experiences within the 455 ADVANCED CONCEPTS IN tions in a variety of settings Major emphasis is Laboratory, four and one-half hours Spring expanding family Prerequisite 303 Lecture, CHILD HEALTH CARE 3 cr on theories of cognitive and psychosocial Semester four hours, Laboratory, 15 hours This course focuses on the pathophysiology of development and primary, secondary, tertiary 437 HUMAN SEXUALITY' 3 cr pediatric diseases and Lhildrens' reactions to 307 NURSING AND THE principles of prevention in the provision of This course is designed to explore the meaning illness and dying Family dynamics and changes health FAMILY 11 9 cr services and health education and importance of sexuality in health ca^re, its within the family resulting from illness of a Provides nursing students with opportunities to Prerequisites 303, 305, 307 Lecture, two implications for nursing, and its application in child are explored in depth Specific nurse roles implement the nursing process with adult hours, Laboratory, three hours Spring nursing through the nursing process There is and functions as a health care provider in chents and their families in a variety of settings Semester emphasis on the development of comfort with prevention and during acute chronic, and The health care problems encountered through- the student's own sexuality Prerequisites 303, terminal phases of pediatric illness are 42S THE out the life span of the adult axe studied so that LONG TERM CLIENT AND 305, 307 Lecture, three hours Spring emphasized Prerequisites 303, 305, 307 the role of the nurse regarding health promo- FAMILY IN THE COMMUNITY 3 cr Semester Lecture, three hours Spring Semester tion for this age group can be demonstrated This course builds upon the concepts of family Prerequisite 303 Lecture, four hours Labora- health care that were implemented in Com- tory, 15 hours nionalities, Family 1, and Family 11 Family theories are presented and the student has the 401 SYSTEMATIC INQUIRY 3 cr opportunity to implement the nursing process An introduction to research in nursing It con- with long-term clients and families in a corri- siders the research process, the use of scientific mUnity setting Prerequisites 303, 305, 307 criteria in evaluating current nursing research, Lecture one and one-half hours, Laboratory, and application of various methodologies and four anci one-half hours Spring Semester techniques Prerequisites 303, 305, 307 Spring Semester 427 CONCEPTS OF CRITICAL CARE NURSING 3 cr NURSING ELECTIVES This course focuses on the nursing care of the 405 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES 3 cr critically ill client Specific concepts will be This course focuses on fundamental issues in utili7ed to organize both the existential and the 139

HISTORY Plans for establishing a School of Pharmacy were instituted in 1911, when the charter of the University was amended and authority obtained to grant degrees in Pharmacy On April 20, 1925, the final work of organizing the School of Pharmacy was completed The first class was received September 21, 1925 The Duquesne University School of Pharmacy is housed in Richard King Mellon Hall of Science, whose design by master architect Mies van der Rohe won the "Laboratory of the Year" award for 1969 in the annual Industrial Research, Inc survey of new science buildings across the country The School's specialized facilities include the Hugh C Muldoon Model Pharmacy, animal operating room, electronics laboratory equipped with individual kits, bionucleonics laboratory, eight additional teaching laboratories, and a manu- facturing pharmacy laboratory containing basic pharmaceutical manufacturing equipment and separate tableting and aerosol technology rooms

PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES -The School of Pharmacy,I as an integral part of the University, embodies as its own, the alms and objectives set forth by the University Its primary purpose is to afford men and women with an education in the fields of Pharmacy and its allied sciences which will enable them to meet both the present and future demands of their chosen profession Through a well integrated curriculum which includes professional elective courses, laboratory work, careful super- vision by experienced teachers, and coursework in the liberal and cultural areas, the School of Pharmacy seeks to develop the student both professional- ly and individually The comprehensive and specialized nature of this cur- riculum offers the Pharmacy graduate a choice of occupations within the profession and its closely allied fields, as well as an adequate foundation for the continuation of studies on a graduate level in one of many areas Within the profession of pharmacy, he may become a community pharmacist, hospital pharmacist, or a pharmacist in government service Many pharmacists find employment as medical service representatives for drug manufacturers Some enter the wholesale drug business and the pharmaceu- tical manufacturing industry Graduates in pharmacy are exceptionally well- qualified to become agents for the enforcement of narcotic and pure food and drug laws Many pharmacists find employment as chemists or biologists in industrial and research organizations in allied fields, others enter the profession of teaching Additional study is required for some of these posi- 140 SCHOOL OF PHARMACY SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 141

tions A few pharmacists continue their study in other health professions Curriculum leading to a second professional degree or an advanced degree in the basic pharmaceutical and medical sciences A minimum of 15 credits in the combined areas of humanities and social sciences is required for graduation from the School of Pharmacy (nine in the The Graduate School of Liberal Arts and Sciences of Duqusne University humanities, including theology, and six in the social sciences, including offers programs through the School of Pharmacy leading to the Doctor of economics ) Courses for fulfilling the theology requirement are listed under Philosophy degree in pharmaceutical chemistry, and Master of Science degree the Department of Theology in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences in the fields of pharmacy, pharmaceutical chemistry, and pharmacology- section of this Catalog A minimum of 160 credits is required for graduation toxicology The faculty reserves the right to require completion of course clusters in The School of Pharmacy directs the professional program leading to the the humanities and social sciences Students may receive a list of the Lourses Doctor of Pharmacy degree in Hospital Pharmacy These graduates are in each cluster from their advisors qualified for placement in clinical pharmacy positions in hospitals across the The student is cautioned to seek regular advice from the faculty and to nation keep a record of credits earned and the calculated averages The School Medical technologists work under the direction of a pathologist or clinical assumes no responsibility for such errors appearing in student records which scientist In the field of Medical Technology positions are available in hospital may prevent the student from being graduated and industrial laboratories preparing tissue samples and slides for microscopic study, taking blood samples, storing plasma, and keeping records of tests In the field of Radiological Health, positions of health physicist are available in hospitals and any laboratories and industrial facilities which use First Year radioisotopes Fall Semester D* L* C* Spring Semester D L C* 101 English Composition - 3 3 102 English Composition 3 3 PROGRAMS 105 Mathematics 4 4 115 Mathematics 4 4 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHARMACY 111 General Biology 3 4 4 112 General Biology 3 4 4 121 General Chemistry 3 4 4 122 General Chemistry The School of Pharmacy offers a Bachelor of Science degree in Pharmacy 3 8 5 1 Pharmaceutical upon completion of the undergraduate professional program The first two 13 12 16 Orientation 1 - I years encompass many courses offered by the College of Liberal Arts and 14 8 16 Sciences in addition to several professional courses The latter three years of study are taught mainly by the pharmacy faculty, with electives being Second Year available from both that faculty and all other schools of the University Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* Students are enrolled in the School of Pharmacy for all years Transfer 201 General Physics 4 2 4 202 General Physics 4 2 4 students are enrolled according to qualifications up to the start of the third 205 Organic Chemistry 3 4 4 206 Organic Chemistry 3 4 4 year of the five-year sequence Legal requirements of all states are met with 101 Elements of Economics 2 1 3 Humanities Elective 6 - 6 regard to graduation from an accredited college of pharmacy Licensure in the 14 Pharmaceutical Math 3 - 3 Theology or Elective 3 - 3 several states may be acquired by meeting specific additional requirements of Social Science Elective 3 - 3 16 6 17 1 each particular state 15 7 17

Residency Requirements Third Year The pharmaLy curriculum has been designed to provide a sequence of courses Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* leading to professional competence The minimum time period in which this I I Physical Pharmacy 3 4 4 12 Physical Pharmacy 3 4 4 may be accomplished has been determined by the faculty to be three years of 13 Pharmaceutical Law 3 - 3 16 Biochemistry 3 3 4 full-time residency This residency requirement for the final years of the 17 Anatomy and 18 Anatomy and professional curriculum is in accordance with a policy statement ratified by Physiology 3 - 3 Physiology 4 - 4 the American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy and followed by all 20 Anatomy and 35 Medical Microbiology 3 3 4 colleges of pharmacy in establishing minimum residency requirements, as well Physiology Laboratory - 3 1 13 10 16 as guidelines for professional education The residency requirement is applica- Elective 3 - 3 ble to all students regardless of advanced standing status 12 7 14

SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 143 142 SCHOOL OF PHARMACY

3 Industrial ftetice Fourth Year 501 —Manufacturing Pharmacy 502—Pharniaccutical Formulation

Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* 505—Methods of Pharmaceutical and Development

21 Biopharmaccutics 22 Biopharrnaceutics Control 539-13ionucleonics and Dosage Forms 4 4 and Dosage Forms 4 8 4 562—Andlytic Methods (Statistics and 306—Apphed Electronics Laboratory 31 Pharma(ology 3 3 34 Pharmacology 4 - 4 Computer Technology) 39, 41 —Practical Pharmacy 1, 11 26 Natural Products 3 3 4 28 Organic Pharmaceutical 27 Analyfical Chemistry 3 7 4 4 Radiopharmacy

13 10 15 Analysis 3 3 19—ElectroniLs for Health Sciences 541, 542—Radjological Health

37 Phatmacy 539-13ionucleonics 431 —Introduction to Biostatistics Administration 3 3 540—Advanced Bionucleonics and Elec,tive 3 —3 Radio-Pharmaceuticals 17 8 17 5 Pre-Graduate Study Students who elect this option must consult with the chairman of the Fifth Year department of their area of interst in order to select courses most adaptable Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* to the program they desire to pursue A combined B S /M S program is 24 Medicinal Chemistry 3 - 3 23 Medicinal Chemistry 3 - 3 available to qualified students 31 Professional and 32 Professional and Practice Clinical 3 6 4 Clinical Practice 3 6 4 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 39 Practical Pharmacy I - - 3 36 Public, Health 3 - 3 This program, leading to the degree B S in Medical Technology, is a joint Elective 6 41 Practical Pharmacy 11 - 3 effort between Duquesne University and Mercy Hospital, Pittsburgh, Pa The 6 6 16 Elective — —3 program involves completion of 125 credits, with 30 of the credits being 9 6 16 taken in Mercy Hospital's School of Medical Technology in the fourth year of the program Graduates from the program are eligible for the National *D — Didacti( hours L — Laboratory Hours C — Credit hours Examinations conducted by the Board of Registry of Medical Technologists Courses are to be completed in the designated sequence by the Minimum credits for B S in Pharmacy Degree — 160, sufficient elective courses must be ^ The School of Medical Technology at Mercy Hospital is approved taken to satisfy the minimum credit requirements Board of Schoolslof Medical Technology which acts as adviser to the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Association It is responsible for establishing and maintaining high standards of education in A M A -ap- proved schools of medical technology Curriculum Majors I Students in the program enroll in the School of Pharmacy as medical During the fourth year (earlier if possible) each pharmacy student is urged to technology majors These students are advised through the office of the Dean select a curriculum major from one of the following major areas Community of the School of Pharmacy Practice, Institutional Practice, Industrial Praefice, Radiopharmacy, or Pre- Admission to the fourth year of the program will be on a competitive basis Graduate Study with these as the determining factors The following courses are approved for the respective major areas I A student must have a quality point average of 3 0 in the sciences I Community Practice 2 No student with a grade lower than C in any chemistry course will be 29—Emergency Treatment 5 3—Chnical Pharmacy 58—Community Practice I 201—Principles of Management considered for admission 59—Community Practice 11 39, 41—Practical Pharmacy 1, 11 3 Written recommendations All—Psychology 567, 568—Clinical Pharmacology 4 Personal interview with the Education Coordinator of Mercy School of All—Sociology Medical Technology

2 Institutional Practice Applications for entrance to the fourth year are to be made before 52—Hospital Pharmacy 563—Patholo.ay October 3 1 of the third year Information about applications is available from S 3—Clinical Pharmacy 201 —Principles of Management the School Office or the Education Coordinator for Medical Technology 530—Principles of Hospital Management 539-13ionucleonics During the fourth year of the program, students will register and pay 501 —Manufacturing Pharmacy 567-568—Clinical PharmaLology tuition to Duquesne University They will be permitted to reside in the 56—Clinical Chemistry 39, 41—Practical Pharmacy 1, 11 144 SCHOOL OF PHARMACY SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 145

University dormitories and enjoy all of the privileges of Duquesne University All of the required course work, laboratories, supplies, facilities, and faculty

students for the fourth year of the program will be provided by Mercy School of

Failure in any of the major courses included in the fourth year will lead to Medical Technology The faculty of the School of Medical Technology is immediate dismissal from the Mercy School of Medical Technology recognized as faculty at Duquesne University

Curriculum BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN RADIOLOGICAL HEALTH First Year Since 1972 the School of Pharmacy has offered a four-year 123-credit program leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Radiological Health Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* Graduates from the program qualify for positions of health physicist in any 101 EnglishComposition 3 3 102 English Composition 3 3 facilities using radioactive isotopes 105 Basic Math 4 4 115 CALUIUS 1 4 4 Students in the radiological health program enroll in the School of 111 GenerdlBiology 3 4 4 112 General Biology 3 4 4 121 General Chemistry 3 4 4 122 General Chenultry 3 8 5 Pharmacy as radiological health majors These students are advised through the office of the Dean of the School of Pharmacy 13 8 15 13 12 t6 Second Year Curriculum Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* First Year 201 General Physics 4 2 4 202 General Physics 4 2 4 205 Organic Chemistry 3 4 4 206 Organic Chemistry 3 4 4 Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* Humanities Elective 3 - 3 35 Medical Microbiology 3 3 4 101 English Composition 3 3 102 En.ghsh Composition 3 3 4 4 Social Science Elective 3 3 Humanities Elective 3 - 3 105 BasicMiathematics 4 4 115 Calculus 1 Ill GeneralBiology 3 4 4 112 General Biology 3 4 4 Theology or Elective 3 3 13 9 15 121 General Chemistry 3 4 4 122 General Chemistry 3 8 5 16 6 17 13 8 15 13 12 16 Third Year Fall Semester D L C' Spring Semester D L C' Second Year 17 Anatomy and 16 Biochemistry 3 3 4 Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* Physiology 3 - 3 18 Anatomy and 211 General Analytical 212 General Analytical 20 Anatomy and Physiology 4 - 4 Physics 3 3 4 Physics 3 3 4 Physiology 19 EleLtronics for 205 Organic Chemistry 3 4 4 206 Organic Chemistry 3 4 4 - Laboratory 3 1 Health Sciences 3 3 4 116 Calculus 11 4 - 4 215 Calculus Ill 4 4 27 Analytical Chemistry 3 7 4 Electives 3 - - 3 Theology or Elective 3 - 3 Humanities Elective 3 3 Elective 9 - 9 13 6 15 13 7 15 13 7 15 15 10 17 1 Fourth Year Three credits in theology are required for all students The fourth year of the program will begin in June and continue for twelve Third Year consecutive months Courses and laboratory assignments will be held Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* primarily at Mercy Hospital The following syllabus will be covered with 30 17 Anatomy and 16 Biochemistry 3 3 4 credits awarded for completion of the courses Physiology 3 - 3 18 Anatomy and 20 Anatomy and Physiology 4 - 4 Courses Credits Courses Credz ts Physiology 539 Bionucleonics 3 3 3 61 Clinical Chemistry 7 66 Parasitology 2 Laboratory - 3 1 Electives 6 - 6 62 Urinalvsis 2 67 Immunology 2 216 Differential 63 Hematology 5 69 Mycology 1 16 6 17 Equations 3 - 3 64 Blood Banking 3 70 Virolog3 1 225 Fundamentals 65 Bacteriology 3 71 Nuclear Pathology 2 of Statistics 3 3 Total 30 Electives 6 6 *D — Didactic hours L — Laboratory hours C — Credit hours 15 3 16 *D — Didactic hours L — Laboratory Hours C — Credit Hours 146 SCHOOL OF PHARMACY SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 147

Fourth Year Transfer pharmacy students must complete a minimum of three academic

Fall Semester D L C* Spi ing Semestei D L C* years of residence in the School of Pharmacy 306 Applied 411 Ecology 3 - 3 In extenuating circumstances and with the permission of the School of Electronics 1 2 2 51 Radiological Pharmacy Student Standing Committee, a waiver of the three years of 431 Intro to Health Piautice - 16 4 residence required by the American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy will Biostatistics 3 - 3 483 Nuclear Physics 3 - 3 be sought by the faculty on behalf of the student Failure to request and 473 Atomic, Physics 3 - 3 542 Radiological obtain such a waiver requires the pharmacy students to complete a minimum 540 Advanced Health 11 3 4 4 of six semesters in residence as full-time students Bionucleonics dnd 9 20 14 Advanced credit may be allowed for those courses which appear in the RddiopharuldCCLIficals 3 3 3 Duquesne curriculum No credit is allowed in any subject in which a grade 541 Radiological Health 1 4 - 4 lower than C was earned or for a course not equivalent to one among the 14 5 15 School's curricula Transfer applicants must have completed a minimum of 30 credit hours for entrance into the second year and 60 credit hours for ADMISSION entrance into the third year Advanced standing is conditional until the student completes a minimum Students who plan to enter any of the programs offered by the School of of one semester's work ( 16 semester hours) If his work proves unsatisfactory, Pharmacy are encouraged to meet with the Dean of the school for a personal the student will be requested to withdraw interview Entrance requirements are listed under Admission Policies in the Applicants who have completed advanced courses in high school are General Information section of this catalog Applications should be submitted encouraged to take advanced placement tests as detailed under College Level as early in the year of matriculation as possible Examination Program in the General Information section The National Pharmacy College Admissions Test (PCAT) may be taken by applicants Results should be reported to the Admissio^s Office and to the LABORATORY FEES School of Pharmacy The test is not required for admission to the School, but Required laboratory courses scheduled by all schools of the university are the results are used by advisement personnel to assess the level of knowledge subject to fees as published Pharmacy laboratories require a fee of $40 each a in pertinent areas related to the program Superior performance in certain semester This is a prorated charge derived from the total costs of all topics will alert the student to enroll for advanced placement examinations laboratory operations throughout the professional years Other courses of- The School of Pharmacy admits students into eauh of the first three years fered in the program of medical technology and radiological health are of the pharmacy, medical technology and radiological health baccalaUTeate subject to special fees No laboratory fees are assessed for courses scheduled programs Procedures for entrance are outlined under Application Procedures in the fourth year of the medical technology program in the General Information section All transfer students must be interviewed by the Dean or Assistant Dean of PHARMACY ACTIVITIES FEE the School of Pharmacy Students intending to transfer into the School of Instituted by student request, this fee of $25 a semester covers such miscel- Pharmacy should prepare themselves by completing the program of courses, laneous items as local and national Student American Pharmaceutical Associa- or their equivalents, presented in the curricula of interest Advisors at the tion dues and journal subscription, laboratory jacket fees, class dues and School of Pharmacy are available to meet with students attending other support of the pharmacy student newsletter, Phorum, and travel expenses institutions to suggest plans of study which will qualify them f6r future placement in the School's programs for one required field trip to a pharmaceutical manufacturing firm Payment Pharmacy students in good standing at any accredited college of pharmacy is made at registration each semester This fee is assessed only to those stu- and eligible to continue their studies at tlidt institution may transfer to dents in the last three years of the pharmacy program Duquesne University School of Pharmacy upon written recommendation of their Dean and fulfillment of all requirements for transfer students as deter- REGULATIONS mined by the Admissions Committee In all edses transfer applicants must Students in the School of Pharmacy are preparing themselves for entry into a have been granted honorable dismissal from their previous institution and respected health profession where the highest degree of character and sense of have the academic, average currently required for admission to the programs responsibility are basic requirements As such, they are expected to conduct in which they are interested themselves, at all times, in a manner befitting this position and according honor to it For these reasons, the School of Pharmacy insists on strict adherence to the following regulations *D — DidaLtic hours L — Laboratory Hours C — Credit Hours I SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 149 148 SCHOOL OF PHARMACY I

Tau Chapter of Lambda Kappa Sigma, an international pharmaceutical I Class Attendance Regular class attendance is normally essential for fraternity for women, was established at Duquesne University in 1932 The maximum educational advantage and is strongly encouraged The responsi- organization numbers among its members some of the most outstanding bility for all course material rests wholly with the student Under no circum- women in pharmacy Its purposes are to promote the profession of pharmacy stances will class attendance be used as the basis for altering a grade in a and to create a center of culture and enjoyment for its members course This principle shall not modify the prerogative of each instructor to The Beta Gamma Chapter of Phi Delta Chi, an international professional establish policy for attendance at tests, examinations, class lectures, deadlines pharmaceutical fraternity, was chartered at Duquesne University in 1960 The for reports, and other specific school or course requirements fraternity endeavors to integrate academic, spiritual and social activities and A student who is absent is expected to complete all of the work in the thereby foster the highest professional and personal ideals among its mem- course It is the student's responsibility to make up all assignments and to be bers Membership is open to students in pharmacy familiar with any instructions which may be given in his absence The Delta Epsilon Chapter of Kappa P^i Pharmaceutical Fraternity was 2 Academic Standards All students who are admitted to the School of chartered in 1967 This international fraternity strives to develop industry, Pharmacy must maintain a 2 0 QPA (quality point average) in the required sobriety, and fellowship and to foster high ideals, scholarship, and pharma- courses in the professional pharmacy curriculum, throughout the program ceutical research while supporting all projects advancing the profession of Students who do not achieve a 2 0 QPA by the end of the first professional pharmacy Membership is open to students in pharmacy year may be admitted to the second year on a probationary basis No student Class Organizations Each of the five classes is an officially recognized will be admitted to the third, fourth, or fifth years of the program with less organization in the School of Pharmacy Each class elects its own officers and than 2 0 QPA conducts such programs and affairs as its members deem desirable toward achieving its goals All students are included in these organizations regardless 3 Required Programs Pharmacy students in the fourth year of the of major curriculum curriculum are required to participate in one industrial visit arranged by the School HONOR AWARDS FOR GRADUATING STUDENTS The School of Pharmacy arranges for students to participate in a special Allegheny Wholesale Drug Company Award Annually an award of $25 is course in surgical appliance fittings offered by a field representative of a presented to the graduate who has shown outstanding ability and interest in manufacturer of such devices The biennial programs are required for all the field of pharmacognosy pharmacy students in the last two years of the curriculum Record of 'American Institute of the History of Pharmacy Award A recognition participation is made in the students' permanent files certificate and gift membership is awarded annually by the American In- stitute of the History of Pharmacy for superior achievement in pharmaco- STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS historical study or activity The Student American Pharmaceutical Association whose membership in- American Pharmaceutical Association Award A certificate of recognition cludes all pharmacy students registered in the last three years of the School of is presented annually to the graduate who has made the most significant Pharmacy alms to promote their interests, scholastic, social and professional contribution to the Student American Pharmaceutical Association at Under its auspices, many worthwhile events are arranged during the school Duquesne University year The executive committee meets regularly with the Dean and the faculty Bernard and Blanche Schiller Award in the Humanities and Social moderator to act as liaison between students and faculty The annual mem- Sciences Annually an award of S25 is presented to the graduate who has bership fee includes one year's student membership to the American Pharma- demonstrated an understanding of the value of the humanities and social ceutical Association and a year's subscription to its Journal Interested sciences in his development as a professional person This award is to be used pharmacy[ students enrolled in their first and second years at the University for the purchase of books on any aspect of the humanities in which the are also eligible for membership student is interested The Alpha Beta Chapter of Rho Chi, national pharmacy honor society at Mary McPartland Beck Award An award of $25 is presented annually to Duquesne University, was organized to promote the advancement of the the graduate who has shown outstanding ability and interest in the clinical pharmaceutical sciences Pharmacy students who have completed three and practice of pharmacy one-half years of work at the University level and have achieved a B average Bristol Award An award is presented annually by the Bristol Laboratories, are eligible for membership A maximum of 20 per cent of the class enroll- Inc , New York City, to a Doctor of Pharmacy candidate for excellence in ment may be admitted to membership Doctor of pharmacy candidates are scholastic achievement eligible under the same conditions Faculty and graduate students in the pharmaceutical sciences may also be invited to join

150 SCHOOL OF PHARMACY SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 151

Bristol Award A copy of a standard reference book is awarded annually Syntex Preceptor of the Year Award An appropriately designed plaque is by the Bristol Laboratories, Inc , New York City, to the graduate who has in awarded annually by the Syntex Laboratories, Inc , of Palo Alto, California the opinion of the faculty attained unusual distinction in the work in to the preceptor who, in the opinion of the Pharmacy Interns, best exem- pharmaceutical administration I plifies professionalism, ethics, and clinical practice Faculty Award The faculty of the School of Pharmacy may present an Upjohn Award A suitably inscribed plaque is awarded annually by the appropriate award to an outstanding member of the graduating class who has Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo, Michigan, for outstanding public service displayed exceptional qualities of academic excellence and a QPA of over Western Pennsylvania Society of Hospital Pharmacists Award Annually an 3 75 award of $25 is presented to the graduating senior who demonstrates out- Maurice H Finkelpearl Award An award of S50 is presented annually to a standing ability and interest in the area of Hospital Pharmacy student who intends to practice Community Pharmacy Galen Society Award The Galen Society of Pittsburgh annually offers two GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS $25 awards to the two members of the graduating class who have achieved A committee of the faculty will review the record of each candidate for the highest standing in the departments of pharmacology and pharmaceutical graduation to ascertain full compliance with specific School of Pharmacy chemistry curriculum requirements and the general University Graduation Require- Samuel W Curtis Award Annually an award of $25 is presented to the ments, as stated on page 210 of this catalog This committee will then graduate who has shown outstanding ability and interest in the field of recommend candidates for faculty certification for graduation or for remedial pharmaceutics work to be fulfilled during the last semester of residence Communications Johnson and Johnson Award A replica of a rare Revolutionary War pertaining to this certification may be entered in the Office of the Dean Mortar and Pestle is awarded annually to an outstanding student of Pharmacy Administration STATE LICENSING Lilly Achievement Award A gold medal is presented annually to a mem- PENNSYLVANIA ber of the graduate class who has demonstrated superior scholastic and professional achievement as well as qualities of leadership A candidate for licensure as a Registered Pharmacist in the Commonwealth of Merck Sharp and Dohme Award Each year Merck and Company, Rahway, Pennsylvania must meet the following requirements before he may be admit- New Jersey, offers a set of valuable reference books to a member of the ted to the licensing examinations which are conducted by the Pennsylvania graduating class who attains the highest average in medicinal chemistry State Board of Pharmacy Rexall Award The Rexall Drug Company of Los Angeles, California, 1 Character—be of good moral character annually awards a bronze mortar and pestle to a graduate who has demon- 2 Professional Trdining—have a degree in Pharmacy granted by a School strated outstanding leadership and interest in the field of community or College of Pharmacy, which is accredited by the American Council on pharmacy Pharmaceutical Education Rho Chi Award Alpha Chapter of Rho Chi awards annually a suitably 3 High School Prep aration—have a State Preliminary Certificate certifying inscribed key to the student who earns the highest general average in all to not less than four years of high school work, or the equivalent in approved subjects during the first two years of the pharmacy program It is presented at subjects The certificate must bear a date not later than November 1 of the a meeting of the Student Chapter of the American Pharmaceutical year of matriculation Association As evidence of State approval, the candidate must present before Smith Kline & French Laboratories Award A personalized plaque is November 1 of the year in which the third year of course work in Pharmacy presented annually by the Smith Kline & French Laboratories, Philadelphia, is begun, a Pennsylvania State Preliminary Certificate issued by the Pennsyl- Pennsylvania, for superior achievement in Clinical Pharmacy vania Department of Education at Harrisburg Such certificates are granted, James L Strader Memorial Awaid Each year Mrs Joan V Ansberry and upon payment of a $5 00 fee to the State, to candidates who have completed Marshall Goldstein, proprietors of the James L Strader Pharmacy, Pittsburgh, an approved four-year high school course Full instructions for securing the present a stainless steel ieplica of the awardee's diploma to the graduating certificate are provided through the School of Pharmacy office to students student who has demonstrated outstanding general intelligence and maturity entering that year Applicants who cannot satisfy the requirements by in the opinion of the graduating class furnishing certified records from accredited high schools may make up deficiencies by passing the examinations given for this purpose by the Student American Pharmaceutical Association Award Annually an award is presented to the graduating student who has demonstrated through service, Credentials Evaluation Division of the Department of Education of the reporting and activity, an avid interest in organization work Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Further information regarding these

152 SCHOOL OF PHARMACY SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 153 I

examinations, fees, dates, etc may be obtained by writing to the Credentials helping to achieve the alms of the University and of the School of Pharmacy Evaluation Division, Department of Education, Commonwealth of Pennsyl- The foundation provides funds for improving the instructional and research vania, Box 911, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17120 facilities of the School, it assists in the advancement of pharmacy by sup- 4 Practical Experience and Internship—any person enrolled as a student porting the training of undergraduate and graduate students in industrial and of pharmacy in an accredited college shall at the end of the second year of research procedures, it helps to extend the knowledge from research being College file with the State Board of Pharmacy an application for registration conducted under the auspices of the School Contributions are solicited from as a pharmacy intern graduates and others intersted in the work of the Foundation They may be To insure proficiency in the practical aspects of pharmacy, the State Board addressed in care of the School of Pharmacy shall by regulation prescribe internship requirements which must be satis- factorfly completed prior to issuance of a Pharmacist's License The Board COURSE DESCRIPTIONS shall specify the period of time of not less than six months nor more than one The courses of instruction are numbered in accordance with a plan uniform year and when and in what manner the internship shall be served throughout the University Specific information concerning practical experience requirements as well Courses numbered 100 are Freshman courses, 200 Sophomore, 300 as all other requirements concerning licensure may be obtained from the Junior, 400 Senior Courses numbered 10 through 7 1 reflect required courses State Board of Pharmacy, Department of State, Box 2649, 279 Boas Street, in the professional curriculum Courses numbered 500 are graduate level Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17120 courses in which qualified undergraduate students may be enrolled with the permission of the Dean of the Graduate School Credit for these courses STATES OTHER THAN PENNSYLVANIA cannot be used to satisfy requirements for a second degree According to law, the licensing of an applicant seeking to become registered Course descriptions for the liberal arts and science courses may be found as a pharmacist is under the sole jurisdiction of the state in which he seeks to in the section of this catalog under the heading College of Liberal Arts and practice Although the requirements for licensure in the Commonwealth of Sciences and School of Business and Administration Pennsylvania are similar to those of other states, differences may exist Space limitations preclude a complete listing of the requirements of other states and the District of Columbia here The candidate for licensure in another state is DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY advised to consult the Board of Pharmacy in that particular state for com- AND PHARMACEUTICS plete information I MITCHELL L BORKE, Ph D PHARMACY CAREER GUIDANCE CENTER Chairman Associate Chairman ALVIN M GALINSKY Ph D A Guidance Center has been established within the School of Pharmacy to keep students informed about the latest career opportunities available to I PHARMACEUTICAL described and utih7ed in the laboratory those possessing a pharmacy education and to attract high school and junior ORIENTATION I cr Prerequisites Mathematics 115, general college students to the profession Introduction to pharmacy Discussion of physics, organic chemistry (concurrent registra- The Center consists of faculty members, School of Pharmacy alumni, and various phases of pharmacy and their relation- tion in organic chemistry may be accepted) Lecture, three hours, Laboratory, four hours pharmacy practitioners It provides upon request speakers for career day ship to the profession as a whole Pharma- ceutical organl7ations are discussed and evalu- programs and information to high school counselors on all matters relating to ated The pharmaceutical literature is discussed a pharmacy education and career 12 PHYSICAL PHARMACY 4 cr and a brief history of pharmacy is presented A continuation of Physical Pharmacy 11 Pamphlets containing career information on pharmacy are also available Lecture, one hour Prerequisite Physical Pharmacy 11 Lecture, through the Guidance Center Inquiries should be directed to the Pharmacy three hours, Laboratory, four hours Career Guidance Center, School of Pharmacy, Duquesne University, Pitts- I I PHYSICAL PHARMACY 4 cr burgh, Pennsylvania 15219 A course designed to acquaint the student with the theory upon which the principles and 14 PHARMACEUTICAL processes of pharmacy are based The theories MATHEMATICS 3 cr RESEARCH FOUNDATION of emulsification, drug extraction, isotonicity, A course designed to familiarize the student The Hugh C Muldoon and Pharmacy Alumni Foundation of Duquesne hydrogen ion concentration, theology, micro- with the mathematical problems and calculd- University, established in 1950 to celebrate the twenty-fifth anniversary of meritics, etc are discussed and the instruments tions encountered in pharmaceutical practice the founding of the School of Pharmacy, is an increasingly valuable aid in which are used in their measurements are Lecture, two hours, Recitation, one hour

154 SCHOOL OF PHARMACY SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 155

16 BIOCHEMISTRY 4 cr 23 MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY 3 cr DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACOGNOSY Designed to emphasize primarily the manner in Relationship between chemical structure and which energy is derived from food Metabolisms the biological action of drug molecules Chanman NORBERT A PILEWSKI PhD of carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins are dis- Emphasis is on underlying principles as well as cussed and interrelated The function of on specific therapeutic agents Organization is 26 NATURAL PRODUCTS 4 Lr and protozoal diseases along with worm infesta- enzymes, vitamins, and hormones is discussed by phbrmacological classification, with Deals with the important medicinal agents tions, their causes, symptoms, and treatments in relation to their role in metabolism The chemical properties relating to mechanism of which are derived from natural sources Empha- Lecture, thice hours, Laboratory, three hours relationship of biochemistry to disease states is action, stability, biodistribution and sis is placed on the medicinally important anti- I 36 PUBLIC HEALTH 3 cr stressed Prerequisite Organic Chemistry Lec- biotics, alkaloids, glycosides volatile oils, t i xed metabolism considered for each class Lecture, A discussion of Public Health measures such as ture, three hours, Laboratory, three hours oils, vitamins, carbohydrates, and enzymes, in- three hours Prerequisites Physical Pharmacy immunization, water purification, sewage cludes a description of the natural source of the 11, 12, or its equivalent disposal, treatment of contaminated individuals 19 ELECTRONICS FOR drug, its precise chemical nature, its pharma- and objects, control of rodents and insects, and HEALTH SCIENCES 4 cr 24 MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY 3 cr cological effect on the body, and its importance the relationship of these to the spread of A course for science students who have little or A continuation of Medicinal Chemistry 23 in medicine today Prerequisite Organic disease Health statistics, disaster preparedness, no background in electronics but who need a Prerequisite Medicinal Chemistry 23 Lecture, chemistry Lecture, three hours, Laboratory, and environmental pollution are also discussed working knowledge of electronic devices and three hours three hours circuitry Principles of electronics, servo- Lecture, three hours mechanisms, operational amplifiers, and digital 27 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 4 er 35 MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY 4 cr control problems are covered Prerequisites Rigorous training in stoichiometrie relation- Covers the general characteristics and 130 HISTORY OF Calculus 1, general physics Class, three hours, ships and in the application of equilibrium morphology of bacteria, the important staining PHARMACY 2 cr Laboratory, four hours principles, with laboratory experience in the techniques, methods of growing bacteria on A survey of the origins of science, medicine, principal methods of gravimetric and vol- artificial media, and testing the effects of and pharmacy from the earliest recorded events umetrie analysis Prerequisites Physical 21 BIOPHARMACEUTICS AND chernotherapeutic agents on pathogenic to the present with emphasis on nineteenth and Pharmacy 11, 12 or Physical Chemistry DOSAGE FORMS 4 cr bacteria It includes discussions of the im- twentieth century pharmacy in the United Lecture, three hours, Laboratory, seven hours A study of the physio-chemical, biological, and portant bacterial, rickettsial, bedsonial, viral, States Le( ture, two hours — pharmaceutical factors which affect absorption, 28 ORGANIC PHARMACEUTICAL distribution, metabolism, and excretion of ANALYSIS 3 cr drugs in man Emphasis is placed on the utiliza- A course devoted to the identification and tion of biopliarmdceutical and pharmacokinetic determination of the relative amounts of active DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACOLOGY-TOXICOLOGY knowledge in problems of bioavailability and constituents in pharmaceutical and medicinal bioequivalence of drug products and in the substances Prerequisite Analytical Chemistry determination of appropriate drug dosage 27 Lecture, three hours Chairman GENE A RILEY, PhD regimens Prerequisite Physical Pharmacy 12 therapeutic agents, designed for students with a 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2 DRUG ABUSE I cr Lecture, four hours A course designed to present the pharma- limited background in biological sciences Drugs AND RESEARCH 1-2 cr /sem cological and toxicological properties of sub- are considered from a "disease state" point of 22 BIOPHARMACEUTICS AND Opportunity for students to carry out inde- stances of abuse The major classes of drugs are view and include basic mechanisms of action DOSAGE FORMS 4 cr pendent Study or research under the supervision described with direct reference to t0VC and Important drug interactions as they relate to A continuation of Biopharmaceutics and of a faculty member Requires detailed study of adverse effects The myths and misconceptions patient care are included Not open to Dosage Forms 21 with emphasis on drug a subject area related to the professional goal of commonly attributed to some substances of Pharmacy Students Prerequisites Six credits of delivery systems Prerequisite Biopharma- the student The development of a skill is abuse are clarified The philosophy of the biological science, including physiology Lec- ceutics and Dosage Forms 21 Lecture, four mandatory and the student is evaluated on a course is to present an objective picture of the ture, three hours hours, Laboratory, seven hours, Recitation, one competency basis Maximum of four credits hour Registration by permission of instructor "drug abuse era" in this country The course is intended for all students beginning their col- legiate Studies Admission to this course for 4 SOCIAL DISEASES I cr students who have completed Pharmacology 33 Causes, course of diseases, prevention, treat- or its equivalent is by approval of the merit and social effects of venereal diseases instructor Awareness and common sense should be awakened in students by the course Lecture, 3 BASIC PHARMACOLOGY 3 cr one hour a week Open to students who have A course dealing with the major classes of not completed Pharmacy 33 156 SCHOOL OF PHARMACY SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 157

17 ANATOMY AND scopic examination of tissues, hematology and DEPARTMENT OF CLINICAL PHARMACY PHYSIOLOGY 3 cr the clinical appraisal of physiological functions An integrated course of the structure and func- Laboratory-lecture, three hours Chairman THOMAS MATTEI, Pharm D tion of tissues and organs The various organ systems of vertebrate species are discussed as 33 PHARMACOLOGY 3 cr 31 PROFESSIONAL AND integrated functional units Prerequisite Gen- A basic course in pharmacodynamics and phar- CLINICAL PRACTICE 4 cr the student to pool his background of social, eral Biology 112, Lecture, three hours macotherapeutics Special emphasis is placed on A course designed to prepare the student for physical and biological sciences in dealing with its sites and mechanisms of action of thera- professional pharmacy practice Didactic, complications of modern drug therapy Pre- 18 ANATOMY AND peutic agents Prerequisites Anatomy and laboratory and clinical experiences are requisite Biopharmaceutics and Dosage Forms PHYSIOLOGY 4 cr Physiology 17, IS Lecture, three hours integrated to develop the student's ability in 22 Lecture, three hours, Laboratory, six hours A continuation of Anatomy and Physiology 17 34 PHARMACOLOGY 4 cr providing pharmaceutical services to patients Prerequisite Anatomy and Physiology 17 and A continuation of Pharmacology 33 and to other members of the health team 32 PROFESSIONAL AND 20 Lecture, four hours Prerequisite Pharmacology 33 Lecture, four Emphasis is placed on the use of modern CLINICAL PRACTICE 4 cr hours medicinals in a variety of patient, sociological A continuation of Professional and Clinical 20 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY and disease situations Advanced teaching tech- Practice 3 1 Prerequisite Professional and LABORATORY I cr 40 PHARMACOLOGY 3 cr niques utilizing case discussions, the computer Clinical Practice 31 Lecture, three hours, Lecture presentations of gross anatomy and A continuation of Pharmacology 34 Lecture, and clinical interactions with patients requires Laboratory, six hours laboratory procedures including the micro- three hours

DEPARTMENT OF MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Director JEANNE A COOPER, M D DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACEUTICAL ADMINISTRATION Education Coordinator EILEEN STEELE, M T (ASCP) 61 CLINICAL CHEMISTRY 7 cr culture methods, biochemical and immu- Chairman ANTHONY J AMADIO, M B A A comprehensive study of the chemistry and nological aspects of identification, and the ap- metabolism of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, plication of these to the disease state 12 PHARMACEUTICAL legal forces affecting the practice ofphaimacy and electrolyte, enzyme, and hormone systems LAW 3 cr The course considers the persons, places, and as revealed by the various examinations per- 66 PARASITOLOGY 5 cr A course designed to acquaint the student with activities involved in providing health care serv- formed on blood and other body fluids Methods of identification of the various the philosophy of law and its relationship to ices with special emphasis on the role of the parasites infesting man, with detailed study of pharmacy Federal, state, and local laws and community pharmacist Lecture, three hours 62 URINALYSIS 2 cr their morphology and habitat regulations pertinent to the handling and sale of The study of renal function and its abnormah- drugs, cosmetics, narcotics, poisons, and 39 PRACTICAL PHARMACY 1 3 cr ties as portrayed by alterations in the composi- 67 IMMUNOLOGY 2 cr alcohol are discussed A review of antitrust Practical Pharmacy Program required of all final tion of the urine Study of the procedures used in analysis of laws, fair-trade regulations, and other court immune mechanisms of the body, and their year pharmacy students and involving place- 63 HEMATOLOGY 5 cr decisions of importance to the pharmacist is ment in operating pharmacies with a pharmacist application in disease processes included Elements of Business law and civil Detailed study of the anatomy and physiology preceptor Off-campus placement may be neces- of the blood and various laboratory methods responsibilities of the pharmacist are also dis- sary Note calendar change for fifth year 69 MYCOLOGY I er used in establishing inherited or acquired ab- The study of the pathogenic fungi, the diseases cussed Lecture, three hours students may be required normahties of blood or blood forming organs they cause, and the technical methods of identi- fication 37 PHARMACY ADMINISTRATION 3 cr 41 PRACTICAL PHARMACY 11 3 cr 64 BLOOD BANKING 3 er A course designed to familiarize the student An extension of Practical Pharmacy 39 required Essentials and importance of proper selection 70 VIROLOGY I cr with the diverse social, political, economic, and for all final year students of blood for transfusion, pretesting methods, The study of the viruses causing disease and the records, and administration of blood Also in- technical methods of identification cluded are studies of tests pertaining to isosensi- tization 71 NUCLEAR PATHOLOGY 2 er 65 BACTERIOLOGY 5 cr The study of the use of rachosiotopes in the The study of clinical bacteriology, including diagnosis and treatment of disease

158 SCHOOL OF PHARMACY SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 159

DEPARTMENT OF RADIOLOGICAL HEALTH RECOMMENDED PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES The following elective courses are taught in the School of Pharmacy and may Chauman MITCHELL L BORKE, Ph D be chosen by students who have met the prerequisites 51 RADIOLOGICAL HEALTH 539 BIONUCLEONICS 3 cr 29 EMERGENCY 53 ADVANCED CLINICAL PRACTICE 4 cr A Study of the fundamental techniques of TREATMENT 3 cr PHARMACY 3 er Designed to provide the student with practical manipulation and measurement of radi- A lecture-demonstration course The course A course designed to present the pharmacy experience in at least four broad areas of radi- oisotopes E\periments performed individually teaches how to render first-aid cases of emer- student with actual patient-drug relationships as ologiLal health industrial, hospital, reactor, and by each student include measurement of r idio- gency, while awaiting the arrival of a physician observed in the hospital Lecture, one hour, university This experience will be acquired activity with G-M counters, flow counters, Special emphasis is placed on emergencies Recitation, one hour, Laboratory, three-four through observation and participation in daily ionization chambers, proportional counters, which the pharmacist is most likely to be con- hours practical problems of radiation protection with- crystal and liquid scintillator^, study of the fronted with, e g epileptic seizures, heart at- in local organizations representative of the four characteristics of radiation, gamma spec- 56 CLINICAL CHEMISTRY 3 cr tacks, fainting, diabetic coma, etc Pre- broad areas of radiolo-ical health Emphasis trometry, some applications of radioisotopes in A course adapted to familiarize the student requisites Anatomy and Physiology 17 and 18 will be placed on personnel monitoring and pharmacy, chemistry, biology, etc Pre- with qualitative and quantitative determina- Lecture, three hours, demonstrations included closimetry, radiochernic,il assaying of biological requisites Chemistry 121, 122, Physics 211, tions of biochemical body constituents in order during lecture hours and environmental materials, field surveying of 212 that the information may be utilized in clinical plant operations involving large quantities of medicine Prerequisite Biochemistry 16 Lec- 540 fission products and other radioactive materials ' ADVANCED BIONUCLEONICS 52 HOSPITAL PHARMACY 3 er ture, three hours, Laboratory, four hours AND RADIO- environmental monitoring practices, decon- An introductory course designed to acquaint PHARMACEUTICALS 3 cr tamination procedures, and radiation protec- the student with the history, organization, and 58 COMMUNITY PRACTICE 1 3 cr A course devoted to the practical applications tion record keeping Prerequisites Bionucie- development of pharmacy practice in hospitals The course considers the principles and furic- of radioactive isotopes in Lhemistry, biology, onics 539, Radiological Health 541 The respo nsib ill ties of the pharmacy service in tions of management as applied to a com- pharmacy, and medicine The scope of the Co-requisite Radiological Health 542: the modern hospital are discussed field trips to munity pharmacy operation so that the objec- course includes neutron activation analysis, Laboratory, 16 hours area hospitals complement the lecture material tives of the pharmacist-manager are attained gamma spectrometry, tracer methods, and Prerequisite Physical Pharmacy 12 Lecture, with maximum efficiency Prerequisite radiopharmaceuticals Prerequisite Bionuc le- three hours Pharmacy Administration 37 Lecture, three onics 5 39 hours 306 APPLIED ELECTRONICS 1 LABORATORY 2 cr S41,542 RADIOLOGICAL HEALTH 54 STERILIZATION AND 59 COMMUNITY PRACTICE 11 3 cr This course seeks to combine a treatment of the I AND It 4 cr each PARENTERAL The course concerns itself with the operational principles of modern electronic instrumentation A course designed to review the fundamental PHARMACEUTICALS I cr aspects of a community pharmacy with with practical laboratory experience Topics physical and biological principles of radiation Sepis and asepis, sterilization, bacterial flltrd- emphasis on the business or commercial matters which will be included are passive and active protection, and the application of these princl- tion, pyrogen and sterillty testing Class si7e pertinent to a successful operation Pre- electronic components, electronic measuring m- ples to the measurement techniques, radiation limited to 18 students Laboratory, 16 hours requisite Pharmacy Administration 37, Lec- struments, power supplies, amplitication, feed- hazard evaluation, radiation protection surveil- Prerequisite Physical Pharmacy 12 ture, three hours back and control, impedance matching, linear lance and administration Scientific principles and digital devices Emphasis will be on proper most applicable to solving problems of protect- use of instrumentation rather than on advanced ing humans from unacceptable levels of radia- principles of design Prerequisite Permission of tion exposure both in occupational and public Any course taught in the University may be chosen as an elective course by instructor environment die emphasized students who have met the prerequisites The following courses offered by the Graduate Department of Pharma- ceutical Sciences are available to qualified upperclassmen in the School of Pharmacy

501 MANUFACTURING PHARMACY 510 ADVANCED BIOPHARMACEUTICS

502 PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATION 523,524 MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY AND DEVELOPMENT 525 ELECTRONICS FOR SCIENTIFIC 505 METHODS OF PHARMACEUTICAL INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL

160 SCHOOL OF PHARMACY

539 BIONUCLEONICS 1 560 BIOSYNTHESIS OF NATURAL PRODUCTS 540 ADVANCED BIONUCLEONICS AND 561 GENERAL TOXICOLOGY RADIO PHARMACEUTICALS 563 PATHOLOGY S41,542 RADIOLOGICAL HEALTH 567,568 CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY 543 BIOSTATISTICS AND EPIDEMIOLOGY 569 TOXINS THEIRCHEMISTRY, BIOLOGY, AND TOXICOLOGY

Descriptions of these courses may be found in the Graduate School of Liberal Arts and Sciences Catalog

RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES FOR RADIOLOGICAL HEALTH 103 LOGIC 201,202 ENGLISH LITERATURE III INTRODUCTIONTO 231, 232 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PHILOSOPHY UNITED STATES g, 102 ETHICS 307, 308 HISTORY OF, SCIENCE 101 INTRODUCTION TO 201 SPEECH AND PHONETICS POLITICAL SCIENCE 202 SPEAKING AND LISTENING 312 INTERNATIONAL LAW AND ORGANIZATION 101 ELEMENTS OF ECONOMICS 103 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 1 203 GENETICS 101 SURVEY OF SOCIOLOGY

jv 162 1 RESERVE OFFICER TRAINING CORPS 163

Reserve01-. Officer Training Corps Advanced Course students (juniors and seniors) are required to take MS40t PROFESSIONAL SEMINAR 3 cr

MS 005, 006, 007, 008 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORIES 0 Cr DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE (one a semester)

Department Head COLONEL JAMES R BAMBERY, USA SAMPLE PROGRAM Freshman Year PROGRAMS The Army Reserve Officer Training Corps (ROTC) program is open to male Fall Semester Spring Semester Credits Courses Credits and female students on a voluntary basis Two-year and four-year programs Courses Academic Major 12 Academic Major 15 are offered, both are taken in conjunction with the required course of study Military Subject or MS 002 Professional in all the University's undergraduate degree programs Interested incoming approved elective 3 Laboratory 0 students are encouraged to enroll immediately so that the ROTC program and MS 001 Professional their academic major are phased properly for graduation For entry into the Laboratory 0 two-year program, the student must have two academic years remaining, 15 15 either at the undergraduate or graduate level, or a combination of the two After successful completion of the four-year or two-year program, a student Sophomore Year will be commissioned a second lieutenant in the United States Army The Academic, Major 15 Academic Major 12 Professor of Military Science invites letters or telephone calls of inquiry MS 003 Professional Military Subject or Questions will be answered promptly Laboratory 0 approved elective 3 MS 004 Professional FOUR-YEAR Laboratory 0 All four-year program students are encouraged to take two of the following 15 15 four courses during their freshman and sophomore years Junior Year HIS 348 MODERN AMERICAN POL SCI 215 NATIONAL MILITARY HISTORY 3 cr STRATEGY 3 cr Academic Major 15 AcaderfflL Major 12 MS 005 Professional MS 301 Dynamics of Group SOC 195 THE MILITARY MS 302 DEFENSE Laboratory 0 Presentations 3 AND SOCIETY 3 cr MANAGEMENT 3 cr MS 006 Professional Laboratory 0

15 15 In addition freshman and sophomore students are required to take Military Science Professional Laboratories 001, 002, 003, 004 (one a semester) Summer Attendance at six-week ROTC Advanced Camp Advanced Course students (juniors) are encouraged to take Senior Year MS 301 THE DYNAMICS Academic Major 12 Academi( Major is OF GROUP MS 401 Professional MS 008 Profes^ional PRESENTATIONS 3 er Seminar 3 Laboratory 0 MS 007 Professional Laboratory 0 15 15

RESERVE OFFICER TRAINING CORPS 165 164 RESERVE OFFICER TRAINING CORPS

TWO-YEAR COURSE DESCRIPTIONS All students in the two-year program are required to successfully complete BASIC COURSE relate to the civilian environment Prerequisite the six-week ROTC Basic Summer Camp prior to their last four semesters at Soc 101 the University and to fulfill all requirements of the Advanced Course HIS 348 MODERN AMERICAN MILITARY HISTORY 3 cr POL SCI 215 NATIONAL MILITARY SCIENCE MINOR The course will systematiLally study modern U S conflicts from 1914 to the present The STRATEGY 3 cr The introductory course for the minor is History 348, Modern American course focuses on the political, social and In examining national seLurity strategy, analysis Military History (no credit toward the minor) The required, three-credit hour economic conditions leading to eaLh major con- will address such independent variables as courses are Sociology 195-The Military and Society, Political Science 215- flict, evaluates in general terms the conduct of qualitative and quantitative power factors, National Strategy, and Defense Management To complete the minor, one military operations, and assesses the impact of perceptions, physical and subjective bargaining elective must be selected from among the following the conflict upon the nation Special emphasis Lapability, and the external and internal en- is plaLed upon the role of the U S as a world vironment Attention is focused also on the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences leader, modernization of the Armed Forces, perceived institutional role of the military and its impaLt on the evolution of strategy with History Psychology military-business relationships, selective service, and public opinion particular emphasis placed on the national 231 DEVELOPMENT OF THE 226 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 11 — strategies of the United States in the post World U S TO 1877 ADOLESCENCE AND MATURITY SOC 195 THE MILITARY War 11 era AND SOCIETY 3 cr 232 DEVELOPMENT OF THE 340 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY MS 302 DEFENSE US SINCE 1877 To relate to the student the military's social 3 cr Speech processes and organizational setting To treat MANAGEMENT This course will examine the defense struLture 356 DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF 300 ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE the military profession as an object of social THE UNITED STATES inquiry, to enable the student to gain a fuller as a hybrid organization responsible to and de- 304 PERSUASION and more accurate assessment of the military pendent upon two opposing segments of CIVIL WAR AND 358 Furthermore, to attempt to present the military American society 1) Elected and appointed RECONSTRUCTION School of Business and Administration as objectively as possible In addition, the officials, 2) Representatives from private enter- fundamental changes that the American prise This unique interaction provides added Political Science 201 PRINCIPLES OF military has undergone in the 1960's and dimension to organizational theory, motivation, MANAGEMENT 309 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 1970's will be presented and how these changes communication, and management practices ADMINISTRATIVE 315 POLITICS OF THE 309 EMERGING NATIONS ORGANIZATION ADVANCED COURSE

MS 301 DYNAMICS OF portunity to broaden his/her experience in GROUP PRESENTATIONS 3 cr Command and Staff procedures Designed to give students opportunities to im- AIR FORCE ROTC prove their techniques of oral instruction PROFESSIONAL through formalized tea(^hmg and practical The Air Force ROTC program is offered on a cross-enrollment basis at t LABORATORIES 0 cr exercises Topics for student presentations will University of Pittsburgh Students interested in Air Force ROTC should relate to the theories of leadership as they ap- MS 001, 002 UNITED STATES contact the Department of Aerospace Studies, University of Pittsburgh for ply to the learning process ARMY ORIENTATION detailed information and enrollment procedures MS 401 PROFESSIONAL MS003,004 PRESENTATION OF ARMY ROTC SCHOLARSHIPS SEMINAR 3 cr MILITARY SKILLS Designed to give the student facts about career Army ROTC offers a number of scholarships for cadets enrolled in the MS 005, 006 ADVANCE CAMP development, the finer points of military four-year and two-year programs These scholarships include tuition, fees, and PREPARATION textbooks For details see ROTC Scholarships in the Financial Aid section, organization, operations and tradition, and fmanLial planning for himself/herself and a MS 007, 008 COMMAND AND page 193 family In addition the student will have op- STAFF DEVELOPMENT r 111,7

44

ok Al

,®rs, lip

era) jf^

OR IVI]

Student Services, N Programs and Organizations

-76`7 DEVELOPMENTAL SERVICES CAMPUS MINISTRY In conjunction with the academic pursuits of the University, the Pastoral Office of Campus Ministry through its staff offers many opportunities for the student to be active in his religious development and continued spiritual growth by seeking ways of working out his relationship and responsibility to God and neighbor N varied schedule of daily and weekend Liturgies is provided Priests are available for the Sacrament of Penance at regularly scheduled times and in- dividually at any other pre-arranged time The University Chapel remains open each day for prayer, reflection, and meditation Evenings of recol- lection, weekend retreats, informal discussions and conversations, counseling, guest lecturers, and other special programs are some of the current activities of Campus Ministry Open concerts of sacred music and recitals are given periodically during the year at the chapel All Campus Ministry activities are posted on the bulletin boards outside the chapel and in the Main Lobbies of each Residence Hall Students should feel free to stop in the Campus Ministry office at any time in the Administration Building (Ist floor) or in the main lobby of the Towers CENTER FOR ACADEMIC AND CAREER DEVELOPMENT (CACD) The Center for Academic and Career Development (CACD) is a coordinated guidance, counseling, referral, and consultative program within Duquesne University The Center provides for both direct counseling and guidance serv- ices to students, assisting them through the educational process and the career development process Through the Center a student can seek any or all of the following services academic planning, tutoring, academic skill development, vocational guidance, career planning, career information, job placement as- sistance, academic skill assessment, career assessment and personality assess- Wr ment Also, students can receive indirect assistance through referral to appropriate University and community programs The Center can further assist all University departments and divisions as a source for their student referrals also as a consultative service for occupational, community and University surveys of academic and career needs CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT Students and graduates of Du- quesne University have available to them the tull services and programs of Career Planning and Placement The person whose vocational goals have not been formulated or are changing may seek career planning through personal STUDENT SERVICES, PROGRAMS, ORGANIZATIONS 171 170 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY

careers, understand personal concerns, acquire referral information to contact with the professional staff and by using the career resources and University and neighborhood organizations, and acquire information con- collection Early use of this service is encouraged cerning applications for national and other standardized tests (for example The individual with well-defined career goals may seek employment advice GRE, SAT, MAT, LSAT, CLEP, etc ) including resume preparation, job application and interview techniques, job The Testing Bureau is open, free of charge, to all Duquesne students, and referrals, and credentials The graduating student may also be interested in is located in Room 308 of the Administration Building Appointments may campus interviews with visiting employers be made by telephone (434-6204) Hours are 8 30 A M — 4 30 P M , Monday Any student group or academic department may contact Career Planning through Friday and Placement for aid in developing a career program and/or in securing a career speaker INTERNATIONAL STUDENT ADVISEMENT The part-time and summer employment program is important to students The responsibility of the International Student Advisor is to be of service to in financing their education and to those seeking practical experience to all international students in the areas of adjustment, housing, and activities augment college training Placement in campus jobs is largely, though not Other services include the preparation of forms for extension of stay, as- totally, dependent upon financial need Part-time and summer jobs in the sistance for obtaining summer employment where permissible by law, and community are also available, with new listings arriving daily upon graduation, the preparation of applications for practical training Students and alumni are invited to call (434-6644), or visit (305 Ad- The International Student Advisor's office is part of the Office of the ministration Building), Career Planning and Placement Hours are 8 30 A M Dean of Students which is located in the Duquesne Union — 6 00 P M , Monday and Thursday, and 8 30 A M — 5 00 P M , Tuesday, Wednesday and Friday PSYCHOLOGICAL CENTER FOR TRAINING AND RESEARCH

LEARNING SKILL PROGRAM The Learning Skills Program, located on the 'The Psychological Center for Training and Research is staffed by the third floor of the Administration Building, is an anLillary academic service, Psychology Department and is available to students for personal counseling whose primary charge is the intellectual development of students Services are Counseling interviews provide the student with an opportunity for personal provided in coordination with academic offiLes of the University growth through the development of his ability to find his own solutions for As part of its academic assistance efforts, the Learning Skills Program difficulties of a personal nature Single conferences or a series of interviews in individual or group counseling can be arranged at the Center's Office, which is delivers diagnostic and prescriptive services Individualized developmental located on the third floor of the Guidance Building Hours are 9 00 A M to programs in reading, writing, mathematics, and science are offered students who seek to upgrade their academic skills and advance their intellectual 5 00 P M , Monday through Friday growth A free tutorial service provides students with competent tutors in RESIDENCE LIFE numerous subject areas In addition, a comprehensive study skills program is Residence Life is dedicated to the task of creating an environment in which a available to help students prepare study skills as well as to assist students student can grow and develop as a total person Its program is based on two experiencing academic difficulties assumptions 1) the student's residence hall living experience can be an im- The program is free to all Duquesne University students Appointments portant part of the total university education, and 2) the residence hall staff can be made by phoning 434-666 1 Hours are 8 30 A M to 5 30 P M , with a defined educational mission can greatly enhance the opportunities for Monday through Friday students to profit from their residence hall experience Therefore, it is the purpose of Residence Life to facilitate the personal and academic growth of TESTING BUREAU The Testing Bureau provides counseling to students student living by striving to make the whole of residence life an educational who have qucstions for concerns relating to some aspects of their personal experience To this end, the professional and resident assistant staff will and/or academic life As the name implies, tests and inventories are incorpo- provide the wherewithal to facilitate such development rated whenever appropriate to aid in compiling as much information about Recognizing that each individual has unique talents and potentials, every students' abilities, interests, and personality as possible, insofar as these relate effort is made to create a residence hall environment that is acceptable to to their concerns The test results are used in conjunction with extensive each individual and open to his or her effort on this environment It is the interviews in order to facilitate the resolution of problems by looking at student who, actively becoming part of environment, enriches his or her own alternatives and trying to formulate viable plans development It is this aim that university living strives to accomplish The Testing Bureau has assisted students to make career choices, under- In the belief that residence living adds to the educational opportunities of stand their abdities, interests and personality factors, look at alternative the individual student, the University reserves the right to require all under- 172 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY STUDENT SERVICES, PROGRAMS, ORGANIZATIONS 173

graduate students who do not commute from their permanent home of Athletic Department supports the following varsity teams baseball, basket- residence to reside in University residence halls Availability of space cur- ball, cross-country, golf, rifle, tennis, women's basketball, and women's rently limits implementation of this requirement to freshmen and sophomore volleyball The golf, rifle, tennis, and bowling teams are open to both men students and women athletes The parking situation is critical, largely because of the University's urban Prospective candidates for any of the teams may obtain applications from setting, therefore, resident students are discouraged from bringing auto- the Athletic Office in the Main Gymnasium Those interested in applying for mobiles to the campus unless absolutely necessary Only a limited number of either of the women's teams may contact the Assistant to the Director of parking permits is available for resident students Athletics in University Hall Duquesne's women's varsity basketball and volleyball teams compete with women's teams from other colleges and HEALTH SERVICES universities in the tri-state area The bowling team competes in the Club The Health Services Office is located on the Second Floor of the Duquesne League of Western Pennsylvania Candidates for all teams may apply for Towers Residence Hall Registered nurses are available on a regular schedule athletic grants-in-aid throughout the year Clinic hours are conducted daily during the academic Football is an inter-collegiate sport funded under the Athletic Department year at specific hours, Monday through Friday, by the University physicians budget, operating within Club Football Association rules Those interested in Primary health care is provided for resident students as a part of their participating in football should contact the Director of Athletics No athletic room and board contract Commuter students may receive the same service grants-m-aid are offered for this sport by payment of a nominal fee each semester Further information may be obtained at the Health Services office DUQUESNE UNION Emergency service is also available to all commuter students, faculty The Union is more than a unique building It is an organization, a program, a members, and staff members A completely equipped ambulance is main- service, and a spirit that has spread through Duquesne since it opened in tained by the University for emergency use Should an emergency occur when March 1967 Through cooperative governance and management of its human the Health Services office is closed, the Department of Public Safety should and physical resources, the Union strives to stimulate individual self- be contacted immediately development through interaction with diverse people and ideas With a goal of Health Service costs are included in room fees for resident students and by community, all aspects of the Union—facilities, programs, and committees— payment of the previously mentioned special fee for non-residents, however, are open to all segments of the campus—students, faculty, administrators, and all additional treatment by non-University physicians, clinics, or hospitals staff must be paid for by the student PROGRAM BOARD HEALTHINSURANCE Student committees of the Union Program Board cooperatively organize a It is recommended that each student carry some form of health insurance variety of programs each year Funded by a portion of the University Fee, the The University provides a Student Health Care Program which has been de- Program Board coordinates and balances general campus programming under signed to meet the needs of the student, and is priced lower than individual the supervision of the Union Governing Council health insurance policies Complete information about this insurance plan The Union constitution permits considerable flexibility in its program may be obtained from the University Insurance Officer, Second Floor of the committee structure, committees may be added or deleted according to Administration Building Note The University is not responsible for medical student interest This allows for new ideas to grow and become an active part expenses resulting from participation in intramural sports of University activities Membership on Union Program Board committees is open to all students challenging them to meet and share their talents in ways which promote ACTIVITIES AND FACILITIES individual growth and group effectiveness ATHLETICS TAMBURITZANS Duquesne University is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Associ- The Duquesne University Tamburitzans were founded in 1937 at the ation, the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference, the Association for Inter- University and were the first university-based performing folk ensemble in the Collegiate Athletics for Women and the Eastern Association for Inter- United States The group takes its name from the Tamburitza family of Collegiate Athletics for Women The University follows the rules of these stringed instruments, indigenous to the folk cultures of Southeastern Europe organizations in determining a student's eligibility for a varsity team The STUDENr SERVICES, PROGRAMS, ORGANIZATIONS 174 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY 175

foster intelligent interest and participation in all phases of University life A The group exists for the dual purpose of preserving and perpetuating the major function of the SGA is to serve as student representatives on important Eastern European cultural heritage in the United States and offering scholar- University committees, including the Administrative Council (advisory to the ship opportunities to deserving students President) and the Council of Academic Deans (the highest academic board) THEATRE RESIDENCE COUNCIL The Red Masquers serves to provide an extracurricular outlet for students The Residence Council coordinates activities, enforces regulations within the who wish to participate in the theatre Its aim is to provide the University and residence lialls, and promotes interest in campus affairs its students with educational and cultural benefits that accrue from a It is the aim of the Residence Council to serve as a link between the dramatic program In line with these objectives, the Masquer's program offers resident students and the administration Aside from the council activities, a variety of stage entertainment—one-act plays, musicals, comedies, tragedies representatives of the Residence Council serve on the Council on Student Any Duquesne student is eligible for membership Services and the Food Service Committee to provide student input for the formulation and review of University policies affecting residence life WDUQ RADIO AND TELEVISION The University's radio station (WDUQ-90 5 F M ) and television (closed INTER-FRATERNITY COUNCIL circuit) provide academic support to the individual schools and departments The Inter-Fraternity Council serves as a clearing house for general fraternity through seminars, workshops, laboratory experience, and extracurricular op- social information and as a forum for airing constructive proposals for the portunities in communication skills for individuals and groups Most positions improvement of the fraternity system Membership in the Council is com- on the staff are filled by students The University radio station operates on a posed of three elected or appointed representatives from each of the 10 25,000 Watt frequency over a radius of seventy miles member fraternities The IFC establishes all rules governing inter-fraternity sports and regulates pledging SYSTEMS CENTER

The Systems Center is a service department operated by the School of PAN-HELLENIC COUNCIL Business and Administration Its main function is to make available to the The Pan-Hellenic Council was established for the purpose of strengthening students and faculty of the University the use of a modern computing system women's fraternities as organizations and for promoting cooperation among Through the curriculum offered by the School of Business and Adminis- the groups through scholastic, athletic, and social activities Member- tration, the student is made cognizant of the potential uses for this new and ship in the Pan-Hellenic Council is composed of the presidents and elected powerful tool Instruction in basic programming is provided to the students representatives of each of the six women's social fraternities Pan-Hellenic to aid them in fulfilling their class assignments Individual research projects Council establishes all rules concerning the rushing and pledging of new by the students and faculty are encouraged fraternity members An auxiliary function of the Systems Center is to provide data-processing services for the administrative offices of the University Two of the services STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS being provided are automated registration and grade reporting Students who There are more than 100 active student organizations at Duquesne Some work in the Systems Center become involved with the problems of setting up serve the needs of such specific groups as minority students, veterans, and operating the data processing system residents, and commuters Others relate directly to major areas of study The Systems Center Staff is responsible for programming and operating Some honor academic achievement Many are formed to meet religious, serv- specialized programs such as the Duquesne University Management Game ice or social needs and interests Whatever their purpose, these organizations which is an important part of both the undergraduate and graduate and their activities comprise a major part of campus life curriculum HONOR SOCIETIES STUDENT GOVERNMENT These societies have as their primary purpose recognition of scholarship achievement and academic excellence and are members of the Association of STUDENT GOVERNMENT ASSOCIATION College Honor Societies The Student Government Association is a student-created structure designed PROFESSIONAL AND DEPARTMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS to provide a forum for the expression of student views and interests, to maintain academic freedom and responsibility as well as student rights, and to These professional organizations exist to provide the fertile ground for the 176 DUQULSNE UNIVERSITY Part IV: growth of informal exchange of ideas pertinent to the student's academic Admission, Tuition pursuits With this purpose in mind, these organizations sponsor numerous programs including debates, symposiums, and lectures and Fees, Financial Aid SERVICE ORGANIZATIONS The purpose of these nationally-affiliated organizations is to provide a high standard of service to the campus and local communities while, at the same time, developing the leadership qualities of and cooperation among each member of the organization With this purpose in mind, service organizations sponsor a wide variety of professional, service, charitable, and social programs

SOCIAL ORGANIZATIONS Social organizations are composed of college men and women who have joined together to enhance their identities by sponsoring and promoting social, athletic, cultural, and academic events Many of these organizations belong to Int er- Fraternity Council or Pan-Hellenic Council

PUBLICATIONS The Duquesne Duke, The University campus newspaper, is written and edited by the students for the students It appears every Thursday during the academic year except during examination periods and holidays, and provides

an array of campus news, student opinions, editorials and advertisements The to paper is geared all members of the University, administrators, faculty members, employees, and most of all students Membership in the Duquesne Duke is open to all students The Duquesne Magazine is a literary publication, published each semester, which affords students the opportunity to submit writing, artwork, and photographs L'Espirit du Duc, the yearbook, highlights the events of the previous year to remind all graduates of their alma mater It is mailed to all seniors after their graduation

STUDENT HANDBOOK A Student Handbook that contains detailed information about practices and procedures of Univeruty policies that concern students is available to all new enrollees It may be obtained ^rom the Information Office in the Duquesne Union or from the enrollee's academic advisor

.7 179

Admission

OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS

...... The Office of Admissions is located on the first floor of the Administration Building Telephone (412) 434-6220, 434-6221, 434-6222 Office houis Monday through Friday from 8 30 A M to 4 30 P M and on Saturday from 9 00 A M to 12 00 Noon

POLICY It is the policy of Duquesne University to admit applicants who are best qualified to profit from opportunities which the University offers for intel- lectual, spiritual, and social growth In general, admission is based upon past academic performance, scholastic ability, and personal characteristics In- formation about religious preference, sex, racial characteristics, and ethnic origin is not taken into consideration by the Committee on Admissions

1W ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS J I A candidate must have been graduated from an approved secondary school in the upper three-fifths of the class , and must have demonstrated exemplary personal conduct in that institution Applicants who have not completed four years of high school must submit d High School Equivalent Diploma issued by their state department of education Eli 2 High school curriculum must include 16 units distributed as follows four units in English, eight units in any combination from the areas of social studies, language, mathematics, and science, and four elective units for which the secondary school offers credit toward graduation In specific instances, and at the discretion of the Committee on Admissions, the genuine equivalent of these requirements may be accepted in lieu of the precise requirements specified (Note Candidates planning to enroll in Pharmacy, Pre-Dental, or Pre-Medical programs, Medical Technology, Radiological Health, or as science or mathematics majors should have completed a minimum of seven units in mathematics and sciences ) 3 Scores in accordance with the standards adhered to by the University W. must be presented for the required College Entrance Examination Board Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or The American College Testing Program (ACT) (Note For admission to the School of Music, an audition is required )

ROLLING ADMISSION According to the Rolling Admission Plan, as soon as an applicant's credentials arc. received, they are evaluated and notification of the decision of the Com-

ADMISSION 181 180 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY

on file with the Office of Admissions and the Financial Aid Office before mittee is sent to the applicant Duquesne University subscribes to this plan deadline dates Generally, a student will be notified upon receipt of senior SAT or ACT scores and the first marking period grades for the senior year INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Foreign students are expected to meet the requirements for admission from APPLICATION-NEW FIRST-YEAR STUDENTS secondary schools or from other colleges and universities as outlined below In every instance, Duquesne must receive complete and official transcripts of Application should be addressed to the Director of Admissions, Duquesne all degrees, diplomas, marks sheets, and examination records six months prior University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219 It may be submitted at any time to the student's expected date of entrance Records should be in original or during the candidates' senior year up to July 1, with admittance to Duquesne notarized photostatic copies, accompanied by certified English translations University to be initiated in November of the candidate's senior year I Academic The student must rank in the upper half of his secondary The application procedure is as follows school graduating class and must present satisfactory scores from the 1 Obtain, complete, and file the Application for Admission with the SAT (Scholastic Aptitude Test) Office of Admissions 2 English Proficiency Students coming directly from foreign countries 2 Include the $20 non-refundable application fee with the application are required to take the TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign form No application will be processed for consideration by the Committee Language)* in their country before a decision may be made on their on Admissions unless accompanied by the required fee admission to the University Proficiency in English must be demon- 3 Request the secondary school principal or guidance counselor to sub- strated in listening and reading comprehension and writing ability mit a transcript of the candidate's academic record Students who reside in this country at the time of application may be 4 Complete the required SAT or ACT examination during the spring of requested to take the TOEFL at the discretion of the Admissions junior year or fall of senior year It is the personal responsibility of each Office candidate to have test scores forwarded to the University 3 Financial Statement They must present documented evidence that 5 An interview is highly recommended for prospective students they have in their possession adequate funds for study at Duquesne 6 If accepted, submit non-refundable tuition deposit by May I of senior The University does not have a program of undergraduate scholarship year assistance for foreign students It is the responsibility of the applicant to arrange to have all supporting 4 Health Certificate Students for undergraduate admission must present credentials on file with the Office of Admissions and Financial Aid Office evidence of good health in the form of a health certificate signed by a prior to the deadline dates physician

EARLY ADMISSION Upon completion of all academic and non-academic requirements, the Foreign Student Advisor will issue the necessary documents for obtaining a Although the University believes that most students profit from four years in student visa to the United States To complete on-campus registration, the secondary school, the Early Admission Plan is open to outstanding foreign students who are admitted should plan to arrive one week before the students This is a plan whereby unusually able and mature candidates who term begins have completed less than four years of a secondary school program may apply for consideration to begin college after their junior year The high school POST-GRADUATES diploma is awarded following successful completion of their freshman year in A Post-graduate student must submit a Post-graduate application if the college Two separate interviews are required Further details may be ob- Bachelor's degree was received from an institution other than Duquesne If tained by telephoning or writing to the Admissions Office the bachelor's degree was received from Duquesne an application for re- admission must be submitted In both instances, proof of degree is required APPLICATION-OTHER CATEGORIES either by an official transcript or a certificate of graduation

It is the responsibility of persons who apply fbi evening study, or as foreign students, post-graduates, readmission students, transfers, temporary transfers, *For information about testing in any country, the Educational Testing Service, and veterans, or for the Summer Session from Duquesne or as, temporary Princeton, New Jersey 08540, should be contacted transfers from other institutions to arrange to have all supporting credentials 182 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY I ADMISSION 183

READMISSION close of the preceding Spring Semester for academic reasons may register for Any student who withdraws from the University must apply for readmission summer classes by permission of the Committee on Student Standing of their through the Office of Admissions regardless of the time interval involved school All students must have their course selections approved by their since withdrawal A student who is dismissed for academic reasons must academic advisor appeal to the Committee on Student Standing of the school to which applica- Graduates and other former students, including any who withdrew from tion for admission or readmission is being made the University, must obtain readmittance before they may register for summer classes

TRANSFERS STUDENTS FROM OTHER INSTITUTIONS A student of another college or university who wishes to enroll for the A student who wishes to transfer from another college or university must summer session, and who intends thereafter to return to the original institu- have the complete transcripts of high school and college records forwarded to tion and is eligible to continue there may be admitted to the Summer Session the Office of Admissions and must submit an application for admission When A tear-out admissions application and registration form for summer study is accepted, the student must supply to the dean of his school a description of provided in the announcement of summer offerings, which may be obtained the courses which appear on the transcript The student should contact the from the Office of Admissions at mid-March Advisement Office of his school for placement and curriculum planning fol- lowing a reasonable period for evaluation of transcript ADVANCEDPLACEMENT The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and Schools of Education and Pharmacy award 60 semester hours of credit to accepted transfer applicants who have an Associate Degree in Arts from a regionally accredited two-year Students who have followed the College Entrance Examination Board college institution level program in secondary schools and have performed satisfactorily in the Students transferring from a regionally accredited institution must present advanced placement examinations are eligible for advanced placement academic records which show an overall average of a C (2 0 on a 4 0 quality Duquesne University grants credit, as well as placement, for achievement that point system) merits such consideration Subjects included in the program are English Persons seeking admission to the University as transfer students from a composition, history, history of art, modern foreign languages (French, state approved college which does not have regional accreditation must have German, Spanish), Latin, mathematics AB, mathematics BC, physics B and C, attained a cumulative average of 3 0 based on a 4 0 quality point system In chemistry, biology addition, such prospective students must take the College Entrance Examina- Credit will be given on a minimum advanced placement score determined tion Board tests and attain the appropriate scores yearly by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences For current information An interview is required of all transfer students about the minimal score acceptable for each subject and the credits granted, consult with the University's Director of Testing Bureau or the Office of TEMPORARY TRANSFERS Academic Advisement, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences No Temporary Transfer Student will be granted admission without formal Applicants who hope to receive advanced placement credits must request application and an official transcript that scores be sent to the University Information about equivalent University No Temporary Transfer shall be permitted to register for more than two courses for which qualifying students May receive credit may be obtained semesters without making arrangements to become a permanent transfer from the University's Director of Testing Bureau or the Assistant Dean for An interview is required of Temporary Transfer applicants before at- Administration, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences tendance for their third semester ' COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM SUMMER SESSION The specific examinations for which the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences will award credit, with acceptable scores, are I General Examinations Humanities social sciences DUQUESNESTUDENTS 2 Subject Examinations American government, American history, Any Duquesne University undergraduate student who was granted continu- analysis and interpretation of literature, biology, college algebra, college ance at the close of the preceding Spring Semester is authorized to register in algebra-trigonometry, college composition, general chemistry, general the Summer Session Students who were dismissed by their school at the psychology, introductory calculus, introductory sociology, microbi-

184 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY 185

ology, macro-economics, micro-economics, statistics, western civilization Tuition and Fees A student who has accumulated 30 or more credits is not eligible to take The University reserves the right to modify these charges if exigencies require the General Examinations for credit A student who has completed 60 credits such action All charges are for one semester only, for yearly total, double in a degree program is not eligible for any CLEP tredit but may utilize the artiounts where applicable 11 challenge" procedure under the Credit by Examination policy described on Application Fee (no n-refu nd able) 20 page 207 The University is continuing to evaluate CLEP subject scores and Matriculation Deposit (non-refundable) $100 performance at Duquesne Credit will be given on a minimum score deter- Residence Hall Pre-Payment (non-refundable) $100 mined yearly by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Residence Hall Damage Deposit $ 50 Information about the time and place that examinations are given may be obtained from the University Testing Bureau or the College Level Examina- SEMESTER TUITION AND FEE CHARGES tion Program, Box 977, Princeton, New Jersey 08540 Information about Auditors pay the same as those taking credit The University reserves the right equivalent University courses for which qualifying students may receive credit to change the tuition and fee charges herein at any time may be obtained from the University's Director of Testing Bureau or the Undergraduate Tuition for each semester hour credit S 93 Assistant Dean for Administration, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Graduate Tuition for each semester hour credit $ 98 $150 CREDIT HOUR BANK *University Fee 12 or more credits 9 to I I credits $106 The Credit Hour Bank is designed for high school students and adults who 5 to 8 credits $ 75 would like to sample college courses prior to official enrollment The 1 to 4 credits $ 40 maximum number of credits that may be taken is 15 Credits completed in *Undergraduate Music Student Fee when carrying the Credit Hour Bank are held in escrow until the applicant applies and 12 or more credits $100 fulfills all regular admission requirements Upon regular admittance, all *Undergraduate Business and Administration Student Fee credits are then evaluated toward a degree program 12 or more credits $ 5 To apply to the Credit Hour Bank Program, write Credit Hour Bank across less than 12 credits $ 3 the top of an application, subrilit the $20 non-refundable application fee, and *Undergraduate Pharmacy Student Activities Fee $ 25 attach a letter indicating full comprehension and acceptance of the conditions (Third, Fourth, and Fifth Year Students) of the Credit Hour Bank Program Late Registration S 10 Generally, all first year courses in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences S 5 are open to Credit Hour Bank students Removal of I Grade Fee Change of Schedule Fee for processing each form $ 5 Credit by Examination for each course credit hour $ 10

LABORATORY FEES All amounts are for one semester, where applicable, the yearly charge is double In addition to the laboratory fee, there is a breakage charge of $5 00 a semester, this is proportionately refundable, depending upon the losses incurred

Biology (each laboratory) $ 25 Chemistry (each laboratory) $ 25 Earth Science 103, 104 $ 15 English 380, 381, 382, 383 $ 5 Journalism 267, 268, 367, 369, 405, 409 $ 10

*Charged on each semester registration ) 186 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY TUITION AND FEES 187

Journalism 370, 378, 413 $ 15 TUITION REMISSION SCHEDULE Pharmacy (each laboratory) $ 40 This schedule applies to tuition only, it does not apply to other charges, such Physics (each laboratory) S 15 as the University Fee, course fee, and laboratory fees, nor to the reduction of Psychology 356 S 7 credits resulting from course withdrawals made after the Change of Schedule ROTC Professional Laboratories 5 period Speech 101,, 203 5 Within the Semester Percent of Remission First Week 80 SUMMER AND SPECIAL SESSION TUITION AND FEE CHARGES Second Week 80 Undergraduate Tuition for each semester hour credit $ 93 Third Week 40 Graduate Tuition for each semester hour credit $ 98 Fourth Week 20 University Fee I to 4 credits $ 40 After Fourth Week None 5 to 8 credits $ 75 Within the Summer Session 9 to I I credits $106 First Week 60 12 or more credits $150 Second Week 20 GRADUATION FEES After Second Week None Bachelor Degree $ 30 Master Degree $ 40 ROOM AND BOARD Doctor of Pharmacy Degree $ 40 Juris Doctor Degree f S 40 The request for on-campus residence is made on the same form used for Doctor of Philosophy Degree S 55 application for admission to the University After the student has completed Thesis Binding Fee—Doctoral Dissertation $ 40 the admission procedure and has paid the matriculation deposit, the residency Thesis Binding Fee Master Thesis $ 25 request is referred automatically to the Director of Residence Life The request is processed and necessary application forms are forwarded to the WITHDRAWAL AND TERMINATION OF ATTENDANCE student Upon officially withdrawing from the University, a student receives remission The University requires that a prepayment of $ 100, which is appliLable to of part of the tuition charged for the semester or session in accordance with the following semester's room and board account, accompany all applications the Tuition Remission Schedule The amount of the remission is added to for room reservations or renewals This pre-payment is non-refundable payments, and a cash refund is made where a credit balance is created on the In addition, a $50 damage deposit must accompany each initial housing student's total account contract This deposit is retained by the University throughout the period of The Effective Date of Withdrawal for determining the percent of remission residency If no damage deductions are incurred and the room key and ID is that on which the appropriate Academic Dean was notified by letter of the card returned, the full amount of the deposit is refunded at the final termina- student's decision to terminate attendance and requested official withdrawal tion of residency It is also the recorded date of the student's separation from the University Reservations are made on a semester basis—August to December, January and regarded as the last day of attendance A student is considered enrolled to May Rooms may be occupied no earlier than noon of the day preceding and "in attendance" until he or she acts to terminate attendance in con- the beginning of the orientation or registration periods formity with this policy even though absences from classes were observed and All students occupying rooms in the University residence halls are required recorded before the Effective Date of Withdrawal to take their meals at the Resident Dining Hall Charges are for 20 Meals a Any remission of tuition beyond the limits of the prescribed withdrawal week, with meals served commencing with the evening meal of the day before schedule is subject to approval of the University Vice President and Treasurer the first day of classes However, when a student's attendance is involuntarily terminated because of All resident students must present evidence of health and accident in- personal disability arising frorn injury or illness, the appropriate Academic surance coverage, such coverage is available through the University Dean may establish the last day of attendance as the Effective Date of The University reserves the right to modify these charges if exigencies Withdrawal N require such action

188 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY TUITION AND FEES 189

Regular Session—Room and Board (20 meals a week) BANK CREDIT CARDS

Single for each semester $957 50 BankAmericard and Master Charge are accepted for payment of tuition, fees,

Double for each semester $752 50 room and board Summer Sessions—Room and Board* CASHING CHECKS Eight Weeks A student may cash a check up to a maximum of $50 at the Cashier's Office Single $51000 between 9 00 A M and 4 00 P M , Monday through Friday, except during Double $40200 Six Weeks registration, with a validated ID Card

Single $383 00 BAD CHECKS Double $301 00 it is the policy of the University to charge bad checks to the student who Workshops (a week) cashes them regardless of the maker A $3 00 service charge will be assessed Single $ 6400 on checks that are returned from a bank for lack of funds In addition, Double $ 5000 monthly bills will reflect a $ 10 penalty plus 15 percent a year on the balance due ROOM AND BOARD REFUND No refund of room charges will be made where withdrawal occurs after the SCHOLARSHIPS opening of class A student may have a scholarship to credit towards his or her tuition and In the event of withdrawal, board will be refunded at the rate of 75 fees This scholarship will only be honored by the cashier when it is presented percent of the balance left on the student's meal plan up until mid-semester on a Scholarship Voucher prepared by the Scholarship and Financial After the mid-semester point, no refund will be made Assistance Office

PAYMENTS AND OTHER CREDITS

DEFERRED PAYMENT All charges for tuition, fees, room, and board, less financial assistance author- ized by the Financial Aid Office, are payable at registration

STUDENT FINANCING PROGRAM The University provides a deferred plan for the payment of tuition and fees, to qualify for the plan all charges for previous semesters must be paid in full The program provides financing up to 50 percent of the total current semester charges, less financial aid and other prepayments, to be repaid in two equal installments with interest on the unpaid balance of 15 percent a year I A late charge of $ 10 a month plus interest at the rate of 15 percent a year will be assessed for any amount which is not paid when due

*Those desiring residency for the Summer Session should make reservations with the Assistant Dean of Students and Director of Residence Life no later than May 31 A deposit of $20 must accompany each application After occupancy, the deposit is applied toward the room and board expenses This deposit is not refunded if the room is not occupied

190 FINANCIAL AID 191

Financial Aid accepting future repayment responsibility Student employment programs provide the opportunity to help earn a portion of the educational costs Duquesne University subscribes to the philosophy that "no student should be GIFT ASSISTANCE denied the education of his choice for lack of sufficient financial resources " The Office of Student Financial Aid has been established to help students Non-repayable scholarships or grants are available in accordance with one or a locate the financial support they require Students and parents should not be combination of the following criteria 1) Financial Need, 2) Superior overwhelmed by the variety and apparent complexities of modern student Academic Potential or Achievement, 3) Economic Oppo7 tunity, which aims financial aid Rather, a patient and thorough examination of aid opportuni- to provide economic parity for the student with very limited family re- ties should be undertaken to locate the most advantageous forms of assistance sources, and whose need is therefore exceptional, and 4) Service Recognition, available to the individual student which reflects proficiency in a specialized field such as music, or for future service such as an officer in the Armed Forces It should be noted that many PRINCIPLES OF AID sources of gift aid expect the student to accept some form of self-help assistance FINANCIAL NEED The major criterion of most aid programs is the student's need for funds MEETING STUDENT NEED Parents and the student are expected to pay the expenses of education The Financial Aid Office attempts to provide aid equal to need for all student However, to the extent they cannot reasonably be expected to meet this applicants Frequently, this requires an "aid package" consisting of funds expense, there is a demonstrated financial need or eligibility for aid Methods from multiple aid sources and programs Those programs which are under the of determining need may vary slightly among aid sources, but all have the direct control of the Aid Offi(,e are not usually sufficient to meet full need or common objective of identifying the difference between educational costs provide an aid package of the most beneficial composition It is advisable and and the individual family's ability to contribute to these costs The costs expected that students who apply for assistance to the University will also considered include tuition, fees, room and board or an allowance for main- apply to federal, state, and other available sources tenance at home, travel or commuting expenses, books, and necessary personal expenditures Need analysis presumes the family's ability to con- PROGRAM FUNDING tribute to these costs will approximate- that of families of similar size and All programs of financial aid are subject to limitations of available funds financial strength, with consideration given 'for individual circumstances Therefore, in addition to the eligibility requirements of a particular program, Where need is a factor, it is extremely important that all financial information assistance depends upon the level of funding in the program First considera- reported by the family be complete, accurate, and updated for any major tion always goes to applicants who apply within deadline dates and who changes Such information is considered and treated confidentially by aid provid^ complete and accurate information All programs are subject to administrators change, elimination, or replacement Changes in government programs are routine, since these require periodic legislative review AWARD CONDITIONS All financial aid awards are subjeut to terms and conditions set forth in CURRENT INFORMATION applications and award notifications It is important that the student care- Because programs Of did and conditions of eligibility do change from time to fully read all information provided by aid sources and promptly notify them time, the student should attempt to keep abreast of new developments The of changes pertinent to their applications or awards high school guidance office, the University Financial Aid Office, and the office of education in the student's home state are excellent sources of in- STUDENT SELF-HELP foirnation Students should avoid the error of disqualifying themselves for As the beneficiary of higher eduation, the student is expected to accept at specific forms of aid because of hearsay or dated information A decision not least partial financial responsibility for the cost This principle is reflected in to apply to a particular aid source should be made only upon the advice of an both the determination of need and the types of aid available In determining aid officer need, consideration is given for at least a minimum contribution to cost from the student's summer earnings, savings, and benefits such as Social Security Two types of self-help programs of aid are available loans and work Student loans provide rates, terms, and conditions far superior to those offered by commercial lenders, and offer the student the opportunity to help himself by 192 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY FINANCIAL AID 193

SOURCES OF AID National Direct Student Loans National Direct Loans are available to both full-time and half-time students who demonstrate financial need and are ONE FINANCIAL AID OFFICE making acceptable progress toward a degree Recipients are selected in ac- cordance with guidelines published by the U S Office of Education Loan APPLICATION— UNIVERSITY AID repayment does not begin until nine months after the borrower terminates at Applicants must be currently enrolled in the University or be in the least half-time study, and is scheduled over a ten year period at a three process of applying for admission Incoming students should not wait percent interest rate for official acceptance to the University before applying for financial assistance Nurses Training Act Loans Nurses Training Act Loans are available to both full-time and half-time nursing undergraduate students who demonstrate 2 Obtain the formal application for financial assistance (Freshmen and financial need and are making acceptable progress toward a degree Recipients transfer students may obtain the form through Admissions Office are selected in accordance with guidelines published by the Federal govern- publications or through the Financial Aid Office Currently enrolled ment Loan repayment does not begin until nine months after the borrower students may obtain the form only through the Financial Aid Office ) terminates at least half-time study in nursing, and is scheduled over a ten-year Complete this application and submit it to the Financial Aid Office, period at a three percent interest rate Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219 PRIOR to these deadline dates For the Fall Semester or the academic year, no later Health Professions Loans Health Profession Student Loans are available to than May 1, for the Spring Semester, no later than December I Late full-time undergraduate students in the Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy applicants will be considered on the basis of available funds program who demonstrate financial need and are making acceptable progress 3 Obtain from the high school guidance office or the Financial Aid Office toward a degree Recipients are selected in accordance with guidelines a College Scholarship Service-Financial Statement Complete and sub- published by the Federal government Loan repayment does not begin until mit it according to instructions to the College Scholarship Service one year after the student ceases to pursue a full-time course of study in Statements take four to eight weeks to process and therefore should be pharmacy submitted as early as possible Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants Federal grant assistance is 4 A reply to this application, if filed by deadline dates, should be antici- available to full or half-time undergraduate students with exceptional fi- pated as follows Freshmen and new transfers 60 days after CSS filing nancial need Recipients are selected in accordance with guidelines published date, between mid-February and late March (providing student has been by the U S Office of Education accepted for admission) Upperclassmen and graduate students Replies should be anticipated in June or July Nursing Scholarships Scholarship assistance is avilable to full or half-time 5 Applications must be renewed annually undergraduate nursing students with exceptional financial need Recipients are selected in accordance with guidelines published by the Federal AID PROGRAMS governmQnt The following programs for which the foregoing application procedures Health Profession Scholarships Scholarship assistance is available to full-time apply, are administered directly by the Financial Aid Office undergraduate students with exceptional financial need who are enrolled in the Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy curriculum Recipients are selected in University Scholars Awards The University awards approximately 15 scholar- accordance with guidelines published by the Federal government ships annually to exceptional high school scholars These awards are not based on a demonstrated need and may be renewed each year provided the Repayment of Educational Indebtedness Upon completion of professional student maintains a high level of academic achievement Renewal amounts training, nurses may enter an agreement with the Secretary of Health Educa- I may vary relative to the degree of achievement tio n and Welfare to prectice the profession of nursing in an area determined to have a shortage of nurses Minimum agreement is for two years, with a Competitive Scholarships These awards are given to students of outstanding third year optional In return for such service, the Federal government will ability and achievement who also demonstrate financial need They are re- repay 60 percent of all bona fide educational indebtedness For three year newable yearly based on continued academic achievement, and continued service, 85 percent of indebtedness will be repaid demonstrated need Continued academic achievement is normally reflected by a cumulative Quality Point Average of 3 0 or above Renewal amounts Student Employment Two programs of employment are available to finan- may vary relative to the degree of achievement and level of need cial aid applicants who demonstrate need The first is the College Work-Study

194 DUQUESNF UNIVERSITY I-INANCIAL AID 19S

Program which is financed principally by Federal appropriations and awarded sistance to all other forms of did Students who apply for or receive aid as aid in aGeordance with guidelines published by the U S Office of Educa- through the Financial Aid Office should apply for a Guaranty Loan only after tion The second program is referred to as the General Program which is consulting with an Aid Officer funded by the University In addition to considerations of financial aid, place- ment in a part-time position depends upon the student's qualifications for FIVE OTHER SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS performing successfully in the job Student employment is limited to a In addition to mass programs of aid previously described, financial assistance maximum of fifteen working hours a week when classes are in session may be obtained from a wide variety of sources Since these tend to be Students working under either program may not retain outside jobs during e)cclusive, it is not possible to provide specific information In general the academic periods student seeking potential sources of aid may inquire of 1) high school Guide to Financial Aid for TWO BASIC EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS guidance officers, 2) library publications such as Students and Parents, published by Simon & Schuster, 3) parents' employers Direct grant assistance through the Federal government is available to under- or labor unions, 4) fraternal, social, religious, or professional organizations, 5) graduates based on an eligibility determination reviewed and adjusted each major organizations utilizing the skills of the field for which the student is year by Congress Grants range from a minimum of approximately $200 to a preparing, and 6) specific departments within the University (listing follows) maximum of S1800 to students determined to be eligible Applications may be obtained from high school guidance offices, college aid offices, or branches AID FROM DEPARTMENTS AND SCHOOLS of the United States Post Office All undergraduate students are advised to COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES apply for this form of aid Students receiving aid through the University are Carroll Scholarship in Creative Miting Established in memory of Monsignor required to apply for a Basic Grant Walter T Carroll and in tribute to Bishops Coleman F and Howard I Carroll, THREE STATE GRANT ASSISTANCE the purpose of this scholarship is to provide some deserving student, who has already demonstrated a talent in writing, with sufficient financial aid (the General Depending upon the student's legal state of residence, direct grant exact sum to be determined by the committee) so that in his senior year he assistance from the state may be available for study at Duquesne University may devote the time necessary to develop these talents The award is admin- Non-Pennsylvanians should contact their high school guidance counselor or the Carroll Scholarship Committee of the English Department state department of education to determine if grants are available, and to istered by Interested students should contact the committee before January 15 of their determine application procedures junior year Pennsylvania State Grants At current levels, grants ranging from $100 to The Foundation has estab- $1 200 a year are available to full-time undergraduate students, based on Pittsburgh Communications Foundation Loans loan fund for deserving junior and senior full-time students in considerations of financial need Applications may be obtained from high lished a $3000 the Department of Journalism Students will be required to repay the loan school guidance offices or from the Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance within two years after graduation at three percent a year Such loans will be Agency (PHEAA) in Harrisburg Deadline is normally May I granted on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Journalism Depart- FOUR GUARANTYSTUDENTLOANS ment assisted by the Journalism faculty Loan inquiries and applications This program provides long-term, low interest student loans available through should be made to the Chairman of the Department of Journalism the cooperative efforts of Federal and state governments and participating The Eleanor Polis Capone Memorial Award The award honors, in perpetuity, private lending institutions These loans are available to any student who is the memory of Eleanor P Capone The scholarship consists of the total enrolled in an institution of higher learning on at least a half-time basis They annual income from a restricted growth endowment fund and is awarded to are provided by commercial lending institutions in every state To apply, the an undergraduate student enrolled at the University, who will be selected on student should inquire at a local lending institution where the student or the basis of merit in the field of creative writing, with need a secondary parents have an account The maximum the student may borrow in any consideration Interested students should contact the Chairman, Honors and academic year is $2,500 The interest rate of seven percent a year will be Awards Committee, English Department, prior to January 15 automatically subsidized if the family's adjusted income is less than $25,000 Additional information about subsidy may be obtained from the lender Re- The Rev Joseph A Laurztis, CSSp, Journalism Scholarship This is an payment of these loans begins nine minths after graduation or withdrawal annual scholarship in tribute to the Rev Joseph A Lauritis, C S Sp , founder from school A 90-day processing period should be anticipated Guaranty of the Department of Journalism and the University's radio station, Loans are generally considered an alternate or sup^lemental source of as- WDUQ-FM, for an entering freshman at Duquesne University, planning to

196 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY FINANCIAL AID 197

major in journalism The award is administered by the Lauritis Scholarship Polish Arts League Scholarship This award is made annually by the Polish Committee of Journalism faculty, alumni, and friends Arts League of Pittsburgh to an outstanding performer in the School of Music Preference will be given to a student of Polish ancestry Other students Edward T Leech Scholarship This annual scholarship was established in will not be excluded from consideration 1971 by the Scripps Howard Foundation for journalism junior/senior students who demonstrate outstanding academic promise, concurrent Music School Scholarships These awards are made possible by donations financial need, and are preparing for a journalism career in the newspaper or from individuals and organizations in appreciation of performances by School broadcasting fields It is administered by the faculty of the Department of of Music students Journalism University Solo Wind Scholarships These scholarships in varying amounts are SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION awarded only to potential "First chair" performers Gulf Oil Corporation Honors Scholarships This program provides grants of University String Scholarships These scholarships for tuition and applied up to $1500 a year to outstanding undergraduate students in the field which music fees have been established by the University to promote the study of may eventually qualify them for employment in the business world and, more string instruments particularly, in petroleum and related industries Normally, one scholarship is This award is given to an outstanding wood- provided for each class, freshman through senior Pittsburgh Flute Club Award wind student Law Enforcement Assistance Programs (LEEP) Programs of grants and loans University Piano Scholarships These scholarships are awarded to students for students of criminal justice are administered by the Law Enforcement showing outstanding talent in piano Assistance Administration Preference is given the student who is currently a law enforcement officer pursuing a degree in law administration Ezio Pinza Memorial Scholarship This award is presented to an outstanding vocal student, male or female, between the ages of 17 and 25 who has not SCHOOL OF EDUCATION completed an undergraduate degree Heten S Platt Memorial Scholar6hip The Children's Aid Society of Jewish Women of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania will award a financial scholarship for a SCHOOL OF NURSING student majoring in Special Education who is in need of financial aid The Professional Nurse Traineeship Program The United States Public Health student must also have sound academic credentials and a commitment to a Service provides a limited number of trameeships for qualified registered career in Special Education nurse students who can complete the requirements for the baccalaureate degree within one year, who have been recently employed as nursing Lawrence Roche Memorial Scholarship The award will be made to a student administrator, supervisor (including head nurse), or teacher, and who can who, as a junior in the School of Education, has in the judgment of the qualify for admission to graduate study Awards Committee, demonstrated those qualities of scholarship, character, and professionalism which merit special recognition The awardee must have a Other Programs Two additional programs, Nurses Training Act Loans and minimum quality point average of 3 0 at the time of application The student Nursing Scholarships are described under Sources of Aid—Financial Aid must be officially registered as a senior in the School of Educationlof the Office, page 193 University at the time of receiving the award Applications must be submitted to the Dean's office no later than March I SCHOOL OF PHARMACY American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education, The Foundation an- SCHOOL OF MUSIC nually allocates funds to accredited colleges of pharmacy The college must Women's Advisory Board Scholarships This fund provides scholarships in provide a sum equal to that requested from the Foundation Recipients, varying amounts each year to vocal performers These scholarships are availa- designated as Scholars of the American Foundation for Pharmaceutical ble to entering freshmen and upperclassmen Education, are selected from fourth and fifth year students

George Barrere Memorial Scholarship The Pittsburgh Flute Club offers a Women of Galen The Women's Auxiliary of the Galen Pharmaceutical scholarship in flute in memory of George Barrere, founder of the first flute Society of Pittsburgh annually provides scholarship funds to be awarded to c,lub in the United States This $300 scholarship is awarded to a freshman or a deserving pharmacy students in their last years of attendance in the School of sophomore flute major Pharmacy

198 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY FINANCIAL AID 199

American Pharmaceutical Association Women's Auxiliary Loan Fund This Pittsburgh Graduate Chapter of Kappa Psi Pharmaceutical Fraternity Main- loan fund was established to support worthy women students in accredited tains a revolving loan fund for members of the undergraduate chapters De- colleges of pharmacy during the last two years of their attendance prior to tails are available from the School of Pharmacy graduation Rite-A id Scholarship A S 1,000 scholarship from the Rite-Aid Corporation is Beaver County Pharmaceutical Association Loan Fund This revolving loan available to students entering the final year of the pharmacy program Letters fund provides financial assistance to students in the School of Pharmacy who of application should be addressed to the Dean, School of Pharmacy, by May are residents of Beaver County, Pennsylvania Applications are to be made to I Selection is based on financial need, demonstration of normal progress, and the Dean of the School of Pharmacy good standing in the pharmacy program

Samuel W Curtis Loan Fund This fund is intended to provide financial Tau Alumni Chapter of Lambda Kappa Sigma This professional pharmacy assistance for students in the School of Pharmacy fraternity for women has established financial awards for members in their last three years of the pharmacy program Awards are based on financial need Joel P Laug^lzn Scholarship In the honor of Joel P Laughlin, a fraternity and participation in the organization brother whose life was terminated early in his professional program, the Graduate Chapter of Phi Delta Chi annually awards three $200 scholarships Dr B Olive Cole Graduate Educational Grant A $300 grant is offered by to one fraternity brother in each of the three professional years The recipi- Lambda Kappa Sigma to financially assist an alumnae member who is en- ents must have demonstrated academic achievement and active participation rolled in a program of graduate study and research in the pharmaceutical in the function of the Fraternity sciences Applications must be received by the chairman of the grant com- mittee by November 15 Applications are available in the School of Pharmacy Peter and Dorothy Manzione Memoi ial Fund A revolving loan fund, donated Office by Rosetta and Geraldine Manzione and friends'of the family, is available to all students in the School of Pharmacy Other Programs Two additional programs, Health Professions Loans and Health Professions Scholarships, are described under Sources of Aid— Mary McPartland Beck Scholarship Award Scholarship funds are available Financial Aid Office, page 193 from earnings on a fund started by a bequest to the School of Pharmacy in 1970 RESERVE OFFICER TRAINING (ROTC) SCHOLARSHIPS John W Dargavel Foundation Established by the National Assofiation of Army ROTC offers a number of scholarships for cadets enrolled in both the Retail Druggists in honor of its executive secretaiy, John W Dargavel, this four-year and two-year programs These scholarships provide for tuition, fees, foundation provides a $200 scholarship to a qualified student in the School required textbooks, and a S100 a month subsistence allowance Interested of Pharmacy as well as loans to students of pharmacy in their last three years high school students who feel they can meet the competitive standards for for payment of tuition, fees, and books the scholarships may apply by writing to Army ROTC, Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, Pa 15219 The application and processing period begins in June Galen Pharmaceutical Society Loan Fund This revolving fund was established of the year in which the student completes his junior year of high school For in 1963 for the purpose of providing financial assistance to worthy students cadets already enrolled at Duquesne University, scholarships are available of pharmacy during times of urgent financial distress during the sophomore, junior, and senior years In order to continue to be Fred Schiller Loan Fund This loan fund was founded by Mr Fred Schiller, eligible to receive financial assistance, each scholarship recipient must main- Pittsburgh pharmacist, in memory of the late Emanuel Spector, for worthy tain the academic and personal standards on which original eligibility was and qualified students in the School of Pharmacy This revolving fund makes based Interested high school seniors must apply prior to December 31 of available tuition loans of varying amounts depending on the applicant's need their senior year and general ability

John Clothier Sims Memorial Fund This revolving fund, established in 1954, was made possible through the generosity of the friends of the late Mr Sims, executive of Sun Drug Company, Pittsburgh Partial tuition loans are made available to students under the conditions that apply to the Fred Schiller Loan Fund W72

pL, 203

REGISTRATION

Students who attend the Fall Semester, which begins in late August, receive academic advisement and register for Llasses during the preceding months of April, May, June, and July Spring Semester students register in the Fall Semester during November and early December Orientation programs for new students are conducted by the schools in late spring and summer in conjunction with academic advisement and registration A comprehensive invoice that confirms the class schedule of courses for which the student is registered and lists fees, tuition, dormitory charge, deposits, financial aid awards, and balance due is mailed to the student at his or her permanent address a month before classes begin, thus enabling the student or parent to make payment by mail A three-day final registration for students who have neither obtained registration for classes nor concluded financial arrangements is held just be- fore the opening of classes The financial obligation for class places reserved by a registered student who does not subsequently attend cannot be canceled unless written notifica- tion of the decision not to attend is given to the dean of the student's school before the first class day Notification received on or after the opening day of classes is subject to the official withdrawal policy

OFFICIAL REGISTRATION Only students who are recognized as officially registered are bona fide students of Duquesne University Unless students are officially registered, they are not permitted to attend classes, engage in student affairs, or, general- ly, have access to the buildings and grounds or use of the University's facilities Official registration is the recognition given by the University to persons who have met these conditions 1 Appropriate authority for admittance to study in a school or depart- ment has been given by an authorized officer of the University The admitting authority for undergraduate students resides in the Director of Admissions 2 Authorization to continue in the program selected has been given and registration for classes has been accomplished in compliance with all I academic requirements and procedures

204 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY REGISTRATION 205

Arrangements have been made to the satisfaction of the University for These policies on cross-registration are not effective at this time for enroll- payment in full of all financial charges, including fees, tuition, and ments in summer sessions, including the spring term at the University of housing charges, all of which are due and payable in full before the Pittsburgh beginning of classes LATE REGISTRATION CHANGE OF SCHEDULE With approval of the appropriate dean and upon payment of the penalty fee, Students who require a change of their class schedules (dropping or adding a late registration may be permitted for a serious reason, however, no student course) may make the adjustment during pre-registration or the change of may be registered and begin attending classes later than the Latest Date for schedule week at the start ofia semester but not later than the Latest Date for Change of Schedule as announced in the Academic Calendar Change of Schedule as announced in the Academic Calendar All changes must be approved by the appropriate academic advisor and processed with RECORDS AND REPORTS the Registrar During the Change of Schedule week approval of the instructors whose SEMESTER GRADE REPORTS classes are being added or dropped is also required A fee of $5 00 is charged for each form processed except when the change is by request of the Every registered student who is free of financial obligations to the University appropriate Academic Dean is sent a report of grades to the permanent address on record soon after the No adjustment is made in the semester tuition charge for credits dropped close of each semester when the change occurs later than the announced Latest Date for Change of TRANSCRIPTS Schedule However, students who terminate their enrollment at the University by officially withdrawing are entitled to a reduction of the Each student receives a summary transcript of his or her complete academic semester tuition charge according to the refund schedule published elsewhere record at the close of each academic year Students should carefully examine in this catalog their record for accuracy and immediately report errors to the Registrar To obtain additional copies of their academic records students must write CROSS-REGISTRATION to the Registrar for transcripts for themselves or for other institutions and agencies All official transcripts issued by the Office of the Registrar bear the Cross-college and -university registration provides opportunities for enriched signature of the Registrar and the embossed seal of the Office of the educational programs, approved by a student's advisor or dean, for under- Registrar Whenever an official transcript is released directly to the student it graduates at any of the following institutions will also bear the stamped designation, Issued to Student Carlow College La Roche College No transcript will be issued unless all financial obligations owed by the Carnegie-Mellon University Pittsburgh Theological Seminary student to the University have been fulfilled A fee of $2 00 is charged for the Chatham College Point Park College issuance of each transcript Community College of Robert Morris College

Allegheny County University of Pittsburgh CONFIDENTIALITY OF STUDENT RECORDS The opportunity for cross-registration will be available to each full-time The University regards the student's personal information and academic student enrolled in any program leading to a bachelor's degree Full credit record as a matter of confidence between the student and the University The and grade will be transferred contents of either may be revealed only in accordance with the Family Each college or university shall accept registration in freshman through Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (Public Law 93-380, Section senior level courses listed by them as open to cross-registration, selected from 438, as amended) courses regularly accredited toward baccalaureate programs First priority in registration shall go to the students of the host college The approval of the dean or advisor and registrar from each college or university must be obtained prior to registration The student's advisor or dean is responsible for assuring eligibility for the course in which the student intends to enroll Each qualified student may enroll in no more than one course off campus in any one term or semester under this program

206 SCHOLASTIC POLICIES 207

the semester without the permission of the academic advisor and the Dean of the student's school ACADEMIC ADVISOR 2 Part-time Student Anyone who carries under 12 credits is regarded as a Every student attending the University is assigned or selects an academic part-time student person who has completed a baccalaureate advisor It is the student's responsibility to ascertain the advisor's name which 3 Post-graduate Student A may be obtained from the office of the school in which the student is en- degree and is seeking additional undergraduate credits rolled The student should consult with the academic advisor about the program COURSE EXAMINATIONS and any questions of an academic nature No student may register without Unit examinations are given on the dates announced at the beginning of each the academic advisor's approval and signature semester by the instructor Grades for these are obtained from the instructor Final examinations are given at the end of each semester and summer AUDITING COURSES session according to the registrar within 72 hours after the final examination To audit courses, a student must be officially registered and pay the same No student is excused from taking the final examination charges as for courses that are taken for credit Enrollment in a course for EXAMINATION audit is subject to approval of the student's aca^lemic advisor, permission to CREDIT BY audit graduate and professional courses requires consent of the dean of the Courses in which a student feels he or she has sufficient competence, may be the examination is school in which the desired course is offered "challenged" by taking an examination for credit If passed, the credits will count for graduation, but neither grade nor quality CANCELLATION OF COURSES points will be assigned A fee of $10 a credit hour is charged The University makes every reasonable effort to offer courses as announced in the Semester Schedule of Courses and the Summer Session Bulletin It GRADING SYSTEM reserves the right, however, to make changes or cancel courses in the The officially recognized method of grading course work and rating academic academic schedule because of insufficient enrollment or for any other equally performance of students at the University is as follows valid reason A — Excellent B — Good CLASS ATTENDANCE C — Average Regular class attendance is normally essential for maximum educational D — Below average, passing advantage and is strongly encouraged The responsibility for all course P — Pass (Used in some courses where scaled grading is inappropriate material rests wholly with the student Class attendance shall not be used as Indicates satisfactory completion of course work with credits the basis for altering a grade in a course earned but without quality points and is independent of the It is the prerogative of each school to establish policy for attendance at quality point system) tests and examinations, deadlines for reports, and specific school or course S — Satisfactory (Used in pass/fail courses and is independent of the requirements It is the instructor's responsibility to make the school's policy quality point system) known at the first class session as it pertains to the course * F — Failure (Course must be repeated for credit) Details about class attendance in schools that have specific policies will be U — Unsatisfactory — F allure (Used in pass/fall courses and is inde- found in the latter sections of this catalog pendent of the quality point system, course must be repeated for credit) CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS I — Incomplete (A temporary grade automatically given by an in- Freshman less than 30 credits completed structor when neither a passing nor failing grade can be de- Sophomore 30 to 59 credits completed termined because of incomplete course work or non-attendance Junior 60 to 89 credits completed of a student in a class Unless a cogent explanation of extenuating Senior 90 or more credits completed circumstances, acceptable to the instructor, is presented and the I Full-time Student A student with an academic schedule of at least 12 missed examination or required assignment is made up by the credits is considered a full-time student With this status a student is entitled date specified in the Academic Calendar, the I becomes a to the benefits of various activities A student may not change status during permanent F grade) 208 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY SCHOLASTIC POLICIES 209

X — Absent from Final Examination This grade was superseded in used in some courses where scaled grading is inappropriate The decision to September, 1974 for undergraduate course evaluation by the I elect the pass/fail option must be made during registration or no later than grade the close of the period provided for making schedule changes W — Official Withdrawal (Used on a student's permanent record to indicate termination of attendance in courses under conditions of STUDENT STANDING official withdrawal See pages 211 and 212, Withdrawal from a Progress towards a degree is measured by the cumulative, quality point Course and Withdrawal from the University) average The scholastic records of students who fall to meet the minimum requirements as established by the faculty of each college or school will be QUALITY POINT SYSTEM submitted to the College or School Committee on Student Standing for The student's overall academic quality point average (QPA) is obtained by review and appropriate action Normally, academic records will be reviewed dividing the total quality points earned by the total number of semester hours annually at the conclusion of each academic year, therefore, students who fall attempted These quality point values of grades are used for each credit to meet the minimum standards for retention in the Fall Semester may be attempted permitted to continue their studies during the Spring Semester A — four points Students who are eligible to re-enroll on a full-time basis shall be con- B — three points sidered in good standing and eligible to participate fully in all University- C — two points sponsored or -controlled extra-curricular activities, including intercollegiate D — one point athletics Students with marginal records of achievement (less than a 2 0 F — zero points QPA) are subject to the jurisdiction of the appropriate Committee on Student Standing and will be evaluated according to the established guidelines Courses in which grades P,S,U,I, and W were given are not used in calcu- For students who have attempted 15-30 credits, or more than 30 credits in lating the quality point average one year, the guidelines are Academic Warning 1 75 to 1 99 QPA (Letter of warning may be sent REPEATING COURSES AND COURSE RETROGRESSION by appropriate Dean) Ordinarily, with permission of their advisor, students may repeat courses in Probation 1 50 to 1 74 QPA (Subject to the jurisdiction of which grades of F and D were received All grades are retained on the the appropriate Committee on Student Standing permanent academic record The result of the final attempt in a repeated and may be required to modify or restrict course is, however, the student's status in the course with regard to attempted academic program) credits, earned credits, and the completion of requirements Dismissal Less than 1 50 QPA (Readmission may be permit- Courses which must be taken in progression are those that have a required ted on recommendation of the appropriate Com- sequence, such as mathematics and modern languages A student who has mittee on Student Standing) received an F for a prerequisite course may not continue in the sequential For the students who have attempted 31-60 credits or who have attempted progression A student who has earned a D grade in a course in a sequence up to 61 credits within four semesters, these guidelines prevail may either repeat the course or go on in the sequence If he goes on, he may Academic Warning 1 85 to 1 99 QPA (Letter of warning may be sent not retake for credit at a later date that course in which he earned the D by appropriate Dean) grade Probation 1 75 to 1 84 QPA (Subject to the jurisdiction of the appropriate Committee on Student Standing PASS/FAIL ELECTIVES and may be required to modify or restrict One course a semester, elected by a junior or senior and approved by the academic program) academic advisor as providing an opportunity to expand and enrich the Dismissal Less than 1 75 QPA (Readmission may be permit- student's experience, may be taken on a pass/fail (S-U) basis If passed, the ted on recommendation of the appropriate Com- credits will count for graduation, but neither grade nor credits will be calcu- mittee on Student Standing) lated in the quality point average Once a course has been identified as a pass/fail elective, the course must be Students who have attempted 61 or more credits and who have a QPA of completed as such, and the grade submitted must be an S or a U No required between 1 85 and 1 99 may continue on probation for one semester How- course may be taken on this elective pass/fail basis, however, the P grade is ever, students who have earned more than 90 credits are subject to dismissal 210 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY SCHOLASTIC POLICIES 211

unless they have a QPA of 2 0 or better Students who accumulate three F 5 Students on academic probation may be candidates for graduation only grades in one semester are subject to dismissal Appeals of academic dismissal with permission of the Committee on Student Standing of their school must be directed to the appropriate College or School Committee on Student The candidate who has satisfied graduation requirements by a Challenge Standing Examination (credit by examination), when taken timewise within the last 30 semester hours of study for the degree, will fulfill the residence requirement DEAN'S LIST provided a minimum of 30 semester hours of credit has been earned in course To achieve distinction of being named to the Dean's List, a student must have work at the University in the last year's study a record for a semester that shows completion of a full-time schedule, a quality point average of at least 3 25, and no grade lower than C The full- HONORS time schedule must include at least 12 credits exclusive of pass/fall credits Degrees are awarded with special mention cum laude, magna cum laude, or summa cum laude to students who have completed the regular course with GRADUATE COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATE CREDIT unusual distinction and who have completed a minimum of 60 credits in Qualified seniors may be permitted to register in certain graduate courses at residence Honors are based on these standards the 500 level for undergraduate credit on the recommendation of the advisor Cum Laude—Quality Point Average 3 50 to 3 74 and with the approval of the dean of the graduate school involved All 500 Magna Cum Laude—Quality Point Average 3 75 and above courses are described in the graduate school catalogs Summa Cum Laude—Upon recommendation of the faculty and a 3 90, Magna GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Cum Laude citation may be raised to Summa Cum Laude

The candidate for a University degree must be a person of good moral UNIT OF CREDIT character who has satisfactorily completed all academic requirements for the The unit of credit is the semester hour, 1 e , one credit equals one semester degree program and in addition has the recommendation of the appropriate hour One semester hour of credit is granted for the successful completion of Academic, Dean, filed the Application for the University Degree with the one hour a week of lecture or recitation, or at least two hours a week of Office of the Registrar on or before the latest date to apply for graduation as laboratory work for one semester of 15 weeks announced in the Academic Calendar, and paid all indebtedness to the University TRANSFER WITHIN THE UNIVERSITY It is the student's responsibility to determine that the courses taken in It would be to the student's advantage to discuss the proposed transfer with each semester are sequentially correct and necessary for the degree program the academic advisor of the new school no later than two weeks prior to The student must periodically review in consultation with the appropriate preregistration The advisor will then use the form and procedure established academic advisor progress toward graduation and seek, with the advisor, the as uniform for the University to effect any change resolution of any question about fulfillment of graduation requirements Each school and each department sets forth in this catalog requirements WITHDRAWAL FROM A COURSE for graduation which the student is expected to know, as well as the afore- First semester freshmen may withdraw from courses with the approval of mentioned general requirements, and the following their advisor up to the period of final examinations and receive a grade of W I The bachelor's degree requires a minimum of 120 semester hours of course by processing the proper form credits in all except Radiological Health, Medical Technology, and If a student, other than a first semester freshman, wishes to withdraw from Pharmacy which require, respectively, 123, 125, and 160 credits a course, he may do so with the approval of his academic advisor and by 2 All bachelors' degrees require an overall minimum quality point average of processing the proper form up to the date announced in the Academic Calen- 2 0, which is a C grade average in a 4 0 system (Students should further dar for withdrawal with a W grade determine the need for minimum QPA requirements in their major, science If a student wishes to withdraw from a course after the date announced in course, etc ) the Academic Calendar, the student must seek approval of the Committee on 3 The last year's work (a minimum of 30 semester hours of credit) must be Student Standing of the student's School The student will be notified of the completed in residence at the University Committee's decision If approval is granted, the student then initiates the 4 Not less than three credits (or one course) in theology are required for all appropriate form through the advisor undergraduate Catholic students in every program at the University This is A student who is not granted approval of the request and withdraws from a general requirement, individual schools may require alternate or addi- the course unofficially will receive an F grade for the course tional course work in this area 212 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY

WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY If a student finds it necessary to withdraw from all courses before the close of the semester, the student must write a letter stating the reasons for the withdrawal and then must present this letter to the Dean of the student's school Complete withdrawal forms must be filled out for the Dean of the school, with copies to the appropriate offices The policy for assigning grades will be the same as for withdrawing from a single course A student who withdraws from the University and fads to notify the appropriate Academic Dean immediately and adequately will receive an F grade in all courses A resident student must notify the Director of Residence Life in advance of the planned withdrawal No refund of room charges will be made where withdrawal occurs after the opening classes In the event of withdrawal, board will be refunded at the rate of 75 per cent of the balance remaining on the student's meal plan, up until mid-semester After the mid-semester point, no refund will be made No reduction of charges nor refund of payments to which a student may have been otherwise entitled will be made if withdrawal is not in accordance with the official withdrawal procedure No student is permitted to remain in the residence halls after academic withdrawal from 'the University has been completed After final examina- tions, if a student is unable to return for the next semester, he or she should notify the appropriate Dean and advisor

214 215

Directors and Off icers Administration and Faculty

BOARD OF DIRECTORS College of Liberal Arts and Sciences T Robert Brennan, Esq , Chairman of the Board ADMINISTRATION Merle E Gilfidnd, Vice Chairman of the Board James A McCulloch, Ph D Dean ,,*',Rev Joseph A Lauritis, C S Sp Secietary of the Board Marguerite S Puhl, M Ed Assistant Dean for Administration ***Rev Charles J Fenner, C S Sp , Assistant Secretiny Helena A Miller, Ph D Assistant Dean for Special Studies Walter J Blenko, Sr , Esq Raymond J Mulligan Madeline F Huck, M A Director of Advisement Robert J Buckley *Maurice T Murphy Joan E Deakins Assistant to the Dean A William Capone *Rev Henry J McAnufty, C S Sp Mrs James L Coleman, ir *Most Rev John B McDowell, D D "Williarn H Cosgrove Honorable Henry X O'Brien FACULTY Rev Joseph A Duchene, C S Sp James F O'Ddy Paul H Anderson George Richard Benzinger, It Rev Francis R Duffy, C S Sp Anthony J F O'Reilly Professor of Political Science Assistant Professor of English Thomas F Faught, Jr 'John D Paulus B A , M A , Ph D , University of B A , Washington and Jefferson Herman Fineberg John L Propst Notre Dame M A , University of Florida **David L Frawley William B Renner Roger M Angelelli Robert E Beranek Edward I Goldberg, Esq "Col Willard F Rockwell, Sr Lecturer in Speech Professor of Political Science *Rev Philip J Haggerty, C S Sp Mrs Elizabeth M Scott B S California State College B A St Vincent College Edward J Hanley William A Seifert, Jr, Esq M S West Virginia University M A Fordham University John J Henry Honorable Henry R Smith, It Ph D University of Pittsburgh Robert E Irr W Bruce Thomas Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Zane Q Johnson William A Uricchio Mary Frances Antolini James Patterson Beymer Edward J Kelley Albert C Van Dusen Instructor in Sociology Associate Professor of English and Aaron P Levinson *Mrs Thomas H Welsh B A , M A, Duquesne University Department Chairman E D Loughney Louis A Werbaneth, Jr A B University of Notre Dame Samuel I Astormo J D University of Pittsburgh Professor of History and Department M A Duquesne University ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS Chairman B A, M A , Ph D, University of Ralph C Boettcher Pittsburgh Associate Professor of English Rev Henry J McAnulty, C S Sp , Ed D President B A University of Detroit Helen M Kleyle, Ph D James R Bambery, Colonel, USA EAecutive Assistant M A Columbia University to the University President Lecturer in History B S , United States Military Academy Kenneth Richard Boyd Rev Edward L Murray, C S Sp , Ph D Academic Vice President Ph M A , American University Assistant Professor ofBiology Rev Frederick R Claik, C S Sp , D Vice Pre^ident B S Denison University Frank J Baron for Finance M S Ph D , University of Illinois Associate Professor of Biology Darrell F Rishel, Ed D Vice President for Student Services B S , Ph D , University of California Peter F Brown Howard L Engle, M B A Vice Pre^ident for Associate Professor of Physics Anthony Barton University Relations B S , Canisius College Professor of Psychology Rev Joseph A Lauritis, C S Sp , Ph D Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Secretary of the University B A , Ohio Wesleyan University *Ex-officio M A, Ph D, University of Chicago **Emeritus *"Alon-voting 216 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY I FACULTY 217

Frank M Bucklev France-, Jahrling Chivers Donato A Del-chce William Frank Fischer Professor ofPsychology Associate Professor ofEnghsh Associate Professor of Alathematics Professor of Psychology 13 A , Holy Cross A 13, Smith College B S , M S, University of Pittsburgh B A University of Michigan M A , Boston College A M , Colurnbid University M A Ph D , University of Connecticut Ed D , Harvard University Ph D , University of Buffalo Victor L Dial Associate Professor of Speech, Lee Frank Walter V Burrows Jerry Clack Communication and Theatre Lecturer in Sociology A ssistant Professor of German Professoi of Classics B A , M A , Xavier University B A , M Ed , Indiana University of B A , M A , Duquesne University B S , Princeton University Ph 1) , University of Michigan Pennsylvania M A , Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Rev Edward A Bushinski, C S Sp Marianne Domolky M A , Duquesne University Professor of Th eo logy John A Clair Lecturer in Psychology Lo-Shu Fu B D , St Mary's Seminary Professor of English M D , University of Louvain Associate Professor of History S T L , University of Fribourg 13 A , M A , Duquesne University B A , National Southwest Associate M A , Duquesne University Kenneth Thomas Douglas Ph D , Western Reserve University University Ph D , Fordharn University Assistant Professor of Chemistry Rev Frederick R Clark, C S Sp B A , Oxford University M A National Peking University Rev Leonard A BUshmski, C S Sp Lecturer in Sociology Ph D , University of Kent at Canterbury Ph D University of Chicago Professor of Theology B A , St Mary's Seminary Lawrence E Gaichas B A , St Mary's Seminary Kenneth J Duffy M A , University of Notre Darrie A ssistant Professor of Classics M A , Duquesne University Professor of Spanish Ph D , Michigan State University B A Xavier University S T L , Gregorian University B Ed , Duquesne University Frances Colecchia M A Ph D , Ohio State University S S L , Pontifical Biblical Institute M Litt , Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Professor ofSpantsh and Oscar Gawron Reyes Carbonell Howard G Elirli(,h Department Chairman Professor of Chemistry Professor of Spa n ish B Ed , Duquesne University Professor of Biology and B S Brooklyn College A 13 , Institute Luis Vives, Department Chairman M Litt , Ph D , University of Pittsburgh M A Columbia University Valencia, Spain B S , Marquette University Primitivo Colombo Ph D Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn M A , University of Valencia Ph D , University of Minnesota Professor Ein eritus of French Ph D , University of Madrid Edward L Gelblum B A , M A, Ph D, Univcrsity of Lester Embree Assistant Professor ofPhilosophy Ruben Carbonell Pittsburgh A sso(iate Professor of Philosophy B A St John's College A smezate Professor of Spanish B A , Tulane University Phyllis Coontz M A University of Chicago 13 A , Instituto Luis Vives, Ph D , New School for Social Research Valencia, Spain A ssistant Professor of Sociology Janet R K Gillespie B A , Adams State College Eleanor V Fails Licenciate, Universitv of Valencia Assistant Professor of Modern Languages M A , University of Colorado Associate Professor of Sociology Ph D , University Of Madrid B A Saint Mary's College B A , M A , Ph 1) , University of Oregon Albert 13 Costa Peter A Castric M A University of Notre Dame Amedeo P Giorgi Professor of History Associate Professor ofBiology Ph D Loyola University of Chicago Professor of Psychology B S , St Mary's College, California B S , Oregon State University * B , St Joseph's College M S , Oregon State University Rev Charles J Fenner, C S Sp Ph D , Montana State University * A, Ph D , Fordlidul University Ph D , University of Wisconsin Associate Professor of Theology and Sh ih-Chi Cha ng Department Chairman Andrew J Glaid, III Associate Professor ofPhysics Loren K Davidson B A , B D , St Mary's Seminary Professor of Chemistry and B S , National Taiwan University Associate Professor of Fnghsh J C B , Gregorian University, Department Chairman M S , Ph D , Kansas State University B S , Asbury College Rome, Italy B S , M S , Duquesne University N1 A Universitv of Kentucky M A Duquesne University Ph D , Duke University Mary Roderic, Chisholm Ph D Duke University Ph D , Catholic University Professor of Sociology John B Greenshields Constance Taylor Fischer B A , Mount Mary College Anna D'Eramo Associate Professor of Chemistry Associate Professor of Psychology Ph 1) , Catholic University of America Laboratory Instructor in Physics B S , M S , Ph D , Carnegie-Mellon B S , Carlow College B A , University of Oklahoma University M A , Ph D , University of Kentucky

218 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY FACULTY 219

Edward J Gregory Eleanor Wdlkowski Holveck Nancy C Jones Paul Krakowski Professor ofJournalism Assistant Professor ofPhilosophy Associate Professor of Journalism and Professor of Journalism B S , Pennsylvania State University B A Duquesne University Department Chairman B A , Westminster College Ph M Ed , Duquesne University M A D , University of North B A University of Pittsburgh M A, University of Wisconsin Carolina M S Northwestern University John Kenneth Hane^ Anne M Maier Ph D , University of Missouri Assistant Professor of English Patricia Gauthier Hoover Assistant Professor of German B A St Francis College Assistant Professor of Mathematics Chester A Jurczak B A Columbia University M A Niagara University B A , University of State of New York Professor of Sociology and M A University of Illinois M Litt , University of Pittsburgh Department Chairman Solange Bastelica Harrison Rev Francis X Malinowski, C S Sp B A St Mary's College A ssistant Professor of French Madeline Huck Assistant Professor of Theology M A Fordham University B A Academy of Aix-Marseilles Instructor in German B A, St Mary's Seminary Ph D University of Pittsburgh B S FdGUlte de Medicine, Marseilles B A , M A , Duquesne University B S Th , Fribourg University, Switzerland M A , Duquesne University Joseph J Keenan Ph D , Duke University Lawrence R Hugo Associate Professor of English Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Professor of Sociology William Ewalt Markus B A, M A, Duquesne University Jdne Zirmsky Haskell B A , M A, Ph D, University of Assistant Professor of Political Science Ph D , University of Wisconsin Lecturer in Art Division, Department Pittsburgh B A , Harvard University of Classics Donald H Kellander M Ed , University of Pittsburgh Jean H Hunter B S , Skidmore College Assistant Professor of French Associate Professor of History Paul Tyler Mason M S , M A , University of Pittsburgh B A , M A , Pennsylvania State B S Ursinus College professor of History University Ph M A Ph D , Yale University B S , M A , D , St Louis University Jack W Hausser Tatiana Sokolova Kelly Professor of Chemistry Dominic lannotta Louise Mdstrocola Assistant Professor of Russian B S , CdSe Institute of Technology Lecturer in History Instructor in Psychology B A University of Pittsburgh Ph D , University of Illinois B Ud , Duquesne University B S , M Ed , University of Pittsburgh M A Middlebury College M Litt , University of Pittsburgh M A, Duquesne U niversitY Samuel J Hazo D A , Carnegie Mellon University Rev Charles D Keyes Professor of Ei iglish Cornelius S McCarthy Associate Professor of Philosophy B A University of Notre Ddme Patricia Smith Ingram Professor ofJournalism B A University of Oklahoma M A Duquesne University Associate Professor in Art Division, B S J , Ed M , Boston University B D S T M , Seabury-Western Ph D University of Pittsburgh Department of Classics, and Coordinator Theological Seminary James A MLCuflo(,h of Fine A rts A Kenneth Hesselberg M A , University of Toronto Professor of Classics and Dean of the A B, A M, Oberlin College Professor ofPolitical Science and Th D , Trinity College, Toronto College ofLiberal Arts and Sciences Department Chairman Jerome Edward Janssen Ph D , Duquesne University B A , Duquesne University B A St Anselm's College Associate Professor of History M Litt , Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Yong I Kim M A University of New Hampshire B A , St Norbert College Assistant Professor of English Robert G McDermot Ph D Catholic University of America M A, University of Wisconsin B A, Aoyama Gakuim, Tokyo Associate Professor of,41athematies Rev J Clifton Hill, C S Sp B A , Florida Southern College and Department Chairman Associate Professor of'Physics Peter R Johnson M A , University of Kentucky B S , Ph D , University of Pittsburgh B S , Louisiana State University Lecturer in Speech Richard T Knowles Willard M Mecklenburg M S , Catholic University of America B S Northern Illinois University Associate Professor of Psychology Associate Professor of Journalism B D , St Mary's Sernindry M S Ph D , University of Pittsburgh B A , M S , Fordharn University B A Hamline University M S , Ph D , Rice University James J Johnston, Jr Ph D , Purdue University B D Garrett Theological Seminary Rev Cornelius C Holly, C S Sp Instructor in Speech M S J , Northwestern University Andrew J Kozora A ssistant Professor of Classics B A , University of Pittsburgh Professor Emeritus of Physics Samuel S Meli B A, M A, National University of M A , University of Pittsburgh B S , M S , Duquesne University Professor of Speech, Communication Ireland and Theatre Ph L , University of Louvain B F A, M F A, Carnegie-Mellon University

220 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY FACULTY 221

Rev Edward L Murray, C S Sp Helena A Miller Rev Henry I Lemmens, C S Sp Herbert H Petit Associate Professor of Psychology Professor of Biology Professor of German Distinguished Service Piofessor B A , M A, St Vincent College B A , B S Ed , M S , Ohio State University B S , Kneeksteden, Germany of English Philology M A, Ph D , Duquesne University A B Transylvania College Ph D , Radcliffe College, Harvard M A , University of Pittsburgh M A University of Kentucky University Ph D , University of Cincinnati Paul Neuiiiarkt Ph D Western Reserve University Louise Misko Norman C Li Professor of Modern Languages Assistant Pi ofessor of French Professor of Chemistry B A , Brooklyn College, Ronald M Polansky City University of New York B A , M A , University of Pittsburgh B S, Kenyon College Assistant Professor ofPhilosophy M A, Ph D, New York University M S , University of Michigan B A Yale University Robert E Mitchell Ph D , University of Wisconsin M A Ph D, Boston College Professor of English Stephen T Newinyer Assistant Professor of Classics A B Miami University Pei-Tsing Liu George F Provost, Jr B A , Duquesne University M A Duke University Professor of Biology Professor of English Ph D , University of North Carolina M A Ph D , Harvard University B S , University of Shanghai, China B S , Ph D , Louisiana State University M S , Boston University M A , University of Oregon Joel D Mlecko Reginald A Ney Ph D , Catholic University of America instiuctor in Physics Assistant Professor of Theology Peter A Puccetti B S Duquesne University B A , Holy Cross Seminary College Charles A Loch Associate Professor ofPhilosophy M S University of Pittsburgh S T B , Gregorian University (Rome) Associate Pi ofessor of Mathematics B A, M Ed , Duquesne University M A The Catholic University of America B A , M A , Duquesne University Jerome L Niedermeier Norma R Raiff Ph D The Catholic University of America Associate Professor of English Carla E Lucente Assistant Professor of Sociology B A University of Pittsburgh Assistant Professor of Spanish B A , Boston University Very Rev Donald W Kraus M A Ph D , Duquesne University A B , M A, St Vincent College B A M A , Duquesne University • S W , University of Connecticut M A, Duquesne University M A University of Pittsburgh John Opie, Jr • A , University of Pittsburgh Professor of History Ph D St Louis University James G Lydon Eileen C Raizen B A , DePauw University S T L S T D , Angelicurn University Professor of History Associate Professor of Biology B D , Union Theological Seminary B A Harvard University B S , M S , University of Oklahoma Michael Kupersamn M A , Ph D , University of Chicago A ssistant Professor of Sociology • A Boston University Ph D , University of Wisconsin • A, Ph D, Columbia University Margaret Heyle Parker A B , M A , Kent State University Constance Deucher Ramirez Assistant Professor ofEnghEh Robert E Madden Instructor in English Albert C Labriola B Ed , M A , Duquesne University Professor of English Assistant Professor of Philosoph v B A , Duquesne University B Ed , Duquesne University B S St Joseph's College Manuel P Perlas M A, University of North Carolina M A Villanova University Assistant Professor ofMathematics • A T , Columbia University I Roland Ramirez Ph D Duquesne University A B , Atenco de Manila University, • A , Ph D , University of Virginia Professor of Ph dosophy Philippines Charles D Maes B A , University of Notre Dame Rev Eugene F Lauer M S , Ph D , Carnegie-Mellon University Assistant Professor of Theology Asvociate Professor ofPsychology Licentiate, Le Saulchoir, Etiolles, B A , St Vincent College B A , University of Denver Ann C Peterson France S T B , S T L , St Mary's Seminary M S W, Tulane University I ecturer in Art Division, Department Ph D , Catholic University of Paris of Classics and University Joseph R Moiice T Yrederick Remington S T D , Gregorian University (Rome) B A , M A , University of Pittsburgh Professor of History Lecturer in Journalism Rosalme H Lee B A, LaSalle College Gerald L Peterson B A , Colgate University • A, Fordham University Assistant Professor of Psychology Assistant Piofessor ofMathematics Paul A Richer • Litt , Ph D , University of Pittsburgh B S University of Wisconsin B S Webster College Assistant Professor of Psychology M A University of Missouri M S University of Michigan Edward F Munson, Captain, USA B A Bard College Ph D Kansas State University Lecturer in Sociology M A Ph D , New School for Social B A , M A, Duquesne University Research

222 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY FACULTY 223

Eva Cappellanti Robotti Emmanual I Sillman Rev Edmund R Supple, C S Sp Steven Bela Vardy Assistant Professor of Speech Professor of Biology Associate Professor of Theology Professor of History and Department Chairman B S Bucknell University B A , St Mary's Senior S( holasticate B S , John Carroll University A B, M A , West Virginia University M A Ph D , University of Michigan S T L, Gregorian University (Rome) M A , Ph D , Indiana University Hershel Sacks Walter S Skinner Kathleen A Taylor Rolf H Von Eckartsberg Assistant Professor ofMathematies Professor of Physics and Associate Professor of Mathematics Associate Professor of Psychology B S , Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Department Chairman B A , University of Dayton A B , Dartmouth College M A , Yeshiva University B S Monmouth College M S , Ph D , Michigan State University M A , Ph D , Harvard University Marie Ciccone Sakmar M S Lehigh University Richard H Thames Jin Tsai Wang Instructor in Spanish Eugenia M Skwarecki Instructor in Speech Assistant Professor of Chemistry * B, Geneva College Associate Professor of French and Italian B A , Southwestern-at-Memphis B S , Oregon State University * A , Western Reserve University Doctor of Modern Languages and M Div , Pittsburgh Theological Seminary M S , Ph D , Carnegie-Mellon University John C Saths Literature, University of Turin, Italy Steven P Thomas Harold Webb, Jr Professor of Philosophy John W Smeltz Assistant Professor of Biology Professor of Political Science B A University of Arkansas Assistant Professor of English B A , Pennsylvania State University B A , M A , University of Pennsylvania M A Ph D , Tulane University B A , M A, Duquesne University M A, Ph D , Indiana University Ph D , Brown University John D Scanlon Rev David L Smith, C S Sp Frank I Thornton Bernard I Weiss Associate Professor ofPhilosophy Associate Professor of Psychology Assistant Professor of Speech, Associate Professor of History B A St Mary's Seminary and Department Chairman Communication and Theatre B A Ph D , University of Illinois M A University of Detroit B A , St Mary's Setninary B S , NI A , Villanova University M A University of Chicago Ph D Tulane University S T L , University of Fribourg Samuel J Tindall, It M A , Duquesne University Kenneth R Whipps Marilyn Schaub Ph D , University of Montreal Associate Professor of English Assistant Professor of Sociology Professor of Theology * B , Columbia University * B University of Notre Dame B A , Rosary College Martin D Snyder * A , Ph D , University of South * A Syracuse University Ph D , University of Fribourg Professor of Classics and Carolina Department Chairman Marsha Nye Wice Rev Henry S Schoming, C S Sp A B , Loyola College, Baltimore ,Elfred Toney Assistant Professor ofPolitical Science Assistant Professor of Classics Instructor in Spanish M A , Ph D , Catholic University of B A, Mary Baldwin College B D , St Mary's Seminary America A B Point Park College M A American University • A, Duquesne University B A M A , Duquesne University Ph D University of Illinois • A , University of Pennsylvania Omar W Steward C Donnell Turner Professor of Chemistry William Stephan Wurzer Kurt C Schreiber Prcfessor Emeritus of Biological Sciences B S , University of Delaware Assistant Professor of Philosophy Professor of Chemistry B S Westminster College Ph D , Pennsylvania State University B A , Oakland University B S , City College of New York M S Ph D , University of Missouri Ph D , University of Freiburg A M , Ph D , Columbia University Michael W Strasser Ronald S Valle Professor of Philosophy Frank T Zbozny Rev Andre L Schuwer, 0 F M Assistant Professor of Psychology B S St Louis University Associate Professor of English Pmfessor of Philosophy and B A Carnegie-Mellon University M A Ph D , University of Toronto B A , M A , Duquesne University Department Chairman M S Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Ph D , University of Pittsburgh B Ph , State University of Amsterdam Tata Subhas Rev Vladimir G Vancik Licenciate, Ph D , University of Louvain Associate Professor of Biology Associate Professor of Theology Charles F Sebesta B Se , Utkal University, India Ph L, Angelicum Professor ofMathematics Bachelor of Veterinary Science, S T D , Gregorian University A B , M A , Ph D, University of University of Madras, India Bachelor in Eastern Christian Theology, Pittsburgh M S , Utah State University Pontifical Institute Orientale Ph D , University of Georgia

224 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY FACULTY 225

SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND William P Caywood Blair I Kolasa AUDIOLOGY ADJUNCT FACULTY Associate Professor ofAnalytic Methods Professor ofBehavioral Sciences and B S , M S , Ph 1) , Carnegie-Mellon Dean of the School ofBusmess and Mercy Hospital University Administration Sluela I Winkler, L C S T, M S Diand Wilson, M S B S Allegheny College Raymond L Ce^gelski Ph Chairman, Division ofSpeech Pathology Speech Pathologist Assistant Professor ofAccounting M S D , University of Pittsburgh I D Duquesne University Denise Beam, M S Heather Wyse, , M A B S , M B A , Duquesne University Speech Pathologist Speech Pathologist C P A , Pennsylvania Marshall ,M Levinson Associate Professor ofEconomics Pamela Dickinson, M S Rev Frederick R Clark, C S Sp B S , City College of New York Audiologist D T Watson Home for Associate Professor ofBehavioral Crippled Children Sciences • A , Princeton University Eloise Furiga, M S B A , St Mary's Seminary • A, Columbia University Albert K Mastantuono, Ph D Audiologist M A , Notre Dame University Educational Coordinator Joseph F Lucas Kathryn Rector, M A Ph D , Michigan State University Associate Professor of Accounting Linda Anderson, M Ed Speech Pathologist Kathy Gamble B S Grove City College Supervisor of Speech Therapy Assistant Professor of Law M S Duquesne University Elaine Schulman, M S and Perception Speech Pathologist Administration Thomas E Lynch Janie Birme, M Ed B A , I D , University of Cincinnati Associate Professor ofAccounting Carole Seller, M Ed Speech Therapist B S , Gannon College Speech Pathologist Lee Glick Anne Gray, M S Associate Professor of Economics * B A Harvard University Grace Sung, Ph D Director of Speech, Hearing, B A, M A, M Litt, Ph D , University * B A University of Southern California Audiologist and Perception of Pittsburgh C P A, Ohio

Geza Grosselimid Bernadine Meyer Professor of Economics Associate Professor ofLaw School of Business and Administration J U D , University Pazmdny Peter, Administration BuddPeSt Ed B M S , Duquesne University ADMINISTRATION Ed D Columbia University Serge Grosset J D , Duquesne University Blair J Kolasa, J D , Ph D Dean Professor of International Business George S Might William J O'Brien, M S Assistant Dean for Administration and Chairman, Division of Behavioral Sciences Assistant Professor ofAnalytic Methods License es Sciences Cormnerciales, S B Harvard University FACULTY Doctorat es Sciences Economiques, M A Boston Collcge James F Acklin Richard Bond University of Geneva Edward A Milcic Associate Professor of Accounting Assistant Professor of Economics James R Hayes Associate Professor of Accounting B S , M B A , Duquesne University A B , Boston College Instructor B S , M S , Duquesne University C P A, Pennsylvania Ph D , University of Maryland B A , St Vincent College C P A , Pennsylvania CMA Robert G Borman M B A , Duquesne University I James Miller Associate Professor of Accounting and C D P Glen Beeson Professor of Human Relations Chairman, Division of Quantitative B S , St Vincent College Associate Professor of Economics Clarence I Jones Sciences University of Pennsylvania B A, West Virginia Wesleyan Associate Professor of Analytic Methods M B A , MB S I Duquesne University Ph D , University of Pittsburgh M A , Ph D , University of Pittsburgh B S E E University of California B A , University of Pittsburgh M S E E West Virginia University Thomas J McDerinott C P A , Pennsylvania Stanley Bober Ph D , Carnegie-Mellon University Professor of Economics Associate Professor ofEconomics William H Carlson B A , M B A , Ph D , Boston University B A, M A, Ph D, Now York Assistant Professor of Finance University B C E , M S , Carnegie-Mellon University

226 FACULTY FACULTY 227

William J O'Brien William Sher Merle Gillidnd 0 M Mader A sEistant Professor ofManagement and Associate Professor of Economics Chairman of the Board Vice President —Corporate Marketing Assistant Dean for Administration B of Law, National Yunnon Pittsburgh National Bank Alcoa Building Industries B S , M S , Duquesne University University Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania M A , Ph D , University of Minnesota Som Prakash Dr Robert E Hill Dr Joseph W McGuire Associate Professor of Economics and Walter J Smith Executive Director University of California Chairman, Division of Economic Associate Professor ofAnalytic Methods National Center for Voluntary Action Irvine, California Sciences B S , M S , SL D , Carnegie-Mellon Washington, D C Louis G Milioni B A , M A , University of Delhi University Ph D , University of Virginia Mrs Henry L Hillman Executive Vice President John C South Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Invest-In-America National Council, Inc Albert I Ratzman Associate Professor of Organizational Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Assistant Professor of Accounting Behavior Wayne M Hoffman Willard F Rockwell, Jr B S , University of Pittsburgh B A, Muskingum College President Tiger International Chairman of the Board C P A , Pennsylvania M A , Ph D , Ohio State University Los Angeles, California Ro(,kwell International Kurt Rethwisch John A Turiko Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Joseph Katz Associate Professor of Economics Associate Professor of Marketing B A , Nebraska We%leyan University B S , M S , Duquesne University Presiden t M A , Kansas State University Papercraft Inc Arthur G Wentz Ph D , University of Maryland Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Associate Professor of Finance Lewis Schipper B S , Duquesne University Associate Professor of Economics M B A , University of Pittsburgh B A , M A , Wayne State University Ph D , Ohio State University School of Education Ph D , University of Michigan John W Works Williarn K Schusler Associate Professor of Finance ADMINISTRATION Professor of Transportation B A Brown University John L Livingston, Ed D Dean B S , M S , Duquesne University J D Ohio Northern University Leo F Sernes, M Ed Assistant to the Dean Ph D , University of Pittsburgh M B A, Ph D , Northwestern Assistant to the Dean University Charles F Lanks, M Ed R Stanley Seymour Assistant Professor of Commerce Frank J Wright FACULTY B S University of Notre Darne Associate Professor of Accounting M S Kansas State Teachers College B S , Duquesne University V Robert Agostino Ruth G Biro M B A , University of Pennsylvania Associate Professor of Education Assistant Professor of Education F Burke Sheeran Ph D , University of Pittsburgh B S Boston College B A, Chatham College Associate Professor ofManagement M S University of Bridgeport M L S , Doctoral Studies, University of B A Montana State University Ed D , Ball State University Pittsburgh M A Ph D , University of Southern California William P Barone Joseph T Brennan Associate Professor of Education Professor of Education Board of Advisors B S , M A , West Virginia University B S , M Ed , Ed D , University of Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Pittsburgh Carlos Arboleya Joseph Davis Paul Bernstein Kenneth L Barrett President President Associate Professor of Education The Flagler Bank Assistant Professor of Education, FheG Pox Company B A Plaxtwick College Director of Student Teaching Miami, Florida Hartford, Connecticut M S Springfield College B A, M S Ed , Canisius College Robert J Buckley Dr Robert Forbes-Jones Ph D , Ohio University Ed D , State University of New York, President Lymington, Great Britain Buffalo Allegheny Ludlurn Industries, Inc Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

228 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY FACULTY 229

William H Cadugan Helen M Kleyle Theodore A Siedle Maureen Sullivan Professor ofEducation Professor of Education and Executive Assistant Professor of Education Assistant Professor of Education BS in BA,MEd Duquesne Assistant to President of the University B S Allegheny College B Ed , M Ed in L S , Duquesne University University B S , M A , Duquesne University M A Ph D , University of Pittsburgh M L S , University of Pittsburgh Ed D , University of Pittsburgh Ph D , University of Pittsburgh J Bernard Smith Bruno A Casile John L Livingston Assistant Professor of Education Professor ofEducation Professor of Education and B S , M Ed , Duquesne University B S Slippery Rock State College Dean of the School of Education Doctoral Studies, University of M S Ed D , University of Pittsburgh B S , Lock Haven State College Pittsburgh Rev Louis F Dolan, C S Sp M Ed , Ed D , Pennsylvania State University Associate Professor ofEducation LECTURERS B A , B D , St Mary's Seminary Joseph F Maola Robert Brown Jacqueline S Jablonski M A , Ed S, Eastern Michigan Assistant Professor of Education B S Ed , Indiana University of B S , Seton Hill College University B A M Ed , Duquesne University Pennsylvania M A , Duquesne University Ph D , University of M ichigan M A Indiana University of Doctoral Studies, University of Pennsylvania Joseph A Mascetta William F Faith Pittsburgh Ph D , The University of Akron B S , University of Pittsburgh Associate Professor ofEducation, John V Brucker M S in Ed , University of Pennsylvania Coordinator, Undergraduate Education Michael F Moran B Ed Duquesne University Certificate of Advanced Study in B Ed , Duquesne University Associate Professor of Education M Ed University of Pittsburgh Education, Harvard University M Ed , Ph D , Specialist Diploma, B S , Shippensburg State College University of Pittsburgh M Ed , Pennsylvania State University Brunhilde D Dorsch Charles L Winek B A Carnegie-Mellon University B S (Pharmacy), M S , Nicholas J Hanna M A Michigan State University Ph D University of Pittsburgh M S Duquesne University Duquesne University Associate Professor of Education Dalcroze School of Music Ph D , Ohio State University B S , M S , Pennsylvania State Kathleen A Neuniont University Associate Professor of Education Rdymond L Dunlevy Ph D , Ohio University B S , M S , Duquesne University B S Ed , M S Ed , Indiana University of Pennsylvania Sister Julia Ann Hartzog, S C Frank N Ribich Assistant Professor ofEducation Assistant Professor of Education B A , Scion Hill College B Ed , M Ed , Duquesne University M Ed , Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Ed D Pennsylvania State University The School of Music Constance L Hunter Alfonso A Rizzo Instructor in Education Professor of Education ADMINISTRATION B S Ohio State University B S , Massachusetts State College Dean M A George Peabody College Robert F Egan, PhD M S , Springfield College Dean Emeritus Ph D , University of Connecticut Gerald F Kennan, PhD Timothy C Kelly Robert Shankovich, M M Assistant Dean Assistant Professor of Education Leo F Sernes B S Ed , Indiana University of Assistant Professor of Education, DEAN'S COUNCIL Pennsylvania Assistant to the Dean M Ed , Doctoral Studies, University B S , Duquesne University James Hunter, Ph D Louis Pollak, M M of Pittsburgh M Ed, Advanced Study, University Joseph W Jenkins, PhD Ferdinand Pranzatelli, M A of Pittsburgh Francis X Kleyle FACULTY Professor Emeritus of Education C Arthur Sherman B A , Carnegie-Mellon University Assistant Professor of Education Susan Bennett Bernard Cerilli M S , Duquesne University B S , Slippery Rock State College Teacher of Voice Teacher of Clarinet Ph D , University of Pittsburgh M Ed , Ed D , University of Pittsburgh B M University of Houston B F A , Carnegie-Mellon University NI NI Duquesne University Clarinetist, Pittsburgh Symphony

231 230 DUQUESNE, UNIVERSHY FACULTY

William V Clark Richard M Gray Addison Jones Miclidel Kuiner Teacher of Flute Assistant Professor of Music Therapy Teacher of Piano Teacher of Percussion B F A , Carnegie Institute of B M Ed , University of California Luole Normale, Parts B F A , Carnegie-Mellon University Te(hnology M M , Post-graduate study, University Pupil of Isidor Philipp, Camille Robert Leminger M M , Duquesne University of Kansas Decreus, Nadie Boulanger, and Teacher of String Bass Music Therupist-Consultant, Ohio Joan Condre Emil von Sauer Assistant Principal, Pittsburgh Division of Mental Health Teacher of Piano Christine Jordanoff Symphony B M Baldwin-Wallace Conservatory Carol Ann Hill Assistant Professor of Solfeggio Paniela Lewis M A Duquesne University Teacher of Voice B S , M M , Duquesne University Teacher of Voice B A Utah State University Diploma, Kodaly Music Training Robert J Crodn A B, Middlebury College M M East Kentucky University Institute Professor of Music History M A , Stanford University, Teaching Certification (Kodaly) and Literature M F A , Carnegie-Mellon University MJrShd1I A Hill Liszt Academy of Music, Budapest, Hungary B A , M A , Columbia University Assistant Professor of Music Education, Ph D , Boston University Christine Loverti Director of Choral Activities, and Nicholas Jordanoff Teacher of Strings Private Voice Study, Gerhard Pechner Teacher of Voice Assistant to the Director for and Aksel SCh1Ot7 B S , Duquesne University B A , M A , Utah State University Performing Ensembles, Tamburitzan Music Critic, Pittsburgh Post-Gazette Ph D , Florida State University Institute of Folk Arts and Associate Joseph Lukatsky Leslie L Dean Charles Hois Professor Teacher of Oboe Teacher of Lower Brass Instruments Teacher of Trumpet M Ed , Duquesne University New England Conservatory M M Ed , Duquesne University Curtis Institute of Music First Trumpet, Pittsburgh Symphony Eugenia Popescu Jecletz Moon Union School Member of Pittsburgh Symphony Al Homburg Visiting Professor, Tamburitzan Anthony Di Vittorio Teacher of Guitar Institute of Folk Arts Donald E McCathren Teacher of Piano M M , West Virginia University Bucharest, Romania Professor of Music Education, B S , Duquesne University Chairman, Wind and Percussion Pittsburgh Public Schools Linda Bouma Kessler Department, and Brunhilde E Dorsch Teacher of Flute James C Hunter Chairman, Duquesne University School Professor of Eurhythm ics B M E , Eastern New Mexico University Professor ofMusic History and of Music Mid-East Instrumental 13 A Carnegie-Mellon University M M , Duquesne University Literature, Chairman, Department Music Conference NI S Duquesne University ofMusic History and Literature, and David Rend Kolar DdIcroze School of Music 13 S in M Ed , Indiana University of Director of Graduate Studies instructor and A dirimistrator Of Pennsylvania Robert F Egan B A , Carnegie-Mellon University Library, Museum, and Archives, Navy School of Music Professor of Music Education and M A , Duquesne University Tamburitzan Institute of Folk Arts M M , Chicago Musical College D can of th e Sch oo I of Mu sic Ph D , Eastman School of Music, B A , Duquesne University Mus D Honoris Causa, Huron College B S Case Western Reserve University University of Rochester M A , Wayne State University Melinda McCulloch M A Ph D , New York University RoSCdnna Lee Irwin Walter W Kolar Teacher of Voice Bernard Z Goldberg Teacher of Piano Director, Tamburitzan institute of B A Carnegie-Mellon University Teachei ofFlute and Chamber Music B S , M E , Duquesne University Folk Arts and Associate Professor M M Duquesne University Diploma in Flute, Juilliard School M Ed , Duquesne University Joseph Willco\ Jenkins Josephine McGrad Of MU SIC Professor of Theory and Chairman, Stephen Kovacev Teacher of Voice Pupil of D1rdn AleXduian, Marcel Department of Theory Assistant to the Director, Business B A , Carnegie-Mellon University Moyse, Georges Barrere B S , St Joseph's College, Philadelphia, Affairs, Tamburitzan Institute of First Flute, Pittsburgh Symphony Michael Magho Pa Folk Arts and Associate Professor Member of Musica Viva I rio Associate Professor ofMusic Education B M , M M , Eastman School of Music, M Ed , Duquesne University ASSIStdnt Conductor, Pittsburgh University of Rochester B S E , Lowell State College Youth Symphony Ph D , Catholic University of America Nestor Koval M A , Teachers College, Columbia Cleveland Orchestra Assistant Professor of Woodwinds University Soloist, Casals Festival Paris Conservatory Study at L'tcole Normale de Musique, Paris

233 232 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

John G Maione Mija Novich Jean M Raevens Matthew Shiner Teacher of Guitar Teacher of Voice Assistant Professor of Theory and Organ Associate Professor Of Brass University of Pittsburgh B M E , Northwestern University Lennyiens Institute, Meclieln, Belgium, Instruments M M , Duquesne University (Laureat) Pupil of Ottavio Farrara David Mairs Royal Conservatory, Ghent, Belgium— Patsy Oliver Salvatore Silipigni Teacher of French Horn First Prize in Organ B M , M M , University of Michigan Teacher of Trumpet Teacher of Violoncello and Chamber Associate First French Horn, Assistant Bdnd Director Sister Carole Riley, C D P Music Pittsburgh Symphony North Catholic High School Assistant Professor of Piano B M Eastman School of Music B S , M M , Duquesne University M A Ball State University Elizabeth P Mairs Frank Ostrowski Certificate, St Cecilia Academy, James Roncevic Teacher of French Horn Teacher of Trumpet Rome, Italy Lecturer, Tamburitzan Institute B N1 , West Virginia University New England Conservatory Chigi Academy, Siena, Italy Berkshire Music Festival of Folk Aj ts, Supervisor of the Cynthia Marr Pittsburgh Symphony Orchestra Tamburitzan Community School David Singer Teacher of Violin Pittsburgh Opera B A , M B A , Duquesne University Teacher of Clarinet B S , M E , Duquesne University Julia May Civic Light Opera Carmen Rummo Professor of Voice, and Claudia Pin7d Assistant Professor of Piano Benjamin Speigel Chairman, Voice Department Teacher of Voice Pupil of Lena Borrelli, John Kocning, Teacher ofBassoon B M , M M , Northwestern University Mdturita Degree, Conservatorio De Harry Archer, Maurice Dumesnil Brooklyn College Juilliard School of Music Liceo Classico, Bologna Formerly Bassoonist, Pittsburgh University of Kansas William Schneiderman Conservatory of Music and Voice, Symphony Studies in Stuttgart, Germany under a Teacher ofPereussion Bologna Diploma in Percussion, Juilhard School Fulbright Scholarship Paul G Stafura Lead Soprano at Milan, Italy Pittsburgh Opera of Music Lecturer, Tamburitzan Institute Ed Scala, Metropolitan Opera, Ballet Russe, Ballet Theatre, ofFolkArts, TourManager Andrea C Mills Comunale, Bologna New Opera Co Tamburitzan Performing Ensemble Teacher of Organ Louis Pollak Chautauqua Symphony and Opera, B S , M M E , Duquesne University 13 M , Westminster Choir College Professor of Piano and Faculty Summer School Member Pittsburgh Symphony Anti Labounsky Steel Vincent Monteleone Chairman, Piano Department Assistant Professor of Organ and Teacher of Trumpet B M , M M , Yale University Robert L Shankovich University Organist B S , M M , Duquesne University Paris Conservatory Associate Professor ofMusic Theory B M , Eastman School of Music Pupil of Harold Bauer, Alfred Cortot Louis Munkdcliy and Assistant Dean M M , University of Michigan and Isabella Vengerova Associate Professor of Music Theory B S , M M , Duquesne University Fulbright Grant Diploma, Liszt Academy of Music, Daniel Poupard Post-graduate study, Peabody Pupil of David Craighead, Marilyn Budapest, Hungary Teacher of Trombone Conservatory and University of Mason, Andre Marchal, Jean Langlais Doctor of Laws and Political Science, B S , Duquesne University Pittsburgh Diplome (Mention Maximum), Eotvos University, Budapest, Hungary Director of Bands, Avonworth Junior Doctoral studies, Carnegie-Mellon Schola Cdntorurn, Paris B S , M M, School of Music, and,Senior High Schools University tcole Normale, Paris Duquesne University Ferdinand Pranzatelli Allen Slier Gladys Stein Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Professor of Music Education, Teacher of Violoncello and Chamber Assistant Professor of Piano Joseph H Negri Chairman, Graduate Music Education, Music Diploma, B S , M S , Juilhard Teacher of Guitar and Teacher of Strings B A Brooklyn College School of Music Carnegie-Mellon University B M , Eastman School of Music, M A Columbia University Special Artist Degree, Vienna Affiliated with WTAE University of Rochester Manhattan School of Music State Academy M A , Teachers College, Columbia New York College of Music Pupil of Clarence Adler, Rosina Beverly Nero University Lhevinne, Victor Babin, and Teacher of Piano Edwin Shiner Doctoral Candidate, University of Richard Hauser B S , M M , Duquesne University Associate Professor of Trumpet Pittsburgh Assistant of Rosina Llievinne Pupil of Artur Balsam B F A , Carnegie-Mellon University

234 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY FACULTY 235

John Stodolsky Lynda Tucker Monica Capp, R N Marie Hansen, R N Teacher of Guitar Teacher of Voice Instructor in Nursing Associate Professor of Nursing B S N E , University of Pittsburgh Phyllis Susen B S M E , Auburn University B S N , M N , University of Pittsburgh M M , Duquesne University M S , University of Maryland Teacher of Harp Grace Catell, R N Gladys P Husted, R N Yee Ha Chlu Sutton Assistant Professor of Nursing Kathleen Vogt Assistant Professor of Nursing Teacher of Piano B S N , University of Miami Teacher ofPercussion B S N, M N Ed, University of The Royal College of Music, M P H , University of Pittsburgh B S M E, M M E, Duquesne University Pittsburgh London, England Patricia Christopher, R N John H Wilson Yvonne Knauff, R N Diploma, Juilliard School of Music Instructor in Nursing Assistant Professor ofMusic Education B S N , West Virginia University Instructor in Nursing Rev Moshe Taub6 and Director of Bands M N , University of Pittsburgh B S N , Capital University Teacher of Voice B S , M A, Ed D , New York University M P H , University of North Music Conservatory, Cracow, Poland Mary Ann Cipriano, R N Samuel C Yafires Carolina Institute of Haifa, Israel Instructor in Nursing Associate Professor ofMusic Education Catherine L Kuchta, R N Diploma, Juilliard School of Music B S N , St John College and Coordinator ofStudent Teachers Music Director, Congregation Beth M S , University of Utah Associate Professor of Nursing Shalorn B S in M Ed , Indiana University B S N , M P H , Duquesne University of Pennsylvania Theresa Clifford, R N David P Tessiner M Ed , University of Pittsburgh Associate Professor of Nursing Margaret McKenna, R N Teacher of Flute Doctoral Study, University of B S N E , Duquesne University Associate Professor of Nursing, B A , Houston Baptist College Pittsburgh M S N , The Catholic University of Director of Student Affairs America B S N , Duquesne University Enrico Torcaso M N Ed , University of Pittsburgh Assistant Professor of Mary Grace Connors, R N Music Theory Associate Professor of Nursing Naomi Mewhirter, R N Instructor in Nursing B S , M M , Duquesne University B S N E University of Pittsburgh B S N , Western Reserve University Doctoral Study, University of M A, Teachers College, Columbia M Litt NE, M N , University of Pittsburgh University Pittsburgh Barbara Coyne, R N Associate Professor of Nursing Mary Caroll Miller, R N School of Nursing B S N E , M Ed , University of Associate Professor ofiVursing Pittsburgh B S N , Duquesne University M S N , University of Pennsylvania ADMINISTRATION Ellen Donnelly, R N Instructor in Nursing Margaret Muntz, R N Regina E Fusan, R N , M Ed Dean B S N , West Virginia University Instructor in Nursing Natalie Pavlovich, R N , Ph D Assistant to the Dean M N , University of Pittsburgh B S N , Duquesne University R Harriet Phillips, R N, M M Ed Acting Director, Undergraduate Program M N , University of Pittsburgh Regina E Fusan, R N Rosemarie R Parse, R N FACULTY Professor of Nursing and Dean of the School of Nursing Professor of Nursing Theresa Balog, R N Rita Brink, R N B S N , M Ed, Duquesne University B S N , Duquesne University Associate Professor of Nursing Instructor in Nursing M N Ed , Ph D , University of B S N , Duquesne University B S N , M N , Pennsylvania State Susan E Gibbons, R N Pittsburgh M S N , University of Pittsburgh University Assistant Professor of Nursing B S N , University of Pittsburgh Natalie Pavlovich, R N Mary Maxine Bargar, R N Teresa Byrne, R N M P H , University of Minnesota Associate Professor of Nursing, Assistant Professor ofNursing Instructor in Nursing Assistant to the Dean Sister M Bernardine Golonka, C H G, R N B S N , University of Pittsburgh B S N , Duquesne University B S N , University of Arizona M N , University of California, M P H , University of Pittsburgh Instructor in Nursing M S , M A, Ph D , University of Los Angeles B S N , M Ed , Duquesne University Michigan M N , University of Pittsburgh

FACULTY 237 236 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY

Yvonne Holsinger, R N , B S N , M N Ed Mary T Petrich, R N Becky Stels, R N Jerry Silvers, 114 P H Director of Nursing Instructor in Nursing Instructor in Nursing Assistant Administrator B S N , M Ed , Duquesne University B S N , M S N , University of Pittsburgh Ralph B Berkley, M P H Assistant Administrator St Francis General Hospital Linda Pfeffer, R N Glee I Wahlquist, R N Mary Young, B S Ed Sister M Adele, 0 S F, M A, M B A Instructor in Nursing Instructor in Nursing Director ofNursing Executive Director B S , Albright College B S N , University of Bridgeport Sister M Bertin, 0 S F , R N , M Litt M S N , University of Pittsburgh M S N , University of Pittsburgh Pittsburgh Health Center Assistant Administrator of Nursing Regina Harriet Phillips, R N Shirley Wheeler, R N BarryH Roth, BA MHCA Associate Professor of Nursing, Associate Professor ofNursing Administrator St Joseph's Division of South Hills Acting Director, Undergraduate Program B S N , M N Ed, University of Patricia Scuffle, R N , B S N E , M Ed Health Center B S N , Duquesne University Pittsburgh Assistant Administrator Sister M Crescentia, C S J , B A , M N Ed , Univcrsity of Pittsburgh Evelyn T Wilczynski, R N Rose Crucio, B S , M S M S Ed, M B A Helen Pranzatelli, R N Associate Professor ofNursing Director ofNurving Executive Director Associate Professor of Nursing B S N , University of Pittsburgh IMary Jean Veltri, R N , B S Ed B S N , M Ed , Duquesne University M Ed , Duquesne University Magee-Womens Hospital Director of Nursing Service Elizabeth C Schultz, R N M Kathleen Winter, R N C Robert Youngquist, B A, M B A Shadyside Hospital Associate Professor of Nursing Instructor in Nursing Executive Director B S N , M N Ed , University of B S N , Duquesne University Philip Dominy, R N , M S N Clifford M Lebo, B S , M S Pittsburgh M P H , University of Pittsburgh Director ofNursing President Alice Chauss Kindling, R N , B S , M A Marlaine Smith, R N Ann Wood, R N Mayview State Hospital Instructor in Nursing Instructor in Nursing Director of Nursing B S N , Duquesne University B S N , Pennsylvania State University Robert H Trivus, M D PhD M P H , University of Pittsburgh Superintendent Family Health Center Sharon Zuecom Haig S Tern ple, M D Shadyside Hospital Regina Stefanik, R N Instructor in Nutrition Assistant Superintendent B S , Rutgers University Mary Elizabeth Roth, M D Instructor in Nursing William H Cummings, R N B S N , M Ed , Duquesne University M S , Pennsylvania State University Director of Family Practice Director of Nursing Residency Program McKeesport Hospital South Hills Health System ASSOCIATE HEALTH AGENCIES Robert J Bigge, B A , M P H Home Health Agency Executive Director Homestead House Allegheny County Health Deputment David W Field, M H A Mary Myers, R N , B S Ed, M Litt Catherine M Frdsca, R N, B S , M H A Bureau of Public Health Nursing Vice President Assistant Administrator, Nursing Mary Fareri, R N, B S N , M N Adin Director Irene McLenahan, R N Division Director of Nursing B S, M Ed, M P H Veterans Administration Hospital Mercy Hospital Chief Central Medical Health Services Highland Drive Sister M Ferdinand, R S M , Ed D Thomas M Gallagher, B S , M A Harold W Byers, B A Allegheny General Hospital Administrator Presiden t Director Joann Holt, R N, B S N, M N Ed Lad Grapski, M B A P J Dolan,RN,BSN Ruby Kolozs, R N , B S , M S Assistant Executive Director, President Director of Nursing Chief, Nursing Service Harold D Sanders, M H A Nursing Service Senior Vice President Forbes Health System St Clair Memorial Hospital Richard W Ashton, R N, M P H (Columbia and Pittsburgh Vice President Health Centers) Benjamin E Snead, M B A, A C H A James B Hazlett, M B A , J D Administrator Vice President Barry H Roth, B A, M H C A Administrator

238 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY FACULTY 239

The Visiting Nurse Association of Bill L Hamilton, B A, M H A Jeanne A Cooper John Georgescu Allegheny County Assistant Executive Director Associate Professor ofMedical Instructor in Medical Technology Marie Trimble, R N, B S N , M Litt (Virology) Patricia O'Donnell, R N , B S N, M P H Technology and Director Director of Nursing Mercy School ofMedical Technology M S , Duquesne University Executive Director Barbara Piskor, R N , B S, M P H (Parasitology) Raymond A Giudici Mellon Pavilion B S , Waynesburg College Educational Coordinator Instructor in Clinical Pharmacy Ambulatory Care Center M D , Halmemann Medical College B S (Pharmacy), Pliarm D , Duquesne Western Pennsylvania Hospital Western Pennsylvania Hospital Richard R Crowe University Ruth Beek, R N Instructor in Medical Technology James I McGuire, B S , M S Marilyn F Harris Director, Comprehensive Care Program (Sero logy) Executive Vice President Associate Professor ofPharmaceutics Thomas D Kline, B S, M H A Barbara C Fasiska B S P , University of Saskatchewan Executive Director Health Physicist M S , Duquesne University B S , M S , University of Pittsburgh Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Sister M Gonzales Duffy, R S M Benjamin Hodes Lecturer in Hospital Pharmacy and Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutics, School of Pharmacy Director of Phai macy Central Service, Assistant Dean Mercy Hospital B S (Pharmacy), Albany College of Pharmacy ADMINISTRATION B A , Mt Mercy College M S , Ph D , University of Michigan B S (Pharmacy), Duquesne University Bruce D Martin, PhD Dean Philip W Keys M S , Villanova University Benjamin Hodes, Ph D A vyistan t Dean Clinical Instructor in Pharmacy D Sc (Hon ), Duquesne University Stephen C Morrison, M A Assistant to the Dean B S (Pharmacy), West Virginia University for Academic Advisement Raymond C Eder Pliarm D , Duquesne University Clinical Instructor Spyros Kommos B S (Pharmacy), Duquesne University FACULTY A ssoczate Professor of Medical Technology (Bacteriology, Mycology) Akio Aburano Martin Cohen Joseph A Feldman B S , M S , Duquesne University Associate Professor ofMedical Associate Professor ofMedical Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry S M (ASCP) Technology (Instrumentation) Technology B S (Pharmacy), University of Rhode Island D Se , University of Pittsburgh M D , University of Michigan (Microscopy, Electrophorests) M S , Ph D , University of Wisconsin B S , City College of New York Joseph M Kristofik Anthony J Amadio M D , California College of Medicine Instructor in Pharmaceutical Law Professor ofPharmaceutical Frederick W Fochtman Instructor in Pharmacology B S (Pharmacy), J D , Duquesne Administration Stanford I Cohen B S (Pharmacy), M S , Ph D , University B S , M Litt , University of Pittsburgh Instructor in Community Pharmacy Duquesne University B S (Pharmacy), M B A , Duquesne B Ed , University of Toledo John G Lech University B S (Pharmacy), University of Henry R Freedy Clinical Instructor Pittsburgh B S (Pharmacy), Pharm D , Duquesne Lawrence H Block Assistant Professor of University Professor of Pharmaceutical Wellon D Collom Clinical Pharmacy B S (Pharmacy), Pliarm D , Duquesne Chemistry and Pharmaceutics Lecturer in Toxicology M Elaine Linkhauer University B S (Pharmacy), M S , Ph D , B S University of California Instructor in Medical Technology University of Maryland M S Duquesne University Alvin M Galinsky (Bacteriology, Parasitology) Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Professor ofPharmaceutical Chemistry Mitchell L Borke B A , Mt Mercy College and Pharmaceu tics M T (ASCP), M S , Duquesne University Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry B S (Pharmacy), M S , Ph D , B S (Pharmacy), M S , Ph D , University of Illinois Bruce Livengood University of Illinois Instructor in Clinical Pharmacy B S (Pharmacy), Temple University Pharm D , Duquesne University

240 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY FACULTY 241

Elsie N4 Lovsted Frank K Schweighardt AUXILIARY FACULTY Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical Lecturer in Pharmaceutical Chemistry Harvey M Arbit, Pharm D Edward F Keating Chemistry B S , Seton Hall University Senior Clinical Research Coordinator Adjunct Professor of Pharmaceutical B S (Pharmacy), Ph D , University Ph D , Duquesne University Travenol Laboratories, Inc Administration of Minnesota Sydney P Shdnor Morton Grove, Illinois Director of Trade Relations (Retired) Manuel J Manollos Merck, Sharp & Dohme Professor ofPharmacology Jagdesh P Bhatnagar, Se D Clinical Instructor in Pharmacy Laboratories, West Point, R N St John's Hospital Adjunct Research Professor B A , M S W, University of Pittsburgh Pennsylvania B S M S , Ph D , University of Chief, Division of Radiation Physics Bruce D Martin Pittsburgh Mercy Hospital Delbert D Konnor, M S , R Ph Adjunct Professor in Pharmaceutical Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry Nancy Simmons Mark M Bracken, M D Administration, Manager, Voluntary and Dean of the School of Pharmacy Instructor in Medical Technology Pathologist Compliance Program B S (Pharmacy), Albany College of (Blood Banking) Mercy Hospital Drug Enforcement Administration, Pharmacy B S , Eastern Nazarene College I U S Department of Justice M S , Ph D , University of Illinois M T (ASCP) William K Buchanan, M D Associate Thomas J Mattei B B (ASCP) Lawrence M Mulhern, M D Department of Anesthesia, Chief of the Division of Rheumatology Assistant Professor of Clinical Eileen Steele St Francis General Hospital Mercy Hospital Pharmacy Assistant Clinical Professor of B S (Pharmacy), Phaim D , Duquesne Medical Technology and Education Earl R Davis, M D University Angelo L Pantalone, M D Coordinator, Mercy School of Pathologist Director of the Department of Reginald A Ney Medical Technology St Joseph's Hospital Anesthesia Health Physicist (Hematology, Urmalysis) Robert G Gallagher, A B St Francis General Hospital B A, Mt Mercy College B S , Duquesne University Adjunct Assistant Professor of M T (ASCP) Edward J Paysek, M D Roberto J Nix Radiological Health M S in Education, Duquesne Associate Professor of Medical Instructor in Physical Pharmacy President, Applied Health Physics, Inc University Technology Bethel Park, Pennsylvania B S (Pharinacy), University of Texas Director, Division of Nu0cax Medicine John F Ward Pharm D , Duquesne University Regis A Greenwood, B S , M S and Ultrasound, Mercy Hospital Associate Professor of Medical Norbert A Pilewski Consultant in Health Physics Technology (Hematology, Cytology) Joshua A Perper, M D , LL B , M Se Greenwood Radiation Consulting Associate Professor of Pharmacognosy B S , M D , University of Pittsburgh Chief Forensic Pathologist B S (Pharmacy), M S , University of Norman Haywood, J D Allegheny County Coroner's Office Pittsburgh Rita M Windisch Livingston and Miller, Associate Professor of Medical Frank J Pohl, L L B Ph D , Ohio State University Attorneys at Law Technology (Clinical Chemistry) Burgwin, Ruffin, Perry & Pohl, Margaret Plutnicki B S , Ph D , Duquesne University Carl Kaplan, M D Attorneys at Law Instructor in Medical Technology Chairman Charles L Winek Silvestri Silvestri (Coagulation) Division of Radiation Therapy Professor of Toxicology Judge B A , Mt Mercy College Radiology Department, B S (Pharmacy), M S , Duquesne Court of Common Pleas, M T (ASCP) Mercy Hospital University Fifth Judicial District, Thomas L Rihn Ph D , Ohio State University Arthur Katoh, Ph D Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Clinical Instructor in Pharmacy Research Associate Gerard J Wolf C;rfl H Wecht, M D , J D B S (Pharmacy), Duquesne University Radiology Department, Clinical Instructor Adjunct Professor of Pathology Mercy Hospital Gene A Riley B S (Pliarinacy), Duquesne University Coroner, Allegheny County Professor ofPharmacology B S (Pharmacy), Duquesne University Sister Donna Zwigart, 0 S F Instructor in Medical Technology Ph D , Western Reserve University (Blood Banking) B A , Carlow College M T (ASCP) 243 242 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY 1

Reserve Officer Training Corps L TT ADMINISTRATION ACADEMIC Colonel James R Bambery, USA Coordinator

*Edward L Murray, C S Sp , Ph D Academic Vice President FACULTY—DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE Major Thomas L Adams, Jr Captain Eli A Honiza COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES Associate Professor of Military Science Assistant Professor ofMilitary Science *James A McCulloch, Ph D -Dean B S , South Carolina State College B F A , Carnegie-Mellon University Marguerite Puhl, M Ed Assistant Dean for Administration M Ed , University of Maryland M P I A , University of Pittsburgh Helena Miller, Ph D Assistant Dean for Special Studies Joan E Deakins Assistant to the Dean Colonel James R Bambery Captain William D Jacobsen Madeline F Huck, M A Director of Academic Advisement Professor ofMilitary Science and Assistant Professor ofMilitary Science Coordinator and Head of the Department B A , University of Nebraska B S , United States Military Academy M Ed , University of Southern California GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES M A, American University *James A McCulloch, Ph D .Dean Captain Edward F Munson Captain John W Hawbaker Assistant Professor of Military Science SCHOOL OF LAW Assistant Professor ofMilitary Science B A , M A , Duquesne University *Ronald R Davenport, LL M .Dean B S , Illinois Wesleyan University John J Sciullo, J D Associate Dean M B A , University of Georgia Major Robert D Rivers Associate Professor of Military SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION Major John R Haynes Science *Blair J Kolasa, PhD -Dean Associate Professor ofMilitary B S Gonza.ga University William J O'Brien, M S Assistant Dean Science M S Texas A&M University B A University of Connecticut M A University of Arizona SCHOOL OF PHARMACY *Bruce D Martin, PhD .Dean Ralph Kreuer, Ph G , B S Assistant Dean for Administration

SCHOOL OF MUSIC FACULTY—DEPARTMENT OF *Robert F Egan, Ph D .Dean AEROSPACE STUDIES Gerald Keenan, Ph D Dean Emeritus Major Thomas W Collins Major Bruce D Mills Robert L Shankovich, M S Assistant Dean for Administration Assistant Professor ofAerospace Studies Assistant Professor of Aerospace B A Mississippi State University Studies SCHOOL OF EDUCATION .Dean M A Golden Gate University B S , Lincoln University John L Livingston, PhD M A, Missouri University Bruno A Casile, PhD Coordinator, GraduateEducation Lieutenant Colonel DonaldM Goldstein Charles F Lanks, M Ed Assistant to the Dean Professor of Aerospace Studies Leo F Semes, M Ed Assistant to the Dean and Head of Department Captain Larry J Mills B A M A , University of Maryland Assistant Professor ofAerospace SCHOOL OF NURSING M S Georgetown University and Studies *Regina E Fusan, M Ed Dean George Washington University B S , M S , Oklahoma State Natalie Pavlovich, Ph D Assistant to the Dean Ph D , Denver University University Harriet R Phillips, M N Ed Dii ector of Undergraduate Program

INSTITUTE OF AFRICAN AFFAIRS Rev Joseph L Varga, C S Sp , M A Director

*Member, Council of Academic Deans 244 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATIVE DIVISIONS 245

INSTITUTE OF MAN INSTITUTIONAL RESEARCH Rev Adrian van Kaam, C S Sp, Ph D Director James F Kleyle, B S , M Ed Director UNIVERSITY ROTC OFFICE OF THE CONTROLLER Col James R Bambery, M A Head, Department OfMilitary Science John F Gannon, B S Controller Assistant Controller UNIVERSITY LIBRARY Thomas M O'Rorke, B S , C P A Paul J Pugliese, M L S Librarian OFFICE OF FINANCIAL AID Eleanor McCann, B S Librarian Emeritus Eugene R Mariam, M Ed Director OFFICE OF REGISTRAR AUXILIARY SERVICES Thomas F Bailey, B A Registrar Ernest L Conti, B S Financial Director Karla J Pielin, B S Ed Assistant Registrar Jarries E FItZpdtrick Assistant to the Registrar PURCHASING DEPARTMENT Director of Purchases OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS J Kenneth Munhall, B S Joseph A Merdnte, M Ed Director OFFICE SERVICES Betsy A Porter, M Ed Associate Director Robert L Pifer Director John E Nelson, M Ed Assistant Director Cheri R Neely, A B Assistant Director PERSONNEL SERVICES Director CENTER FOR ACADEMIC AND CAREER DEVELOPMENT Shelton F King Ruth A Harberth, B A Assistant Director Joseph F Miola, PhD Coordinator James R Holcomb, PhD Directoi, Career Planning and Placement PHYSICAL PLANT AND ENGINEERING SERVICES George Harris, M Ed Director, Learning Skills Program George A Deemer, B S Director John E Nelson, M Ed Director, Testing BOOKSTORE UNIVERSITY PRESS Charles S Floyd, B S Acting Manager John J Dowds, M Ed Director DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO STATION WDUQ-FM James J Caputo Director Kenneth J Duffy, Ph D Director

UNIVERSITY ARCHIVES Rev John P Gillagher, C S Sp , M A Archivist

BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL STUDENT SERVICES

Rev Frederick R Clark, C S Sp , Ph D Vice President for Finance *Darrell F Rishel, Ed D Vice President for Student Services OFFICE OF THE TREASURER James F Kleyle, B S , M Ed Assistant to the Vice President OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF STUDENTS Dean of Students for Finance *Patricia E Watt, M A *Charles E Behymer, PhD Assistant Dean of Students E Betty Beaman, B S , C P A Inteinal Auditor Willard L Fuller, M Ed Assistant Dean of Students for Counseling Charmaine R Kanoza, M S Ed Assistant to the Dean of Students Georgia Zeedick, B S Coordinator of Conferences *Member, Council on Student Services and Scheduling

246 DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATIVE DIVISIONS 247

OFFICE or RESIDENCE LIFE CAMPUS MINISTRY Marian E Hirst, M S Associate Dean of Students for Residence Life Richard L Barron, M Ed Assistant Dean for Operations Rev Robert N Reach, C S Sp University Chaplain Jainies A Contis, M Ed A ssistant Dean for Programs Rev William F Crowley, C S Sp Associate Chaplain Richaxd L Bagin^ki, M S Resident Director, St Martin Hall Rev Leo J Kettl, C S Sp Associate Chaplain Melinda C Burgin, M A Resident Director, St Ann Hall Miss Mary Lou Grad, M A Program Director Colleen S Dougherty, M A Resident Director, A ssumption Hall Karen A Kiggins, M S Resident Director, Duquesne Towers

DUQUESNE UNION George J Preisinger, M A Director, Duquesne Union UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES Robert J Mientus, M S Assistant Director, Operations Charlotte A Cunningham, M A A ssistant Dn ectoi, Progi ams ATHLETIC COMMITTEE ATHLETICS William F Fischer Chairman John M Manning, M Ed Director of Athletics James Andrews Victoria M Hartung Thomas O'Malley Eileen Surcloval, B S Assistant to the Director Donato DeFelice John M Manning James C McDonough, Jr Nelson J King Spoi ts Public Relations Director James B Eckenrode, Jr Eugene Mariam Darrell F Rishel John L Cinicola, B Ed Varsity Basketball Coach Charleg J Fenner, C S Sp Mwhael Rice, B Ed Assistant Basketball Coach Richard Spear, M S Director, Men's In tramural A thletics SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Eugene M Mariam, M Ed Chairman UNIVERSITY HEALTH SERVICES Thoinds I, Bailey Marguerite Puhl R Stanley Seymour University Physician Joseph Feldman Betsy A Porter Robert Shankovich Mary I'llen Guido, R N Head Nurse Leo F Semes

UNIVERSITY RELATIONS

Howard L Engle, M B A Vice President fbi University Relations Regis J Ebner, B A Asst Vice PresidentlCommunications Peter A Caputo, M P A .Director, Government Relations Edward L Craft, B S Director, Deferred Gifts Program Lillian K DeDoinenic, AS Director, News Bureau Patrick M Joyce, B A Director, Annual Fund Jerome A Kleinman, M B A. Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations Mary Kay Ingenthron, B A -Director, Publications P Peter Lost, M Ed Director. Events 248 INDEX 249

Bank Credit Cards 189 Cashing Checks 189 Index Basic Education Opportunity Grants 194 Center for Bassoon Courses 111, 117 Academic and Career Development 169 Behavioral Science, Division of 76 Administration of Legal Systems 68 International Business 77 Economic Education 69 Law Administration 78 International Management 69 Management 79 Management Development 69 Marketing 80 Certification Pre-Legal 78 Music 102 Academic Application Biological Sciences School Nurse 135 Advisor 206 Fee 185 Courses is Subject Area Requirements 91 Calendar ill for Financial Aid 192 Department of 14 Teacher 88 Load—Arts and Sciences 13 New First-Year Students 180 Requirements for Major 14 Certified Public Accountant Policies 3 Early Admission 180 Requirements for Minor 15 Requirements 72 Regulations—Art and Sciences 13 Other Categories 180 Board of Directors 214 Change of Schedule 204 Year and Summer Sessions 4 International Students 181 Buildings 4 Fee 185 Accounting Curriculum 72 Post Graduates 181 Bureau of Research Checks Accreditation and Affiliation 6 Readmission 182 and Community Services 68 Bad 189 Activities and Facilities 172 Summer Session 182 Business and Administration Cashing 189 Athletics 172 Duquesne Students 182 Schoolof 67 Chemistry Duquesne Union 173 Students from Other Institutions 183 Bureau of Research and Community Courses 18 Program Board 173 Transfers 182 Services 68 Department of 17 Systems Center 174 Temporary 182 Bureau of Research 68 Requirements for Majors 18 Tamburitzans 173 Applied Music Courses 110 Center for Requirements for Minors 18 Theatre 174 Army ROTC 162 Administration of Legal Systems 68 Clarinet Courses 111, 117 WDUQ Radio and Television 174 Arts and Sciences Courses Economic Education 69 Class Attendance 88, 206 Administration Biological Sciences 14 International Management 69 Classics and Faculty 215 Chemistry 17 Center for Management Courses 20 Building 4 Classics 20 Development 69 Department of 20 Administrative Divisions 243 Earth Science 47 Course Descriptions Requirements for Major 20 Academic 243 Economics 22 Accounting 72 Requirements for Minor 20 Business and Financial 244 English 23 Economic Science 82 Classification of Students 206 Campus Ministry 247 FlDe Arts 26 Finance 73 Full-time 206 Student Services 245 French 39 International Business 77 Part-time 207 University Committees 248 German 40 Law Administration 78 Post-Graduate 207 University Relations 246 Greek 20 Management 79 Clinical Pharmacy, Department of 157 Administrative Officers 214 History 28 Marketing 80 College Hall 5 Admission Italian 40 Quantitative Methods 76 College Level Examination Program 13, 183 Application—New First Year Students 180 Journalism 33 Curriculums College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Other Categories 180 Latin 20 Accounting 72 See Liberal Arts and Sciences, Office 179 Mathematics 36 Economic Science 82 College of Early 180 Modern Languages 38 Finance 73 Committees International Students 181 Philosophy 41 International Business 77 Athletic 247 Policy 179 Physics 44 Law Administration 78 Scholarships and Financial Post Graduates 181 Political Science 48 Management 79 Assistance 247 Readmission 182 Psychology 51 Marketing 81 University 247 Requirements 179 Russian 40 Quantitative Methods 76 Competitive Scholarships 192 Rolling 179 Sociology 53 Degree 68 Confidentiality of Student Records 205 Summer Session 182 Spanish 40 Divisions and Programs 70 Costs See Fees and Tuition Duquesne Students 182 Speech Communication and Behavioral Science 76 Course Other Institutions 183 Theatre 56 Economic Science 82 Examinations 207 Transfers 182 Theology 60 Quantitative Science 72 Retrogression 208 Academic Year 182 Assumption Hall 4 History 67 Course Descriptions Summer Session 182 Athletics 172 Philosophy and Objectives 67 Arts and Sciences 14 Temporary 182 Attendance, Class 206 Sample Program 70 Business and Administration 72 Admission, Special Requirements Auditing Courses 206 Scholarships and Loans 196 Education 93 Education 86 Auditor's Fee 185 Student Organizations 69 Music 110 Music 100 Nursing 135 Nursing 130 Bachelor-Master's Program 13 Calendar, Academic ill Pharmacy 153 Pharmacy 146 Bachelor's Degree Fee 186 Cancellation of Courses 206 ROTC 165 Advanced Placement 183 Bachelor's-Professiondl School Campus Ministry 169, 247 Courses Advisor, Academic 206 Program 13 Canevin Hall 4 Auditing 206 Air Force ROTC 165 Bad Checks 189 Career Planning and Placement 169 Cancellation of 206 250 INDEX INDEX 251

Finance Curriculum 7 3 Repeating 208 Economics 22 Economics 82 Financial Aid 190 Retrogression 208 English 23 Courses Credit Fine Arts Department of 22 Application—University Aid 192 26 190 by Examination 14,207 History 28 Requirements for Major 22 Award Conditions 22 Basic Educational Opportunity HourBank 184 Journalism 33 Requirements for Minor 86 Grants 194 Unit of 211 Mathematics 36 Education, School of Cross- Registration Admission 86 Competitive Scholarships 192 204 Modern Languages 38 191 Curriculums Philosophy Class Attendance 88 Current Information 41 93 Financial Need 190 Arts and Sciences 11 Physics 44 Course Descriptions Bachelor-Master's Early Childhood 95 Gift Assistance 191 13 Political Scienct 48 194 Bachelor's/Professional School Psychology Educational Foundations and Guaranty Student Loan 13 51 193 Pre-Engineering 12 Sociology Psychology 93 Health Profession Loans 53 95 Health Profession Scholarships 193 Pre Law 12 Speech Communication and Theatre 56 Elementary Pre-Medical Theology Secondary 96 Meeting Student Need 191 13 60 193 Second Bachelor's Degree 13 Special 96 National Direct Student Loans Departments, School of Pharmacy 190 Three-Year Bachelor's 13 Clinical Pharmacy Curriculum 86 Need 157 88 Nurses Training Act Loans 193 Business and Administration 70 Medical Technology 157 Degree 86 Nursing Scholarships 193 Accounting 72 Pharmaceutical Administration 156 General Education Economic Science 82 History 86 Other Scholarships and Loans 195 Pharmaceutical Chemistry and 194 Finance 73 Honor Awards 87 Pennsylvania State Grants Pharmaceutics 153 190 International Business 77 Pharmacognosy 155 Laboratory Experiences 87 Principles of Program Funding 191 Law Administration 78 Pharmdcology-Toxicology 155 Professional Education 87 Management 79 Radiological Health Programs 88 Programs 192 158 165 Marketing 80 Developmental Services 169 Early Childhood 88 ROTC Scholarships Pre-Legal Elem entary 89 Sources of 192 78 Campus Ministry 169 194 Qualitative Methods 76 Music 90, 107 State Grant Assistance Career Planning and Placement 169 193 Education 88 Center for Academic and Secondary 91 Student Employment Early Childhood 88 Special Education 92 Supplemental Educational Opportunity Career Development 169 193 Elementary 89 Health Insurance 172 Scholarships 186 Grants University Scholars Awards 192 Music 90, 107 Health Services 172 Selection and Admission 86 Secondary 91 Student Organizations 87 Financial Aid—Departments and International Student Advisement 171 195 Special Education 93 Teacher Certification 88 Schools Learning Skill Program 170 196 Music 103 Psychological Center for Training Educational Foundations and Business and Administration College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 195 Music Education 107 and Research 171 Psychology 93 Music Therapy 108 Effective Catalog-Arts and Sciences 13 Education 196 Residence Life 171 196 Orchestral Instrument 106 Testing Bureau Elementary Education Music 170 Nursing 197 Organ 104 Directors, Board of 214 Courses 95 Piano Program 89 Pharmacy 197 103 Divisions, School of Business and 165, 199 Sacred Music 109 Administration English ROTC Scholarships Voice Courses 24 Fine Arts 105 Behavioral Science 76 26 Nursing 134 Economic Science Department of 23 Courses 82 Requirements for Minor 27 Pharmacy 141 Quantitative Science Honors Program 24 76 Flute Courses 11, 117 Medical Technology 144 Double Bass Courses 111,117 Requirements for Major 23 Radiological Health Requirements for Minor 23 French Courses 39 145 Dormitories 180 ROTC 162 Assumption Hall Ensemble Courses 122 Freshmen, Admission of 4 Full-Time Students 206 Damage Deposit, Resident Hall 185, 187 Duquesne Towers 5 Eurhythmics 122 Dean's List 210 Expenses Evening Study 8 187 General Education 86 Deferred Payment 188 St Ann Hall 5 Examinations 183 German Courses 40 Degree St Martin Hall 5 Advanced Placement Arts and Sciences Credit by 267 Grade Reports, Semester 205 12 Dropping and Adding Courses 204 207 Awarded with Honors 211 Duquesne Final 207 Grading System Business and Administration 68 Duke (Newspaper) Expenses See Tuition and Fees Graduate Courses for Undergraduate 176 Credit 210 Education 88 Magazine 176 Music 101 Facilities, Physical 2 Graduation Towers 5 186 Nursing 129 Union Faculty, Administration and Fees 5, 173 Honors 211 Pharmacy 184, 187 Program Board 173 Arts and Sciences 215 Requirements 12, 70, 88-93, 103-110 Business and Administration 224 Requirements 210 20 134, 141-145, 210 Early Admission Education 227 Greek Courses 180 Guaranty Student Loans 194 Degrees and Programs Offered 2 Early Childhood Education M u Sic 229 234 Gymnasium 5 Departments, College of Liberal Arts Courses 95 Nursing and Sciences Pharmacy 238 Program 88 112, 117 Biological Sciences 14 Earth Science Courses ROTC 242 Harp Courses 47 Health Profession Loans 193 Chemistry 17 Econorm- Science, Division of 82 Fees and Tuition See Tuition and Fees Classics 20 Curnculurn 82

253 INDEX INDEX 252

Speech Communication and Eurhythmics 122 Pass/Fail Electives 208 Scholarships 193 Theatre 56 General Education 127 Payments and Other Credits 188 Health 189 172 Theology 60 Music Education 122 Bad Checks InsurancG 124 Bank Credit Cards 189 172 Credit by Examination 14 Music History, Literature and Art Services Music Theory 125 Cashing Checks 189 History Curricular Requirements 11 EffCLtIVe Catalog Music Therapy 125 Deferred Payment 188 Courses 29 13 189 28 History 11 Non-Music Majors 127 Scholarships Department of Student Financing Program 188 29 Philosophy and Objectives 11 Sacred Music 126 Requirements for Major Percussion Courses 113, 119 Requirements for Minor 29 Programs 12 Tamburitzans Institute of Folk Arts 126 Pharmaceutical Administration, The University 1-3 Scholarships 195 156 211 Library Degrees 101 Department of Honors, Graduation 6 Pharmaceutical Chemistry and Pharma- Honors Awards Loans and Scholarships See Equipment 101 100 ceutics, Department of 153 Education 86 Scholarships and Loans Fees, Special History 99 Pharmacists, State Licensing of 151 Music 102 155 132 Management Curriculum Honor Awards 102 Pharmacognosy, Department of Nursing 79 of 155 Pharmacy 149 Marketing Curriculum 81 Philosophy and Objectives 99 Pharmacology-Toxicology, Department 102 Pharmacy, School of 139 Honor Societies 175 Mathematics Programs 112, 118 Courses Music Education 107 Activities Fee 147, 185 Horn Courses 36 146 Housing See Dormitories Department of Music Therapy 108 Admission 36 152 Requirements for Major 36 Orchestral Instrument 106 Career Guidance Center 104 Course Descriptions 153 Requirements for Minor 36 Organ Inter-Fraternity Council 175 Matriculation Deposit 185 Piano 103 Clinical Pharmacy 157 157 International Medical Technology, Department of 157 Sacred Music 109 Medical Technology 105 Pharmaceutical Administration 156 Student Advisement 171 Mellon Hall of Science 5 Voice Students, Admission of 181 Military Science, Department of 162 Recital Attendance 102 Pharmaceutical Chemistry 196 and Pharmaceutics 153 Italian Courses 40 Ministry, Campus 169, 247 Scholarships Modern Languages Student Organizations 101 Pharmacognosy 155 155 Journalism Courses 39 Teacher Certification 102 Pharmacology-Toxico log y 159 Courses 34 Department of 38 Theology Requirement 102 Professional Electives Department of French Courses 39 Radiological Health 158 33 142 Requirements for Major German Courses 40 National Direct Student Loans 193 Curriculum Majors 33 193 140, 143, 145 Requirements for Minor 33 Italian Courses 40 Nurses Training Act Loans Degrees Requirements for Major 39 Nursing, School of 129 Fees, Laboratory 147 Admission of Registered Nurse Graduation Requirements 151 Laboratory Fees Requirements for Minor 39 139 General Russian Courses Students 131 History 185 40 130 149 Nursing 131 Spanish Courses 40 Admission Requirements Honor Awards Course Descriptions 135 Philosophy and Objectives 139 Pharmacy 147 Music Education 90, 107 159 Late Registration Fee Curriculum Standards 134 Professional Electives 185 Music, School of 3,99 131 140 Latin Courses 20 Fees, Special Programs Admission 100 132 140 Law Administration Curriculum 78 Advisement Graduation Requirements Pharmacy too 129 Medical Technology 143 Learning Skill Program 170 Course Descriptions 110 History Honor Awards 132 Radiological Health 145 L'Espirit du Due (Yearbook) 176 Applied Music 110 152 Liberal Arts and Sciences, College of I I Bassoon Objectives 130 Research Foundation 111, 117 129 147 Academic Clarinet Philosophy Regulations 111, 117 Scholarships and Loans 197 Load 13 Double Bass Program of Study 133 111, 117 133 State Licensing 151 Regulations 13 Flute 112, 117 Registered Nurses Scholarships 197 Pennsylvania 151 Requirements 12 Guitar 112, 117 152 Course Descriptions 14 Harp School Nurse States Other Than Pennsylvania 112, 117 Student Organizations 148 Biological Sciences 14 Horn 112, 118 Certification 135 Philosophy and Objectives Chemistry 17 Oboe 113, 118 Degree Curriculum for 135 University 3 Classics 20 Organ 113, 118 Second Baccalaureate Degree Program 131 Philosophy Economics 22 Percussion 113, 119 42 English 23 Piano 114, 119 Student Organizations 132 Courses 134 Department of 41 Fine Arts 26 Saxophone 114, 119 Suggested Curriculum Plan History Nursing Scholarships 193 Requirements for Major 41 28 Trombone and Baritone Horn 114, 120 41 Journalism 33 Trumpet 115, 120 Requirements for Minor Mathematics Oboe Courses 113, 118 Physics 36 Tuba 115, 120 45 Modern Languages 38 Viola 115, 121 Officers, Administrative 214 Courses Philosophy 41 Organ Courses 113, 118 Department of 44 Violin 115, 120 45 Physics 44 Violoncello 116, 121 Organizations, See Student Organizations Earth Science Requirements for Major 45 Political Science 48 Voice 116 45 Psychology 51 Conducting 121 Pan-Hellenic Council 175 Requirements for Minor 207 4 Sociology 53 Ensemble 122 Part-Ttme Students Physical Facilities 254 INDEX 255 INDEX

Secondary Education Summer Sessions 8 Piano Courses 114, 119 Reserve Officer Training Corps 96 Academic Year and 4 Placement Center, Career Planning and 162 Courses 169 Air Force ROTC 165 Program 91 Supplemental Educational Opportunity Political Science Army ROTC Scholarships Grants 193 Courses 16S Semester 49 Course Descriptions 165 Grade Reports 205 Systems Center 174 Department of 48 Department of Military Science 162 Tuition 185 Requirements for Major 48 Four-Year Program 162 Service Organizations 176 Tamburitzans 173 Requirements for Minor 48 Sample Program 163 social Organizations 176 Teacher Certification Post-Graduate Students, Admission of 181 Military Science Minor 164 Sociology Education 88 Pre-Engineering Program 12 Programs 162 Courses 54 Music 102 Pre-Law Program 12 Scholarships 193 Department of 53 Subject Area Requirements 91 Pre-Legal Program 78 Residence Requirements for Major 54 Television, Radio and 174 Pre-Medical Program 12 Council 175 Requirements for Minor 54 Temporary Transfer Students, Admission of Professional Life 171 Spanish Courses 40 Academic Year 182 and Departmental Organizations 75 Residences, Student See Dormitories Speech Communication and Theatre Summer Session 182 Education 87 Resident Hall Pre-Pdyment Fee 185 Areas of Concentration 56 Testing Bureau 170 Fraternities and Sororities 175 Rockwell Hall 5 Courses 58 Theatre 174 Laboratory Experiences 87 Rolling Admission 179 Department of 56 Theology Programs Room and Board 187 Requirements for Major 57 Courses 61 Arts and Sciences 12 Costs 187 58 Department of 60 Refund Requirements for Minor Business and Administration 70 188 Special Education Requirement 12, 71, 86, 102 Education 88 ROTC See Reserve Officers Training Corps 96 Requirements for Major 61 Russian Courses Courses Music 102 40 Program 92 Requirements for Minor 61 Nursing 134 Sports See Athletics Three Year Bachelor's Program 13 Pharmacy 141 St Ann Hall 5 State Transcripts 205 ROTC 162 St Martin Hall 5 Licensing of Pharmacists 151, 152 Transfer Within the University 211 Psychological Center for Training Saxophone Courses 114, 119 Grant Assistance 191 Transfer Students, Admission of 182 and Research 171 Scholarships, Credit toward Tuition 189 Temporary 182 Psychology Student Scholarships and Loans—General Government Association 174 Temporary—Summer 182 Courses 52 Application—University Aid 192 Financing Program 188 Trinity Hall 5 Department of 51 Basic Educational Opportunity Handbook 176 Trombone Courses 114, 120 Requirements for Major 51 Grants 194 Housing See Dormitories Trumpet Courses 115, 120 Requirements for Minor 52 Competitive Scholarships 192 Organizations 175 Tuba Courses 115, 120 Publications 176 Guaranty Student Loans 194 Business and Administration 69 Tuition and Fees Duquesne Duke (Newspaper) 176 Health Profession Loans 193 Education 87 Application Fee 185 Duquesne Magazine 176 Health Profession Scholarships 193 Music 101 Auditor's Fee 185 L'Espirit du Due (Yearbook) 176 National Direct Student Loans 193 Nursing 132 Bad Checks 189 Nurses Training Act Loans 193 Pharmacy 148 Bank Credit Cards 189 Quality Point System 208 Nursing Scholarships 193 Records, Confidentiality of 205 Cashing Checks 189 Quantitative Science, Division of 72 Other Scholarships and Loans 195 Standing 209 Change of Schedule Fee 185 Accounting 72 State Grants 194 Credit by Examination Fee 185 Finance Student Government 174 73 Student Employment 193 174 Damage Deposit, Resident Hall 185, 187 Quantitative Methods Association 76 Supplemcntal Educational Inter-Fraternity Council 175 Deferred Payment 188 Opportunity Grants 193 Pan-Hellenic Council 175 Financing Program, Student 188 Radio ano Television 174 University Scholars Awards 192 Residence Council 175 Graduation Fees 186 Radiological Health, Department of 158 Scholarships and Loans— Departments Laboratory Fees 185 Readmission Student Organizations 175 182 and Schools Honor Societies 175 Late Registration Fee 185 Records and Reports 205 Arts and Sciences 195 Matriculation Deposit 185 Confidentiality of Professional and Departmental Business and Administration 196 Organizations 175 Payments and Other Credits 188 Student Records 205 Education 196 Refund, Room and Board 188 205 Publications 176 Semester Grade Reports Music 196 176 Remission of Tuition 187 Transcripts 205 Service Organizations Nursing 197 Social Organizations 176 Removal of I Grade 185 Red Masquers 174 Pharmacy 197 Resident Hall Pre-Payment 185 Refund Tamburitzans 173 ROTC 199 Theatre 174 Room and Board 187 Room and Board 188 Scholastic Policies 206 174 Scholarships 189 Tuition 187 WDUQ Radio and Television School Year 4 Student Standing 209 Special Fees Registration 203 Schools 206 Music 100 204 Students, Classification of Change of Schedule Arts and Sciences I I Summer and Special Session Tuition Nursing 131 Cross 204 Business and Administration 67 and Fee Charges 186 Pharmacy 147 Official 203 Education 86 8, 182 Summer and Special Session 186 99 Summer Session Late 205 Music Duquesne Students 182 Tuition 185 Nursing 129 Regulations for Pharmacy Students 147 Transfer Students 183 University Fee 185 Requirements for Graduation 210 Pharmacy 139 Repeating Courses 268 Second Bachelor's Degree 13

Duquesne University Campus 256 INDEX

Withdrawal and Termination Hall 4-5 of Attendance 186 History 3 Tuition Remission Schedule Library 4-6 1 I SSIONMS 4— Wit hin the Semester 187 Philosophy and Objectives 1-3 PH Allul,11 i^38iS Within the Summer Session 187 Relations 246 Scholars Awafds 192 Union Program Board 173 Setting —4 a Unit of Credit 211 2 University Viola Courses 115, 121 133biS (D,09 Accreditation and Affiliation 6 Violin Courses 115 , 120 Ad . inistrative Divisions 243 Violoncello Courses 116, 121 Academic 243 Voice Courses 116 E E Business and Financial 244 < ------13aV C.D Student Services 245 WDUQ Radio and Television 174 Administrative Officers 214 Withdrawal Board of Directors 214 and Termination of Attendance 186 -133diS 18:19-100 LU 2 K- Buildings 4 from a Course 211 13NNQS83d] Campus Ministry 247 from the University 212 Committees 247 Women's Sports See Athletics LU >. 2 LLI M

C-1 U) F— M A >1 Q 2E -2 0 11 U Cz U LLj 0 Ej] z L LU2 LU -J < -T 7v- 10 U 0 = LU < IF]L> M cr 01.

< z z 0 Lu 0 2 z L1J 1338iS 33!DVVq 0

S2 0 UJ co hu 2-: LLI Er -X LLJ co (r F- (1) n m M co z z M L) C/-) ^ V) 0co L)C a N cc 0 U, co LLI CC M 0 UJ Y- LA Q

C-) 110H uoildwss -> > 4N T 0 139diS NOSN3A3iS E F- I 1 1 [ lul.